Ê5Àt.qÇË. Bild in der Größe 215x70 mm einfügen. Operator s Manual CLS-Class

Transcription

1 Sommer\ Corporate\ Meda\ A Bld n der röße 215x70 mm enfügen Operator s Manual CLS-Class Ê5Àt.qÇË Order No Part No USA Edton A 2006 Operator s Manual CLS-Class

2 CLS 500 CLS 55 AM

3 Our company and staff congratulate you on the purchase of your new Mercedes-Benz. Your selecton of our product s a demonstraton of your trust n our company name. Furthermore, t exemplfes your desre to own an automoble that wll be as easy as possble to operate and provde years of servce. Your Mercedes-Benz represents the efforts of many sklled engneers and craftsmen. To help assure your drvng pleasure, as well as your and your passengers' safety, we ask you to make a small nvestment of tme: Please read ths manual carefully, then return t to your vehcle where t wll be handy for your reference. Please follow the recommendatons contaned n ths manual. They are desgned to assst you wth the operaton of your Mercedes-Benz. Please pay attenton to the warnngs and cautons contaned n ths manual. They are desgned to help mprove the safety of the vehcle operator and occupants. We extend our best wshes for many mles of safe, pleasurable drvng. Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC A DamlerChrysler Company

4 Contents Introducton... 9 Product nformaton... 9 Operator s Manual Servce and warranty nformaton.. 10 Important notce for Calforna retal buyers and lessees of Mercedes-Benz automobles Mantenance Roadsde Assstance Change of address or ownershp Operatng your vehcle outsde the USA or Canada Where to fnd t Symbols Operatng safety Proper use of the vehcle Problems wth your vehcle Reportng safety defects Reportng safety defects Vehcle data recordng Informaton regardng electronc recordng devces At a glance Cockpt Instrument cluster Multfuncton steerng wheel Center console Upper part Lower part Overhead control panel Door control panel ettng started Unlockng Unlockng wth the SmartKey Unlockng wth KEYLESS-O* Starter swtch postons Adjustng Seats Steerng wheel Mrrors Drvng Fastenng the seat belts Startng the engne Swtchng on headlamps Turn sgnals Wndsheld wpers Problems whle drvng Parkng and lockng Parkng brake Swtchng off headlamps Turnng off engne... 55

5 Contents Safety and Securty Occupant safety Ar bags Seat belts Chldren n the vehcle Blockng of rear door wndow operaton Panc alarm Actvatng Deactvatng Drvng safety systems ABS BAS ESP SBC brake system Ant-theft systems Immoblzer Ant-theft alarm system Tow-away alarm Controls n detal Lockng and unlockng SmartKey SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* Openng the doors from the nsde 105 Openng the trunk Closng the trunk Trunk ld emergency release Automatc central lockng Lockng and unlockng from the nsde Seats Easy-entry/ext feature Removng and nstallng front seat head restrants Rear seat head restrants Lumbar support Multcontour seat* Drve-Dynamc seat* wth multcontour features Seat heatng* Seat ventlaton* Memory functon Storng postons nto memory Recallng postons from memory. 128 Storng exteror rear vew mrror parkng poston Lghtng Exteror lamp swtch Combnaton swtch Cornerng fog lamps* (CLS wth B-Xenon* headlamps). 135 Hazard warnng flasher Interor lghtng n the front Door entry lamps Interor lghtng n the rear Trunk lamp Instrument cluster Instrument cluster llumnaton Coolant temperature ndcator Trp odometer Tachometer Outsde temperature ndcator

6 Contents Control system Multfuncton dsplay Multfuncton steerng wheel Menus Standard dsplay menu AUDIO menu NAV* menu Dstronc* menu Vehcle status message memory menu Settngs menu Trp computer menu TEL menu* Automatc transmsson One-touch gearshftng ear ranges ear selector lever poston Automatc shft program Drvng tps Steerng wheel gearshft control CLS 500* Steerng wheel gearshft control (Speedshft) CLS 55 AM Manual shft program CLS 55 AM Emergency operaton (Lmp Home Mode) ood vsblty Headlamp cleanng system* Rear vew mrrors Sun vsors Rear wndow sunshade* Rear wndow defroster zone automatc clmate control Deactvatng the 4-zone automatc clmate control system. 195 Settng the temperature Adjustng ar dstrbuton Adjustng ar volume Defrostng Maxmum coolng MAX COOL Ar recrculaton mode Combnaton flter wth pollutant-senstve ar-recrculaton mode Ar condtonng Resdual heat and ventlaton (avalable on 4-zone automatc clmate control panel desgn A, Canada only) Rear ar condtonng Power wndows Openng and closng the wndows 203 Synchronzng power wndows Summer openng feature Convenence closng feature Power tlt /sldng sunroof Openng and closng the power tlt/sldng sunroof Synchronzng the power tlt/sldng sunroof

7 Contents Drvng systems Cruse control Dstronc* Armatc DC (Dual Control) Parktronc system (Parkng assst)* Loadng Roof rack* Loadng nstructons Sk sack* Cargo te-down hooks Useful features Storage compartments Cup holders Ashtrays Cgarette lghter V socket Floormats Telephone* Tele Ad* arage door opener Operaton The frst 1000 mles (1500 km) Drvng nstructons Drve sensbly save fuel Drnkng and drvng Pedals Power assstance Brakes Drvng off Parkng Tres Hydroplanng Tre tracton Tre speed ratng Wnter drvng nstructons Standng water Passenger compartment Drvng abroad Control and operaton of rado transmtter Catalytc converter Emsson control Coolant temperature At the gas staton Refuelng Check regularly and before a long trp Engne compartment Hood Engne ol Transmsson flud level Coolant level Battery Wndsheld washer system and headlamp cleanng system* Tres and wheels Important gudelnes Tre care and mantenance Drecton of rotaton Loadng the vehcle Recommended tre nflaton pressure Checkng tre nflaton pressure MOExtended system* Tre labelng Load dentfcaton DOT, Tre Identfcaton Number (TIN)

8 Contents Maxmum tre load Maxmum tre nflaton pressure Unform Tre Qualty radng Standards (U.S. vehcles) Tre ply materal Tre and loadng termnology Rotatng tres Wnter drvng Wnter tres Block heater* (Canada only) Snow chans Mantenance Clearng the mantenance servce ndcator Mantenance servce term exceeded Callng up the mantenance servce ndcator Resettng the mantenance servce ndcator Settng the date for specal works 325 Callng up the mantenance servce data nformaton Vehcle care Cleanng and care of vehcle Practcal hnts What to do f Lamps n nstrument cluster Lamp n center console Vehcle status messages n the multfuncton dsplay Where wll I fnd...? Frst ad kt Spare wheel Vehcle tool kt Luggage box Unlockng/lockng n an emergency Unlockng the vehcle Lockng the vehcle Fuel fller flap emergency release. 381 Manually unlockng the transmsson selector lever Openng/closng n an emergency Power tlt/sldng sunroof Replacng SmartKey batteres SmartKey SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* Replacng bulbs Bulbs Replacng bulbs for front lamps Replacng bulbs for rear lamps Replacng wper blades Removng wper blades Installng wper blades Flat tre Preparng the vehcle Mountng the spare wheel Battery Dsconnectng the battery Removng the battery Chargng and renstallng the battery Reconnectng the battery Jump startng Towng the vehcle Installng towng eye bolt Fuses Ads for replacng fuses Fuse box n passenger compartment Auxlary fuse box n cargo compartment Fuse box n engne compartment. 414

9 Contents Techncal data Parts servce Warranty coverage Loss of Servce and Warranty Informaton Booklet Identfcaton labels Layout of poly-v-belt drve CLS CLS 55 AM Engne Rms and tres Same sze tres Mxed sze tres Spare wheel Electrcal system Man dmensons Weghts Fuels, coolants, lubrcants etc Capactes Engne ols Engne ol addtves Ar condtonng refrgerant Brake flud Premum unleaded gasolne asolne addtves Fuel requrements Coolants Wndsheld and headlamp washer system Techncal terms Index

10 Product nformaton Please observe the followng n your own best nterest: We recommend usng genune Mercedes-Benz parts as well as converson parts and accessores explctly approved by us for your vehcle model. We have tested these parts to determne ther relablty, safety and specal sutablty for Mercedes-Benz vehcles. We are unable to make an assessment for other products and therefore cannot be held responsble for them, even f n ndvdual cases an offcal approval or authorzaton by governmental or other agences should exst. Use of such parts and accessores could adversely affect the safety, performance or relablty of your vehcle. Please do not use them. Introducton Product nformaton enune Mercedes-Benz parts as well as converson parts and accessores approved by us are avalable at your authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center where you wll receve comprehensve nformaton, also on permssble techncal modfcatons, and where proper nstallaton wll be performed. 9

11 Introducton Operator s Manual Ths Operator s Manual contans a great deal of useful nformaton. We urge you to read t carefully and famlarze yourself wth the vehcle before drvng. For your own safety and longer servce lfe of the vehcle, we urge you to follow the nstructons and warnngs contaned n ths manual. Ignorng them could result n damage to the vehcle or personal njury to you or others. Vehcle damage caused by falure to follow nstructons s not covered by the Mercedes-Benz Lmted Warranty. Your vehcle may have some or all of the equpment descrbed n ths manual. Therefore, you may fnd explanatons for optonal equpment not nstalled n your vehcle. If you have any questons about the operaton of any equpment, your authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center wll be glad to demonstrate the proper procedures. We contnuously strve to mprove our product, and ask for your understandng that we reserve the rght to make changes n desgn and equpment. Therefore, nformaton, llustratons and descrptons n ths Operator s Manual mght dffer from your vehcle. Optonal equpment s also descrbed n ths manual, ncludng operatng nstructons wherever necessary. Snce they are specal-order tems, the descrptons and llustratons heren may vary slghtly from the actual equpment of your vehcle. If there are any equpment detals that are not shown or descrbed n ths Operator s Manual, your authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center wll be glad to nform you of correct care and operatng procedures.the Operator s Manual and Mantenance Booklet are mportant documents and should be kept wth the vehcle. Servce and warranty nformaton The Servce and Warranty Informaton Booklet contans detaled nformaton about the warrantes coverng your Mercedes-Benz, ncludng: New Car Lmted Warranty Emsson System Warranty Emsson Performance Warranty Calforna, Mane, Massachusetts, and Vermont Emsson Control System Warranty (Calforna, Mane, Massachusetts, and Vermont only) State Warranty Enforcement Laws (Lemon Laws) 10

12 Introducton Operator s Manual Important notce for Calforna retal buyers and lessees of Mercedes-Benz automobles Under Calforna law you may be enttled to a replacement of your vehcle or a refund of the purchase prce or lease prce, f Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC and/or ts authorzed repar or servce facltes fal to fx one or more substantal defects or malfunctons n the vehcle that are covered by ts express warranty after a reasonable number of repar attempts. Durng the perod of 18 months from orgnal delvery of the vehcle or the accumulaton of mles (approxmately km) on the odometer of the vehcle, whchever occurs frst, a reasonable number of repar attempts s presumed for a retal buyer or lessee f one or more of the followng occurs: (1) the same substantal defect or malfuncton results n a condton that s lkely to cause death or serous bodly njury f the vehcle s drven, that defect or malfuncton has been subject to repar two or more tmes, and you have drectly notfed Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC n wrtng of the need for ts repar, (2) the same substantal defect or malfuncton of a less serous nature than category (1) has been subject to repar four or more tmes and you have drectly notfed us n wrtng of the need for ts repar, or (3) the vehcle s out of servce by reason of repar of the same or dfferent substantal defects or malfunctons for a cumulatve total of more than 30 calendar days. Wrtten notfcaton should be sent to us, not a dealer, at Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC, Customer Assstance Center, One Mercedes Drve, Montvale, NJ

13 Introducton Operator s Manual Mantenance The Mantenance Booklet descrbes all the necessary mantenance work whch should be performed at regular ntervals. Always have the Mantenance Booklet wth you when you take the vehcle to your authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center for servce. The servce advsor wll record each servce n the booklet for you. Roadsde Assstance The Mercedes-Benz Roadsde Assstance Program provdes factory traned techncal help n the event of a breakdown. Calls to the toll-free Roadsde Assstance number FOR-MERCedes (n the USA) (n Canada) wll be answered by Mercedes-Benz Customer Assstance Representatves 24 hours a day, 365 days a year. For addtonal nformaton refer to the Mercedes-Benz Roadsde Assstance Program brochure n your vehcle lterature portfolo. Change of address or ownershp If you change your address, be sure to send n the Change of Address Notce found n the Servce and Warranty Informaton Booklet, or smply call the Mercedes-Benz Customer Assstance Center (n the USA) at FOR-MERCedes, or Customer Servce (n Canada) at It s n your own nterest that we can contact you should the need arse. If you sell your Mercedes, please leave all lterature wth the vehcle to make t avalable to the next operator. If you bought ths vehcle used, be sure to send n the Notce of Purchase of Used Car found n the Servce and Warranty Informaton Booklet, or call the Mercedes-Benz Customer Assstance Center (n the USA) at FOR-MERCedes, or Customer Servce (n Canada) at

14 Introducton Operator s Manual Operatng your vehcle outsde the USA or Canada If you plan to operate your vehcle n foregn countres, please be aware that: servce facltes or replacement parts may not be readly avalable, unleaded gasolne for vehcles wth catalytc converters may not be avalable; the use of leaded fuels wll damage the catalysts, gasolne may have a consderably lower octane ratng, and mproper fuel can cause engne damage. Certan Mercedes-Benz models are avalable for delvery n Europe under our European Delvery Program. For detals, consult your authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center or wrte to: In the USA: Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC European Delvery Department One Mercedes Drve Montvale, NJ In Canada: Mercedes-Benz Canada, Inc. European Delvery Department 98 Vanderhoof Avenue Toronto, Ontaro M4 4C9 13

15 Introducton Where to fnd t Ths Operator s Manual s desgned to provde comprehensve support nformaton for you, the vehcle operator. Each secton has ts own reference color. At a glance Here you wll fnd an overvew of all the controls that can be operated from the drver s seat. ettng started Here you wll fnd all the nformaton you need for your frst drve. You should read ths secton frst f ths s your frst Mercedes-Benz vehcle or f you are rentng or borrowng ths vehcle. Safety and Securty Here you wll fnd descrptons of the safety and securty features of your vehcle. Controls n detal Here you wll fnd detaled nformaton about the equpment nstalled n your vehcle. Ths secton expands on the ettng started secton and also descrbes techncal nnovatons. If you are already famlar wth the basc functons of your vehcle, ths secton wll be of partcular nterest to you. Operaton Here you wll fnd all the nformaton you need for the proper operaton of your vehcle. Practcal hnts Ths secton provdes fast assstance for dealng wth problems you may encounter. Techncal data All mportant techncal data for your vehcle can be found n ths secton. Indexes The glossary provdes explanatons of the most mportant techncal terms. The table of contents and the ndex are desgned to help you fnd nformaton quckly and easly. The followng publcatons are part of your vehcle documentaton: ths Operator s Manual the Mantenance Booklet Separate operatng nstructons wll be provded as requred dependng on the equpment optons nstalled n your vehcle. 14

16 Symbols The followng symbols are found n ths Operator s Manual: * Optonal equpment s dentfed wth an astersk. Snce standard equpment vares between models, the descrptons and llustratons n ths manual may dffer slghtly from the actual equpment of your vehcle. Warnng notces draw your attenton to hazards that may endanger your health or lfe, or the health or lfe of others.! Hghlghts hazards that may result n damage to your vehcle. Helpful hnts or further nformaton you may fnd useful. Introducton Symbols Ths symbol ponts to nstructons for you to follow. A number of these symbols appearng n successon ndcates a multple-step procedure. Page Ths symbol tells you where to look for further nformaton on a topc. Ths contnuaton symbol marks an nterrupted procedure whch wll be contnued on the next page. -> In the glossary of techncal terms, ths symbol s used to ndcate cross-references to term defntons. DISPLAY Words appearng n the multfuncton dsplay are prnted n the type shown here. 15

17 Introducton Operatng safety Work mproperly carred out on electronc components and assocated software could cause them to cease functonng. Because the vehcle s electronc components are nterconnected, any modfcatons made may produce an undesred effect on other systems. Electronc malfunctons could serously mpar the operatng safety of your vehcle. See your authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center for repars or modfcatons to electronc components. Other mproper work or modfcatons on the vehcle could also have a negatve mpact on the operatng safety of the vehcle. Some safety systems only functon whle the engne s runnng. You should therefore never turn off the engne whle drvng. Heavy blows aganst the vehcle underbody or tres/wheels, for example when runnng over an obstacle, road debrs or a pothole, may cause serous damage to and mpar the operatng safety of your vehcle. If you feel a sudden strong vbraton or rde dsturbance, or you suspect that damage to your vehcle has occurred, you should turn on your hazard warnng flashers, carefully slow down, and drve wth cauton to an area whch s a safe dstance from the road. Inspect the vehcle underbody and tres/wheels for possble damage. If the vehcle appears unsafe, have t towed to the nearest authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center or other qualfed mantenance or repar faclty for further nspecton or repars. Proper use of the vehcle Proper use of the vehcle requres that you are famlar wth the followng nformaton and rules: the safety precautons n ths manual the Techncal data secton n ths manual traffc rules and regulatons motor vehcle laws and safety standards Varous warnng labels are attached to your vehcle. These warnng labels are ntended to make you and others aware of varous rsks. You should not remove any of these warnng labels unless explctly nstructed to do so by nformaton on the label tself. Removal of any of these labels may cause you and others to be unaware of certan rsks whch may result n an accdent and/or personal njury. 16

18 Problems wth your vehcle Introducton Problems wth your vehcle If you should experence a problem wth your vehcle, partcularly one that you beleve may affect ts safe operaton, we urge you to mmedately contact an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center to have the problem dagnosed and corrected f requred. If the matter s not handled to your satsfacton, please dscuss the problem wth the Mercedes-Benz Center management, or f necessary contact us at one of the followng addresses: In the USA: Customer Assstance Center Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC One Mercedes Drve Montvale, NJ In Canada: Customer Relatons Department Mercedes-Benz Canada, Inc. 98 Vanderhoof Avenue Toronto, Ontaro M4 4C9 17

19 Introducton Reportng safety defects For the USA only: The followng text s publshed as requred of manufacturers under Ttle 49, Code of U.S. Federal Regulatons, Part 575 pursuant to the Natonal Traffc and Motor Vehcle Safety Act of Reportng safety defects If you beleve that your vehcle has a defect whch could cause a crash or could cause njury or death, you should mmedately nform the Natonal Hghway Traffc Safety Admnstraton (NHTSA) n addton to notfyng Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC. If NHTSA receves smlar complants, t may open an nvestgaton, and f t fnds that a safety defect exsts n a group of vehcles, t may order a recall and remedy campagn. However, NHTSA cannot become nvolved n ndvdual problems between you, your dealer, or Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC. To contact NHTSA, you may ether call the Auto Safety Hotlne toll-free at (or n Washngton, D.C. area) or wrte to: NHTSA, U.S. Department of Transportaton, Washngton, D.C You can also obtan other nformaton about motor vehcle safety from the Hotlne. 18

20 Vehcle data recordng Informaton regardng electronc recordng devces Introducton Vehcle data recordng (Includng notce pursuant to Calforna Code 9951) Please note that your vehcle s equpped wth devces that can record vehcle systems data and, f equpped wth the Tele Ad system, may transmt some data n certan accdents. Ths nformaton helps, for example, to dagnose vehcle systems after a collson and to contnuously mprove vehcle safety. DamlerChrysler may access the nformaton and share t wth others for safety research or vehcle dagnoss purposes wth the consent of the vehcle owner or lessee n response to an offcal request by law enforcement or other government agency for use n dspute resoluton nvolvng DamlerChrysler, ts afflates or sales/servce organzaton and/or as otherwse requred or permtted by law. Please check the Tele Ad subscrpton servce agreement for detals regardng the nformaton that may be recorded or transmtted va that system. 19

21 20

22 At a glance Cockpt Instrument cluster Multfuncton steerng wheel Center console Overhead control panel Door control panel 21

23 At a glance Cockpt 22

24 At a glance Cockpt Item 1 Combnaton swtch Page Turn sgnals 50 Wndsheld wpers 51 Hgh beam 50 2 Steerng wheel gearshft control Cruse control lever Cruse control 212 Dstronc* Multfuncton steerng wheel 26, Instrument cluster 24, Horn Item Page 7 Lever for voce control system*, see separate operatng nstructons 8 Front Parktronc* warnng 230 ndcator 9 Overhead control panel 29 a love box ld release, glove 239 box lock b love box 239 c Center console 27 d Starter swtch 34 e Steerng wheel adjustment stalk 40 Item Page f Headlamp washer button* 185 g Parkng brake pedal 48, 54 h Hood lock release 279 j Parkng brake release 48 k Exteror lamp swtch 130 l Door control panel 30 23

25 At a glance Instrument cluster 24

26 At a glance Instrument cluster Item Page 1 L Left turn sgnal ndcator lamp 2 v ABS/ ESP warnng lamp Speedometer 4 Multfuncton dsplay l Dstance warnng lamp 341 Vehcles wthout Dstronc*: Warnng lamp wthout functon. It llumnates wth the gnton on. It should go out when the engne s runnng. 6 K Rght turn sgnal ndcator lamp 7 Coolant temperature ndcator wth: Coolant temperature 341 warnng lamp Item Page 8 Tachometer wth: 1 Supplemental 343 Restrant System (SRS) ndcator lamp - Antlock Brake System 336 (ABS) ndcator lamp < Seat belt telltale 342 A Hgh beam headlamp ndcator lamp Man odometer wth: Selector lever poston 46 Program mode 177 a Clock wth: 157 ; Brake warnng lamp, USA only 338 Item Page 3 Brake warnng lamp, 338 Canada only ú Engne malfuncton 339 ndcator lamp, USA only ± Engne malfuncton ndcator lamp, Canada only 339 b Fuel dsplay wth: A Fuel reserve warnng lamp 342 c Reset button for: Resettng trp odometer 141 Adjustng nstrument 140 cluster llumnaton Confrmng new tme settngs

27 At a glance Multfuncton steerng wheel Item Page Item Page 1 Multfuncton dsplay n speedometer Menu systems: Press button Operatng control system 2 Selectng the submenu or settng the volume: Press button æ up/to ncrease ç down/to decrease 144 è for next menu ÿ for prevous menu 5 Movng wthn a menu: Press button j for next dsplay k for prevous dsplay 3 Telephone*: Press button s to take a call to dal a call t to end a call to reject an ncomng call 26

28 Center console Upper part Item 1 4-zone automatc clmate control 2 COMAND system, see separate operatng nstructons 3 Seat heatng*, front passenger sde Seat ventlaton*, front passenger sde 4 Electronc Stablty Program (ESP) control swtch Page Central lockng swtch 116 At a glance Center console Item Page 6 Openng/closng button 240 for storage tray or CD changer*, see separate operatng nstructons 7 Rear seat head restrants 120 swtch, foldng down 8 Rear wndow sunshade 83 swtch* 9 Seat heatng*, drver s sde 124 Seat ventlaton*, drver s 125 sde a Hazard warnng flasher 136 swtch b Front passenger front ar bag off ndcator lamp 73 27

29 At a glance Center console Lower part Item Page 1 Ashtray KEYLESS-O* start/stop 35 button 3 Selector lever for automatc transmsson 4 Parkng assst (Parktronc system)* deactvaton swtch 5 Adaptve dampng system (ADS) swtch 46, Item Page 6 Vehcle level control swtch Thumbwheel for settng 222 dstance n Dstronc* 8 Dstance warnng functon* 223 on/off swtch 9 Program mode selector swtch for automatc transmsson

30 Overhead control panel At a glance Overhead control panel Item 1 Rear nteror lghtng on/off Page Automatc nteror lghtng Front nteror lghtng 137 on/off 4 Temperature sensor 5 Rght readng lamp on/off Tlt/sldng sunroof 208 Item Page 7 Tele Ad (emergency call 249 system) button 8 Rear vew mrror Readng lamps 137 a arage door opener 257 b Tow-away alarm button 88 c Ambent lghtng 161 d Interor lghtng e Left readng lamp on/off

31 At a glance Door control panel Item Page 1 Door handle Seat adjustment 38 3 Memory functon (for storng 127 seat, exteror mrror and steerng wheel settngs) 4 Exteror rear vew mrror 41 adjustment 5 Swtches for openng/ 203 closng front and rear sde wndows, rear wndow overrde swtch 6 Remote trunk ld release swtch, Trunk ld openng/closng system*

32 ettng started Unlockng Adjustng Drvng Parkng and lockng 31

33 ettng started Unlockng The ettng started secton provdes an overvew of the vehcle s most basc functons. If you are already famlar wth the basc functons descrbed here, the Controls n detal secton wll provde you wth further nformaton. The correspondng page references are located at the end of each segment. Unlockng wth the SmartKey When leavng the vehcle, always remove the SmartKey from the starter swtch, take t wth you, and lock the vehcle. Do not leave chldren unattended n the vehcle, or wth access to an unlocked vehcle. Unsupervsed use of vehcle equpment may cause an accdent and/or serous personal njury. SmartKey wth remote control 1 Lock button 2 Š Unlock button for trunk ld 3 Œ Unlock button 4  Panc button ( page 78) Press unlock button Œ on the SmartKey. All turn sgnal lamps flash once. An acoustc sgnal sounds once. For more nformaton, see Factory settng ( page 94). The lockng knobs n the doors move up. The ant-theft alarm system s dsarmed. 32

34 ettng started Unlockng The SBC brake system s actvated ( page 84). et n the vehcle and nsert the SmartKey n the starter swtch. Openng a door causes the wndow on that door to open slghtly. They wll return to the up poston when the door s closed. For more nformaton, see Lockng and unlockng ( page 92). Unlockng wth KEYLESS-O* Wth the KEYLESS-O functon, you can lock and unlock the vehcle wthout usng the remote control buttons on the SmartKey and start the engne wthout nsertng the SmartKey n the starter swtch. To unlock the vehcle, the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O must be outsde the vehcle, no further than approxmately 3 feet (1 meter) away from the door. Pull the outsde door handle. When leavng the vehcle, always take the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O wth you, and lock the vehcle. Do not leave chldren unattended n the vehcle, or wth access to an unlocked vehcle. Unsupervsed use of vehcle equpment may cause an accdent and/or serous personal njury. All turn sgnal lamps flash once. An acoustc sgnal sounds once. For more nformaton, see Factory settng ( page 100). The lockng knobs n the doors move up. The ant-theft alarm system s dsarmed. The SBC brake system s actvated ( page 84). et n the vehcle. Openng a door causes the wndow on that door to open slghtly. They wll return to the up poston when the door s closed. For more nformaton, see SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* ( page 97). 33

35 ettng started Unlockng Starter swtch postons When leavng the vehcle, always remove the SmartKey or the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* from the starter swtch, take t wth you, and lock the vehcle. Do not leave chldren unattended n the vehcle, or wth access to an unlocked vehcle. Unsupervsed use of vehcle equpment may cause an accdent and/or serous personal njury. SmartKey Starter swtch 0 For removng SmartKey 1 Power supply for some electrcal consumers, such as seat adjustment 2 Ignton (power supply for all electrcal consumers) and drvng poston. All lamps (except hgh beam headlamp ndcator lamp and turn sgnal ndcator lamps unless actvated) n the nstrument cluster come on. If a lamp n the nstrument cluster fals to come on when the gnton s swtched on, have t checked and replaced f necessary. If a lamp n the nstrument cluster remans on after startng the engne or comes on whle drvng, refer to Lamps n nstrument cluster ( page 336) 3 Startng poston When you swtch on the gnton, the ndcator and warnng lamps (except hgh beam headlamp ndcator lamp and turn sgnal ndcator lamps unless actvated) n the nstrument cluster come on. The ndcator and warnng lamps (except hgh beam headlamp ndcator lamp and turn sgnal ndcator lamps f actvated) should go out when the engne s runnng. Ths ndcates that the respectve systems are operatonal. The SmartKey can only be removed from the starter swtch wth the gear selector lever n poston P. 34

36 ettng started Unlockng! If the SmartKey can stll not be turned, the battery may not be suffcently charged. Check the battery and charge t f necessary ( page 404). et a jump start ( page 406). To prevent accelerated battery dscharge or a completely dscharged battery, always remove the SmartKey from the starter swtch when the engne s not n operaton. For nformaton on startng the engne usng the SmartKey, see Startng wth the SmartKey ( page 46). SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* Pressng the KEYLESS-O start/stop button on the gear selector lever corresponds to turnng the SmartKey to the varous starter swtch postons. If you frmly depress the brake pedal durng pressng KEYLESS-O start/stop button, the engne starts automatcally. The functon of the SmartKey overrules the KEYLESS-O functon. KEYLESS-O start/stop button 1 USA only 2 Canada only The SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O must be located n the vehcle. Make sure the gear selector lever s set to P. Do not depress the brake pedal. 35

37 ettng started Unlockng Poston 0 Before you press the KEYLESS-O start/ stop button, the vehcle's on-board electroncs have status 0 (as wth SmartKey removed). Poston 1 Press KEYLESS-O start/stop button once. Ths supples power for some electrcal consumers, such as seat adjustment. If you now press the KEYLESS-O start/stop button once agan, the gnton (poston 2) s swtched on. twce, the power supply s agan swtched off. Ignton (or poston 2) Press KEYLESS-O start/stop button twce. Ths supples power for all electrcal consumers. Ths supples power to all electrcal consumers. All lamps (except hgh beam headlamp ndcator lamp and turn sgnal ndcator lamps unless actvated) n the nstrument cluster come on. If a lamp n the nstrument cluster fals to come on when the gnton s swtched on, have t checked and replaced f necessary. If a lamp n the nstrument cluster remans on after startng the engne or comes on whle drvng, see Lamps n nstrument cluster ( page 336). If you now press the KEYLESS-O start/stop button once, the power supply s agan swtched off. When you swtch on the gnton, the ndcator and warnng lamps (except hgh beam headlamp ndcator lamp and turn sgnal ndcator lamps unless actvated) n the nstrument cluster come on. The ndcator and warnng lamps (except hgh beam headlamp ndcator lamp and turn sgnal ndcator lamps f actvated) should go out when the engne s runnng. Ths ndcates that the respectve systems are operatonal. For nformaton on startng the engne usng the KEYLESS-O start/stop button, see Startng wth KEYLESS-O* ( page 47). 36

38 Adjustng Seats All seat, head restrant, steerng wheel, and rear vew mrror adjustments, as well as fastenng of seat belts, must be done before the vehcle s put nto moton. Do not adjust the drver s seat whle drvng. Adjustng the seat whle drvng could cause the drver to lose control of the vehcle. Never rde n a movng vehcle wth the seat backrest n an excessvely reclned poston as ths can be dangerous. You could slde under the seat belt n a collson. If you slde under t, the belt would apply force at the abdomen or neck. That could cause serous or fatal njures. The seat back and seat belts provde the best restrant when the wearer s n a nearly uprght poston and belts are properly postoned on the body. Your seat must be adjusted so that you can correctly fasten your seat belt ( page 43). Never place hands under the seat or near any movng parts whle a seat s beng adjusted. When leavng the vehcle, always remove the SmartKey or the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* from the starter swtch, take t wth you, and lock the vehcle. Even wth the SmartKey or the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* removed from the starter swtch or the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* removed from the vehcle, the power seats can be operated when the respectve door s open. Therefore, do not leave chldren unattended n the vehcle, or wth access to an unlocked vehcle. Unsupervsed use of vehcle equpment may cause an accdent and/or serous personal njury. ettng started Adjustng Accordng to accdent statstcs, chldren are safer when properly restraned n the rear seatng postons than n the front seatng poston. Thus, we strongly recommend that chldren be placed n the rear seats. Regardless of seatng poston, chldren 12 years old and under must be seated and properly secured n an approprate nfant or toddler restrant, or booster seat recommended for the sze and weght of the chld. For addtonal nformaton, see Chldren n the vehcle ( page 71). A chld s rsk of serous or fatal njures s sgnfcantly ncreased f the chld restrants are not properly secured n the vehcle and the chld s not properly secured n the chld restrant. 37

39 ettng started Adjustng Seat adjustment The seat adjustment swtches are located on the front doors. 1 Seat fore and aft adjustment 2 Backrest tlt 3 Head restrant heght 4 Seat heght 5 Seat cushon tlt Swtch on the gnton ( page 34). or Open the respectve door. Seat fore and aft adjustment Press the swtch forward or backward n the drecton of arrow 1. Adjust a comfortable seatng poston that stll allows you to reach the accelerator/brake pedal safely. The poston should be as far to the rear as possble, consstent wth ablty to properly operate controls. When movng the seat, be sure there are no tems n the footwell or behnd the seats. Otherwse you could damage the seats. The memory functon ( page 127) lets you store the settng for the seat poston together wth the settng for the steerng wheel and the exteror rear vew mrrors. Seat cushon tlt Press the swtch up or down n the drecton of arrow 5 untl your upper legs are lghtly supported. Backrest tlt Press the swtch forward or backward n the drecton of arrow 2 untl your arms are slghtly angled when holdng the steerng wheel. Seat heght Press the swtch up or down n the drecton of arrow 4. 38

40 ettng started Adjustng Head restrant heght Press the swtch up or down n the drecton of arrow 3. Adjust the head restrant n such a way that t s as close to the head as possble. For your protecton, drve only wth properly postoned head restrants. Adjust head restrant so that the center of the head restrant supports the back of the head at eye level. Ths wll reduce the potental for njury to the head and neck n the event of an accdent or smlar stuaton. Do not drve the vehcle wthout the seat head restrants. Head restrants are ntended to help reduce njures durng an accdent. Head restrant tlt Manually adjust the angle of the head restrant. Push or pull on the lower edge of the head restrant cushon. Adjust the head restrant n such a way that t s as close to the head as possble. For more nformaton on seats, see the Controls n detal secton ( page 117). Steerng wheel Do not adjust the steerng wheel whle drvng. Adjustng the steerng wheel whle drvng could cause the drver to lose control of the vehcle. When leavng the vehcle, always remove the SmartKey or the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* from the starter swtch, take t wth you, and lock your vehcle. Even wth the SmartKey removed from the starter swtch or the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* removed from the vehcle, the steerng wheel adjustment feature can be operated when the drver s door s open. Therefore, do not leave chldren unattended n the vehcle, or wth access to an unlocked vehcle. Unsupervsed use of vehcle equpment may cause an accdent and/or serous personal njury. 39

41 ettng started Adjustng Steerng wheel adjustment The stalk for steerng wheel adjustment s located on the steerng column (lower left). 1 Adjustng steerng column, n or out 2 Adjustng steerng column, up or down Swtch on the gnton ( page 34). or Open the drver s door. Adjustng steerng column n or out Move stalk forward or back n the drecton of arrow 1 untl a comfortable steerng wheel poston s reached wth your arms slghtly bent at the elbow. Adjustng steerng column up or down Move stalk up or down n the drecton of arrow 2. Make sure your legs can move freely and that all the dsplays (ncl. malfuncton and ndcator lamps) on the nstrument cluster are clearly vsble. The memory functon ( page 127) lets you store the settng for the seat poston together wth the settng for the steerng wheel and the exteror rear vew mrrors. 40

42 ettng started Adjustng Mrrors Adjust the nteror and exteror rear vew mrrors before drvng so that you have a good vew of the road and traffc condtons. In case of an accdent, lqud electrolyte may escape the mrror housng f the mrror glass breaks. Electrolyte has an rrtatng effect. Do not allow the lqud to come nto contact wth eyes, skn, clothng, or respratory system. In case t does, mmedately flush affected area wth water, and seek medcal help f necessary.! Electrolyte drops comng nto contact wth the vehcle pant fnsh can only be completely removed whle n ther lqud state and by applyng plenty of water. Interor rear vew mrror Manually adjust the nteror rear vew mrror. For more nformaton, see Rear vew mrrors ( page 185). Exteror rear vew mrrors Exercse care when usng the passenger-sde exteror rear vew mrror. The mrror surface s convex (outwardly curved surface for a wder feld of vew). Objects n mrror are closer than they appear. Check your nteror rear vew mrror or glance over your shoulder before changng lanes. 41

43 ettng started Adjustng The buttons are located on the drver s door. 1 Passenger-sde exteror rear vew mrror button 2 Adjustment button 3 Drver s sde exteror rear vew mrror button Swtch on the gnton ( page 34). Press button 3 for the drver s sde exteror rear vew mrror or button 1 for the passenger-sde exteror rear vew mrror. Push adjustment button 2 up, down, left or rght accordng to the desred settng.! If an exteror rear vew mrror was forcbly pushed forward (ht from the rear) or forcbly pushed rearward (ht from the front), reposton t by applyng frm pressure untl t snaps nto place. The mrror housng s now properly postoned and you can adjust the mrror normally. The memory functon ( page 127) lets you store the settng for the seat poston together wth the settng for the steerng wheel and the exteror rear vew mrrors. At low ambent temperatures, the mrrors wll be heated automatcally. For more nformaton, see Actvatng exteror rear vew mrror parkng poston ( page 186). At low ambent temperatures, the exteror rear vew mrrors wll be heated automatcally. For more nformaton, see Rear vew mrrors ( page 185). 42

44 Drvng Fastenng the seat belts Do not lay any objects n the drver s footwell. Be careful that floor mats or carpets n the drver s footwell have suffcent clearance for the pedals. Durng sudden drvng or brakng maneuvers the objects could get caught between the pedals. You could then no longer brake or accelerate. Always fasten your seat belt before drvng off. Always make sure all of your passengers are properly restraned, even those sttng n the rear and pregnant women. Falure to wear and properly fasten and poston your seat belt greatly ncreases your rsk of njures and ther lkely severty n an accdent. You and your passengers should always wear seat belts. If you are ever n an accdent, your njures can be consderably more severe wthout your seat belt properly buckled. Wthout your seat belt buckled, you are much more lkely to ht the nteror of the vehcle or be ejected from t. You can be serously njured or klled. In the same crash, the possblty of njury or death s lessened f you are wearng your seat belt. The ar bags can only provde the protecton they were desgned to afford f the occupants are usng ther seat belts ( page 66). ettng started Drvng Accordng to accdent statstcs, chldren are safer when properly restraned n the rear seatng postons than n the front seatng poston. Thus, we strongly recommend that chldren be placed n the rear seats. Regardless of seatng poston, chldren 12 years old and under must be seated and properly secured n an approprate nfant or toddler restrant, or booster seat recommended for the sze and weght of the chld. For addtonal nformaton, see Chldren n the vehcle ( page 71). A chld s rsk of serous or fatal njures s sgnfcantly ncreased f the chld restrants are not properly secured n the vehcle and the chld s not properly secured n the chld restrant. 43

45 ettng started Drvng Never let more people rde n the vehcle than there are seat belts avalable. Be sure everyone rdng n the vehcle s correctly restraned wth a separate seat belt. Never use a seat belt for more than one person at a tme. Never rde n a movng vehcle wth the seat backrest n an excessvely reclned poston as ths can be dangerous. You could slde under the seat belt n a collson. If you slde under t, the belt would apply force at the abdomen or neck. That could cause serous or even fatal njures. The seat backrest and seat belt provde the best restrant when the wearer s n a nearly uprght poston and the belt s properly postoned on the body. Read and observe the addtonal warnng notces prnted n the Safety and securty secton ( page 66). 1 Belt outlet 2 Latch plate 3 Release button 4 Buckle Wth a smooth moton, pull the belt from belt outlet 1. 44

46 ettng started Drvng Place the shoulder porton of the belt across the top of your shoulder and the lap porton across your hps. Push latch plate 2 nto buckle 4 untl t clcks. If necessary, tghten the lap porton to a snug ft by pullng shoulder porton up. Belt outlet heght adjustment 1 Release button Press release button 1 and move the seat belt heght adjuster upward or downward. Proper use of seat belts Do not twst the belt when fastenng. Adjust seat belt so that the shoulder porton s located as close as possble to the mddle of the shoulder (t should not touch the neck). Never pass the shoulder porton of the belt under your arm. Poston the lap belt as low as possble on your hps (over hp jont) and not across the abdomen. Place the seat backrest n a nearly uprght poston. Never use a seat belt for more than one person at a tme. Do not fasten a seat belt around a person and another object at the same tme. When usng a seat belt to secure nfant or toddler restrants or chldren n booster seats, always follow the chld seat manufacturer's nstructons. Check your seat belt perodcally durng travel to make sure that t s properly postoned. Make sure that the seat belt s always ftted snugly. Take specal care of ths when wearng loose clothng. Do not pass belts over sharp edges. They could tear. Do not allow the belt to get caught n the door or n the seat adjustment mechansm. Ths could damage the belt. Never attempt to make modfcatons to seat belts. Ths could mpar the effectveness of the belts. Do not bleach or dye seat belts as ths may severely weaken them. In a crash they may not be able to provde adequate protecton. Damaged seat belts or belts that were hghly stressed n an accdent must be replaced. Contact an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. 45

47 ettng started Drvng Startng the engne Inhalaton of exhaust gas s hazardous to your health. All exhaust gas contans carbon monoxde, and nhalng t can cause unconscousness and lead to death. Do not run the engne n confned areas (such as a garage) whch are not properly ventlated. If you thnk that exhaust gas fumes are enterng the vehcle whle drvng, have the cause determned and corrected mmedately. If you must drve under these condtons, drve only wth at least one wndow fully open. Automatc transmsson earshft pattern for automatc transmsson P Park poston wth gear selector lever lock R Reverse gear N Neutral D Drve poston For more nformaton, see the Controls n detal secton ( page 175). Startng wth the SmartKey For nformaton on turnng off the engne wth the SmartKey, see Turnng off engne ( page 55). Make sure the gear selector lever s set to P. Do not depress the accelerator. Turn the SmartKey n the starter swtch to poston 3 and hold untl the engne starts ( page 34). You can also use the touch-start functon. Turn the SmartKey to poston 3 and release t agan mmedately. The engne then starts automatcally. Depress the brake pedal. The selector lever lock s released. 46

48 ettng started Drvng Startng wth KEYLESS-O* As long as the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O s n your vehcle, the vehcle can be started. Therefore, never leave chldren unattended n the vehcle, as they could otherwse accdentally start the engne. When leavng the vehcle, always take the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O wth you and lock the vehcle. Do not leave chldren unattended n the vehcle, or wth access to an unlocked vehcle. You can start your vehcle wthout the SmartKey n the starter swtch usng the KEYLESS-O start/stop button on the gear selector lever. For nformaton on turnng off the engne wth KEYLESS-O, see Turnng off wth KEYLESS-O* ( page 57). The SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O must be located n the vehcle. KEYLESS-O start/stop button 1 USA only 2 Canada only Make sure the gear selector lever s set to P. Depress the brake pedal durng the startng procedure. Do not depress accelerator. The selector lever lock s released. Press KEYLESS-O start/stop button 1 once. The engne starts automatcally f the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O s n the vehcle. Startng dffcultes If the engne does not start as descrbed, carry out the followng steps: If you are startng the engne wth the SmartKey, turn SmartKey n starter swtch to poston 0 and repeat startng procedure. If you are startng the engne wth KEYLESS-O: Close any doors that may be open to allow for better detecton of the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O. Or: Start the engne wth the SmartKey as rado sgnals from another source may be nterferng wth the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O. Repeat the startng procedure ( page 46). Remember that extended startng attempts can dran the battery. et a jump start ( page 406). 47

49 ettng started Drvng If the engne does not start after several startng attempts, there could be a malfuncton n the engne electroncs or n the fuel supply system. Notfy an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Parkng brake 1 Release handle 2 Parkng brake pedal When leavng the vehcle, always remove the SmartKey or the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* from the starter swtch, take t wth you and lock the vehcle. Do not leave chldren unattended n the vehcle, or wth access to an unlocked vehcle. Chldren could release the parkng brake, whch could result n an accdent and/or serous njury. Release the parkng brake by pullng on handle 1. The warnng lamp ; (USA only) or 3 (Canada only) n the nstrument cluster goes out. Drvng Depress the brake pedal. Move selector lever to poston D or R. Wat for the gear selecton process to complete before settng the vehcle n moton. Release the brake pedal. Carefully depress the accelerator pedal. Once the vehcle s n moton, the automatc central lockng system engages and the lockng knobs drop down. You can open a locked door from the nsde. Open door only when condtons are safe to do so. 48

50 ettng started Drvng! If you hear a warnng sgnal and a message appears n the multfuncton dsplay when drvng off, you have forgotten to release the parkng brake. Release the parkng brake. After a cold start, the automatc transmsson engages at a hgher revoluton. Ths allows the catalytc converter to reach ts operatng temperature earler. On slppery road surfaces, never downshft n order to obtan brakng acton. Ths could result n drve wheel slp and reduced vehcle control. Your vehcle s ABS wll not prevent ths type of loss of control. It s dangerous to shft the gear selector lever out of P or N f the engne speed s hgher than dle speed. If your foot s not frmly on the brake pedal, the vehcle could accelerate quckly forward or n reverse. You could lose control of the vehcle and ht someone or somethng. Only shft nto gear when the engne s dlng normally and when your rght foot s frmly on the brake pedal. For more nformaton on drvng, see Drvng nstructons ( page 265).! Smultaneously depressng the accelerator pedal and applyng the brake reduces engne performance and causes premature brake and drvetran wear. Swtchng on headlamps Low beam headlamps The exteror lamp swtch s located on the dashboard to the left of the steerng wheel. Exteror lamp swtch 1 Off 2 Low beam headlamps on Turn the exteror lamp swtch to poston B. The low beam headlamps come on. 49

51 ettng started Drvng Hgh beam The combnaton swtch s located on the left of the steerng column. Turn sgnals The combnaton swtch s located on the left of the steerng column. The combnaton swtch resets automatcally after major steerng wheel movements. To sgnal mnor drectonal changes such as changng lanes, press combnaton swtch only to pont of resstance and release. The correspondng turn sgnals wll flash three tmes. Combnaton swtch 1 Hgh beam 2 Hgh beam flasher Push combnaton swtch n drecton of arrow 1. The hgh beam headlamp ndcator lamp A n the nstrument cluster comes on ( page 134). For more nformaton on headlamps, see Lghtng ( page 130). Combnaton swtch 1 Turn sgnals, rght 2 Turn sgnals, left Press combnaton swtch n drecton of arrow 1 or 2. The correspondng turn sgnal ndcator lamp L or K n the nstrument cluster flashes. 50

52 ettng started Drvng Wndsheld wpers The combnaton swtch s located on the left of the steerng column. Combnaton swtch 1 Sngle wpe Wpng wth wndsheld washer flud 2 Swtchng on wndsheld wpers Swtch on the gnton ( page 34). Swtchng on wndsheld wpers Turn the combnaton swtch to the desred poston dependng on the ntensty of the ran. 0 Wndsheld wpers off I Intermttent wpng (nterval dependent on wetness of wndsheld) II Normal wper speed III Fast wper speed Intermttent wpng nterval s dependent on wetness of wndsheld. After the ntal wpe, pauses between wpes are automatcally controlled by the ran sensor.! Do not leave wndsheld wpers n ntermttent settng when the vehcle s taken to an automatc car wash or durng wndsheld cleanng. Wpers wll operate n the presence of water sprayed on the wndsheld, and wpers may be damaged as a result. The combnaton swtch should not be left n ntermttent settng as the wpers wll wpe the wndsheld once every tme the engne s started. Dust that accumulates on the wndsheld mght scratch the glass and/or damage the wper blades when wpng occurs on a dry wndsheld. 51

53 ettng started Drvng Intermttent wpng Turn the combnaton swtch to poston I. When you stop the vehcle whle the wndsheld wpers are swtched on, the wndsheld wpers wll automatcally be swtched to ntermttent wpng. Intermttent wpng s nterrupted when the vehcle s at a standstll and a front door s opened. Sngle wpe Press combnaton swtch brefly n drecton of arrow 1. The wndsheld wpers wpe one tme wthout washer flud. Wpng wth wndsheld washer flud Push combnaton swtch n drecton of arrow 1 past the resstance pont. The wndsheld wpers operate wth washer flud. For nformaton on fllng up the washer reservor, see Wndsheld washer system and headlamp cleanng system* ( page 286).! If anythng blocks the wndsheld wpers (leaves, snow, etc.), swtch them off mmedately. For safety reasons, turn off the engne by turnng the SmartKey to poston 0 and wthdraw SmartKey from starter swtch or turn off the engne by pressng the KEYLESS-O* start/stop button and open the drver s door (wth the drver s door open, starter swtch s n poston 0, same as wth SmartKey removed from starter swtch) before attemptng to remove any blockage. 52

54 ettng started Drvng Problems whle drvng The engne runs erratcally and msfres An gnton cable may be damaged. The engne electroncs may not be operatng properly. Remove blockage. Turn the wndsheld wpers on agan. If wndsheld wpers fal to functon at all n combnaton swtch poston I, set the combnaton swtch to the next hghest wper speed have the wndsheld wpers checked at the nearest authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center Unburned gasolne may have entered the catalytc converter and damaged t. ve very lttle gas. Have the problem repared by an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possble. The coolant temperature s above 248 F (120 C) The coolant s too hot and s no longer coolng the engne. Stop the vehcle as soon as possble and turn off the engne. Allow engne and coolant to cool. Check the coolant level and add coolant f necessary ( page 283). In case of accdent If the vehcle s leakng fuel: Do not start the engne under any crcumstances. Notfy local fre and/or polce authortes. If the extent of the damage cannot be determned: Notfy an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. If no damage can be determned on the major assembles fuel system engne mount: Start the engne n the usual manner. 53

55 ettng started Parkng and lockng You have now completed your frst drve. You have properly stopped and parked your vehcle. End your drve as follows. Wth the engne not runnng, there s no power assstance for the brake and steerng systems. In ths case, t s mportant to keep n mnd that a consderably hgher degree of effort s necessary to brake and steer the vehcle. Parkng brake 1 Release handle 2 Parkng brake pedal Step frmly on parkng brake pedal 2. When the engne s runnng, the warnng lamp ; (USA only) or 3 (Canada only) n the nstrument cluster wll be llumnated. When leavng the vehcle, always remove the SmartKey or SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* from the starter swtch, take t wth you and lock the vehcle. Do not leave chldren unattended n the vehcle, or wth access to an unlocked vehcle. Chldren could release the parkng brake and/or move the gear selector lever from poston P, ether of whch could result n an accdent and/or serous njury. 54

56 ettng started Parkng and lockng ettng out of your vehcle wth the gear selector lever not fully engaged n poston P s dangerous. Also, when parked on an nclne, poston P alone may not prevent your vehcle from movng, possbly httng people or objects. Always set the parkng brake n addton to shftng to poston P. When parked on an nclne, turn front wheels towards the road curb. Swtchng off headlamps Turn the exteror lamp swtch to M ( page 49). For more nformaton, see the Controls n detal secton ( page 130). Turnng off engne Place the gear selector lever n poston P. Always set the parkng brake n addton to shftng to poston P. On slopes, turn the front wheels towards the road curb. Turnng off wth the SmartKey Turn the SmartKey n the starter swtch ( page 34) to poston 0 and remove t. The mmoblzer s actvated. The SmartKey can only be removed from the starter swtch wth the gear selector lever n poston P. Press the seat belt release button ( page 44). ude the latch plate and let the seat belt completely rewnd. 55

57 ettng started Parkng and lockng Wth the SmartKey removed and the drver s door open, a warnng sounds and the message Swtch off lghts appears n the multfuncton dsplay f the vehcle s exteror lamps are not swtched off. To prevent possble personal njury, always keep hands and fngers away from the door openngs when closng the doors. Be especally careful when small chldren are around. Before closng doors, make sure that there s no possblty of someone gettng caught n a door durng closng. Openng a door causes the wndow on that door to open slghtly. They wll return to the up poston when the door s closed. After extng the vehcle press the lock button on the SmartKey ( page 32). All turn sgnal lamps flash three tmes. An acoustc sgnal sounds three tmes. For more nformaton, see Factory settng ( page 94). When leavng the vehcle, always remove the SmartKey from the starter swtch, take t wth you, and lock the vehcle. Do not leave chldren unattended n the vehcle, or wth access to an unlocked vehcle. Unsupervsed use of vehcle may cause an accdent and/or serous personal njury. For more nformaton, see the Controls n detal secton ( page 92). The lockng knobs n the doors move down. The ant-theft alarm system s armed. 56

58 ettng started Parkng and lockng Turnng off wth KEYLESS-O* Place the gear selector lever n P. Press the KEYLESS-O start/stop button to shut off the engne. Wth the drver's door closed, the starter swtch s now n poston 1. Wth the drver s door opened, the starter swtch s set to poston 0, same as SmartKey removed from starter swtch ( page 34). Press the seat belt release button ( page 44).! If you hear a warnng sgnal, you have ether forgotten to swtch off the vehcle s exteror lamps before openng the drver s door, or tred to turn off the engne whle the gear selector lever s not n P. To prevent possble personal njury, always keep hands and fngers away from the door openngs when closng the doors. Be especally careful when small chldren are around. Before closng doors, make sure that there s no possblty of someone gettng caught n a door durng closng. Turn off the lghts or place the gear selector lever n P. 1 Lock button on the door handle 57

59 ettng started Parkng and lockng After extng the vehcle, press lock button 1 on the door handle or on the trunk ld. All turn sgnal lamps flash three tmes. An acoustc sgnal sounds three tmes. For more nformaton, see Factory settng ( page 100). The lockng knobs n the doors move down. The ant-theft alarm system s armed. When leavng the vehcle, always take the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* wth you, and lock the vehcle. Do not leave chldren unattended n the vehcle, or wth access to an unlocked vehcle. Unsupervsed use of vehcle equpment may cause an accdent and/or serous personal njury. For more nformaton, see the Controls n detal secton ( page 97). 58

60 Safety and Securty Occupant safety Panc alarm Drvng safety systems Ant-theft systems 59

61 Safety and Securty Occupant safety In ths secton you wll learn the most mportant facts about the restrant systems of the vehcle. The restrant systems are Seat belts Emergency tensonng devce Ar bags Chld seats Chld seat recognton Lower anchors and tethers for chldren (LATCH) As ndependent systems, ther protectve effects work n conjuncton wth each other. For nformaton on nfants and chldren travelng wth you n the vehcle and restrant systems for nfants and chldren, see Chldren n the vehcle ( page 71). The 1 ndcator lamp n the nstrument cluster comes on for about four seconds when you turn the SmartKey n the starter swtch to poston 1 or press the KEYLESS-O* start/stop button once. for about four seconds when you start the engne by turnng the SmartKey or pressng the KEYLESS-O* start/stop button. The 1 ndcator lamp comes on and remans lt f the SmartKey s turned to poston 2 and left there or the KEYLESS-O* start/stop button s pressed twce. The ndcator lamp wll go out when you start the engne. The restrant systems are fully operatonal f the 1 ndcator lamp s not lt when the engne s runnng. A malfuncton n the system has been detected f the 1 ndcator lamp: fals to go out after approxmately four seconds does not come on at all comes on after the engne was started or whle drvng For safety reasons, we strongly recommend that you vst an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center mmedately to have the system checked. More nformaton can be found n the Practcal hnts secton ( page 343). 60

62 Safety and Securty Occupant safety In the event that the 1 ndcator lamp comes on durng drvng or does not come on at all, the SRS may not be operatonal. For your safety, we strongly recommend that you vst an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center mmedately to have the system checked; otherwse the SRS may not be actvated when needed n an accdent, whch could result n serous or fatal njury, or t mght deploy unexpectedly and unnecessarly whch could also result n njury. Improper work on the restrant systems, ncludng ncorrect nstallaton and removal, can lead to possble njury through an unntended actvaton of the SRS. In addton, through mproper work there s a rsk of renderng the SRS noperatve or causng unntended ar bag deployment. Work on the SRS must therefore only be performed by qualfed techncans. Contact your authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Ar bags Ar bags are desgned to reduce the potental of njury and fatalty n certan frontal mpacts (front ar bags), sde mpacts (sde mpact ar bags and head protecton wndow curtan ar bags) or rollovers (head protecton wndow curtan ar bags). However, no system avalable today can totally elmnate njures and fataltes. The actvaton of the SRS temporarly releases a small amount of dust from the ar bags. Ths dust, however, s nether njurous to your health, nor does t ndcate a fre n the vehcle. The dust mght cause some temporary breathng dffculty for people wth asthma or other breathng trouble. To avod ths, you may wsh to get out of the vehcle as soon as t s safe to do so. If you have any breathng dffculty but cannot get out of the vehcle after the ar bag nflates, then get fresh ar by openng a wndow or door. To reduce the rsk of njury when the front ar bags nflate, t s very mportant for the drver and front passenger to always be n a properly seated poston and to wear your seat belts. For maxmum protecton n the event of a collson always be n normal seated poston wth your back aganst the backrest. Fasten your seat belt and ensure that t s properly postoned on your body. Snce the ar bag nflates wth consderable speed and force, a proper seatng and hands on steerng wheel poston wll help to keep you at a safe dstance from the ar bag. Occupants who are unbelted, out of poston or too close to the ar bag can be serously njured or klled by an ar bag as t nflates wth great force n the blnk of an eye: St properly belted n an uprght poston wth your back aganst the seat backrest. 61

63 Safety and Securty Occupant safety Adjust the drver seat as far as possble rearward, stll permttng proper operaton of vehcle controls. The dstance from the center of the drver s breastbone to the center of the ar bag cover on the steerng wheel must be at least 10 n (25 cm) or more. You should be able to accomplsh ths by a combnaton of adjustments to the seat and steerng wheel. If you have any problems, please see your authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Do not lean wth your head or chest close to the steerng wheel or dashboard. Keep hands on the outsde of steerng wheel rm. Placng hands and arms nsde the rm can ncrease the rsk and potental severty of hand/arm njury when drver front ar bag nflates. Adjust the front passenger seat as far as possble rearward from the dashboard when the seat s occuped. Occupants, especally chldren, should never lean ther heads n the area of the door where the sde ar bag nflates. Ths could result n serous njures or death should the ar bag be trggered. Always st nearly uprght, properly use the seat belts and approprate sze nfant or chld restrant system. Chldren 12 years old and under must never rde n the front seat, except n a Mercedes-Benz authorzed BabySmart TM1 compatble chld seat, whch operates wth the BabySmart TM system nstalled n the vehcle to deactvate the passenger front ar bag when t s properly nstalled. Otherwse they wll be struck by the ar bag when t nflates n a crash. If ths happens, serous or fatal njury wll result. Falure to follow these nstructons can result n severe njures to you or other occupants. If you sell your vehcle you are responsble to make the buyer aware of these ponts. Be sure to gve the buyer ths Operator s Manual. 1 BabySmart TM s a trademark of Semens Automotve Corp. Accdent research shows that the safest place for chldren n an automoble s n the rear seat. It should be noted that wth respect to both front and rear sde mpact ar bags there s a possblty for a sde mpact ar bag related njury f occupants, especally chldren, are not properly seated or restraned when next to a sde mpact ar bag whch needs to deploy rapdly n a sde mpact n order to do ts job. To help avod the possblty of njury, please follow these gudelnes: (1) Occupants, especally chldren, should never place ther bodes or lean ther heads n the area of the door where the sde mpact ar bag nflates. Ths could result n serous njures or death should the sde mpact ar bag be deployed. 62

64 Safety and Securty Occupant safety (2) Always st nearly uprght, properly use the seat belts and for chldren 12 years old and under, use an approprately szed nfant or toddler restrant or booster seat recommended for the sze and weght of the chld. (3) Always wear seat belts properly. If you beleve that, even wth the use of these gudelnes, t would be safer for your rear seat occupants to have the rear mounted sde mpact ar bags deactvated, then deactvaton can be accomplshed upon your wrtten request to do so at your authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center at an addtonal cost. Please contact your local authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center or call our Customer Assstance Center at FOR-MERCedes ( ) for detals. Ar bags are desgned to actvate only n certan frontal mpacts (front ar bags), sde mpacts (sde mpact and head protecton wndow curtan ar bags) whch exceed preset thresholds and n certan rollovers (head protecton wndow curtan ar bags). Only durng these types of mpacts, f of suffcent severty to meet the deployment thresholds, wll they provde ther supplemental protecton. The drver and passenger should always wear ther seat belts. Otherwse t s not possble for the ar bags to provde ther supplemental protecton. In cases of other frontal mpacts, angled mpacts, rollovers, other sde mpacts, rear collsons, or other accdents, the ar bags wll not be actvated. The drver and the passenger wll then be protected by the fastened seat belts. We cauton you not to rely on the presence of the ar bags n order to avod wearng your seat belt. Your vehcle was orgnally equpped wth ar bags that are desgned to actvate n certan mpacts exceedng a preset threshold to reduce the potental and severty of njury. It s mportant to your safety and that of your passengers that you replace deployed ar bags and repar any malfunctonng ar bags to make sure the vehcle wll contnue to provde supplemental crash protecton for occupants. 63

65 Safety and Securty Occupant safety Safety gudelnes for the seat belt, emergency tensonng devce and ar bag Damaged seat belts or belts that were hghly stressed n an accdent must be replaced and ther anchorng ponts must also be checked. Use only belts nstalled or suppled by an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Ar bags and emergency tensonng devces (ETDs) are desgned to functon on a one-tme-only bass. An ar bag or ETD that was actvated must be replaced. Do not pass belts over sharp edges. They could tear. Do not make any modfcaton that could change the effectveness of the belts. No modfcatons of any knd may be made to any components or wrng of the SRS. Ths ncludes changng or removng any component or part of the SRS, the nstallaton of addtonal trm materal, badges etc. over the steerng wheel hub, front passenger ar bag cover, outboard sdes of the front seat backrests, door trm panels, or door frame trms, and nstallaton of addtonal electrcal/electronc equpment on or near SRS components and wrng. Keep area between ar bags and occupants free from objects (e.g. packages, purses, umbrellas, etc.). Do not hang tems such as coat hangers from the coat hooks or handles over the door. These tems may turn nto projectles and cause head and other njures when curtan ar bag s deployed. Ar bag system components wll be hot after an ar bag has nflated. Do not touch. Improper work on the system, ncludng ncorrect nstallaton and removal, can lead to possble njury through an unntended actvaton of the SRS. In addton, through mproper work there s a rsk of renderng the SRS noperatve or causng unntended ar bag deployment. Work on the SRS must therefore only be performed by qualfed techncans. Contact your authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. For your protecton and the protecton of others, when scrappng the ar bag unt or emergency tensonng devce, our safety nstructons must be followed. These nstructons are avalable from your authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. ven the consderable deployment speed and the textle structure of the ar bags, there s the possblty of abrasons or other njures resultng from ar bag deployment. When you sell your vehcle we strongly urge you to gve notce to the subsequent owner that t s equpped wth an SRS by alertng them to the applcable secton n the Operator s Manual. 64

66 Safety and Securty Occupant safety Only use seat covers whch have been tested and approved by Mercedes-Benz for your vehcle model. Usng other seat covers may nterfere wth or prevent the deployment of the front sde mpact ar bags. Contact your authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center for avalablty. Front ar bags 1 Drver s ar bag 2 Passenger ar bag Drver and passenger ar bags are deployed: n the event of a frontal mpact f mpact exceeds a preset deployment threshold ndependently of the sde mpact ar bags The ar bags wll not deploy n mpacts whch do not exceed the system s deployment thresholds. You wll then be protected by the fastened seat belts. The front passenger ar bag wll only be deployed f: the front passenger seat s occuped the 75 ndcator lamp n the center console s not lt ( page 73) the mpact exceeds a preset deployment threshold! Do not place objects heaver than 20 lbs (9 kg) on the front passenger seat. Ths could cause the front or sde mpact ar bag on the front passenger sde to deploy n a crash whch exceeds the system's deployment threshold. 65

67 Safety and Securty Occupant safety Sde mpact ar bags, wndow curtan ar bags 1 Sde mpact ar bags 2 Wndow curtan ar bag The sde mpact ar bags and wndow curtan ar bags are deployed: on the mpacted sde of the vehcle n mpacts exceedng a preset deployment threshold ndependently of the front ar bags In addton, the wndow curtan ar bags 2 are deployed: n certan vehcle rollovers The front passenger sde ar bag wll only deploy f the system senses that the front passenger seat s occuped. The sde mpact ar bags and wndow curtan ar bags are not deployed n mpacts whch do not exceed the system s deployment threshold. Seat belts When the engne s started the seat belt telltale < llumnates for a maxmum of sx seconds and a warnng chme sounds to remnd you and your passengers to fasten your seat belts. If after these sx seconds, the drver's or the front passenger's seat belt (wth the front passenger seat occuped) are not fastened wth all doors closed, and the vehcle speed does not exceed 15 mph (25 km/h), the seat belt telltale < remans llumnated for as long as ether the drver's or front passenger's seat belt s not fastened. 66

68 Safety and Securty Occupant safety and the vehcle speed exceeds 15 mph (25 km/h), the seat belt telltale < starts flashng and a warnng chme sounds wth ncreasng ntensty untl both the drver's and front passenger's seat belt are fastened, or for a maxmum of 60 seconds from the tme the vehcle speed exceeded 15 mph (25 km/h) f ether the drver's or front passenger's seat belt remans unfastened. If the drver's or front passenger's seat belt remans unfastened after 60 seconds, the seat belt telltale < stops flashng and the warnng chme stops soundng. The seat belt telltale < then contnues to be llumnated for as long as ether the drver's or front passenger's seat belt are not fastened. The seat belt telltale wll only go out f both the drver and front passenger's seat belt (wth the front passenger seat occuped) are fastened, or the vehcle s standng stll and a front door s opened. For more nformaton, see Practcal hnts ( page 342) The use of seat belts and nfant and chld restrant systems s requred by law n all 50 states, the Dstrct of Columba, the U.S. terrtores and all Canadan provnces. Even where ths s not the case, all vehcle occupants should have ther seat belts fastened whenever the vehcle s n moton. For more nformaton, see Fastenng the seat belts ( page 43). For nformaton on nfants and chldren travelng wth you n the vehcle and restrant systems for nfants and chldren, see Chldren n the vehcle ( page 71). 67

69 Safety and Securty Occupant safety Always fasten your seat belt before drvng off. Always make sure all of your passengers are properly restraned, even those sttng n the rear and pregnant women. Falure to wear and properly fasten and poston your seat belt greatly ncreases your rsk of njures and ther lkely severty n an accdent. You and your passengers should always wear seat belts. If you are ever n an accdent, your njures can be consderably more severe wthout your seat belt properly buckled. Wthout your seat belt buckled, you are much more lkely to ht the nteror of the vehcle or be ejected from t. You can be serously njured or klled. In the same crash, the possblty of njury or death s lessened f you are properly wearng your seat belt. Ar bags can only protect as they are desgned f the occupants are properly wearng ther seat belts. Never rde n a movng vehcle wth the seat backrest n an excessvely reclned poston as ths can be dangerous. You could slde under the seat belt n a collson. If you slde under t, the belt would apply force at the abdomen or neck. That could cause serous or even fatal njures. The seat backrest and seat belt provde the best restrant when the wearer s n a nearly uprght poston and the belt s properly postoned on the body. Never let more people rde n the vehcle than there are seat belts avalable. Be sure everyone rdng n the vehcle s correctly restraned wth a separate seat belt. Never use a seat belt for more than one person at a tme. Damaged seat belts or belts that were hghly stressed n an accdent must be replaced and ther anchorng ponts must also be checked. Only use seat belts whch have been approved by Mercedes-Benz. Do not make any modfcatons to the seat belts. Ths can lead to unntended actvaton or to falure. Do not bleach or dye seat belts as ths may severely weaken them. In a crash they may not be able to provde adequate protecton. Have all work carred out only by qualfed techncans. Contact an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. 68

70 Safety and Securty Occupant safety USE SEAT BELTS PROPERLY Seat belts can only work when used properly. Never wear seat belts n any other way than as descrbed n ths secton, as that could result n serous njures n case of an accdent. Each occupant should wear ther seat belt at all tmes, because seat belts help reduce the lkelhood of and potental severty of njures n accdents, ncludng rollovers. The ntegrated restrant system ncludes SRS (drver ar bag, passenger front ar bag, sde mpact ar bags, head protecton wndow curtan ar bags for sde wndows), ETD (seat belt emergency tensonng devce), and front seat knee bolsters. The system s desgned to enhance the protecton offered to properly belted occupants n certan frontal (front ar bags and ETD) and sde (sde mpact and wndow curtan ar bags and ETD) mpacts whch exceed preset deployment thresholds and n certan rollovers (wndow curtan ar bags and ETD). Never wear the shoulder belt under your arm, aganst your neck or off your shoulder. In a frontal crash, your body would move too far forward. That would ncrease the chance of head and neck njures. The belt would also apply too much force to the rbs or abdomen, whch could severely njure nternal organs such as your lver or spleen. Never wear belts over rgd or breakable objects n or on your clothng, such as eyeglasses, pens, SmartKeys etc., as these mght cause njures. Poston the lap belt as low as possble on your hps and not across the abdomen. If the belt s postoned across your abdomen, t could cause serous njures n a crash. Never use a seat belt for more than one person at a tme. Do not fasten a seat belt around a person and another person or other objects. Belts should not be worn twsted. In a crash, you wouldn t have the full wdth of the belt to dstrbute mpact forces. The twsted belt aganst your body could cause njures. 69

71 Safety and Securty Occupant safety Pregnant women should also use a lap-shoulder belt. The lap belt porton should be postoned as low as possble on the hps to avod any possble pressure on the abdomen. Never place your feet on the nstrument panel, dashboard, or on the seat. Always keep both feet on the floor n front of the seat. When usng a seat belt to secure nfant or toddler restrants or chldren n booster seats, always follow the chld seat manufacturer's nstructons. Emergency tensonng devce (ETD), seat belt force lmter The seat belts for the front and rear outer seats are equpped wth emergency tensonng devces and belt force lmters. The ETD s desgned to actvate n the followng cases: n frontal or rear-end mpacts exceedng a preset severty level n certan vehcle rollovers f the restrant systems are operatonal and functonng correctly, see 1 ndcator lamp ( page 60) The ETDs for the front seats wll only actvate f the front seat belts are fastened (latch plate properly nserted nto buckle). The ETDs for the rear seats wll actvate wth or wthout the respectve seat belts fastened. In an mpact, emergency tensonng devces remove slack from the belts. Belt force lmters reduce the force exerted by the seat belts on occupants durng a crash. An emergency tensonng devce (ETD) that was actvated must be replaced. When dsposng of the emergency tensonng devce, our safety nstructons must be followed. These are avalable at your authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center.! Do not place objects heaver than 20 lbs (9 kg) on the front passenger seat. Ths could cause the front or sde mpact arbag on the passenger sde and, wth the seat belt fastened to secure the object, the ETD to deploy n a crash whch exceeds the system s deployment threshold. 70

72 Safety and Securty Occupant safety Automatc comfort-ft feature seat belt An automatc comfort-ft feature for front seats reduces the retractng force of the seat belts when they are n normal use. Chldren n the vehcle If an nfant or chld s travelng wth you n the vehcle: Secure the chld usng an nfant or chld restrant approprate to the age and sze of the chld. Make sure that the nfant or chld s properly secured at all tmes whle the vehcle s n moton. Infant and chld restrant seats and nformaton on choosng an approprate restrant system can be obtaned from any Mercedes-Benz Center. Infant and chld restrant systems Use only a BabySmart TM1 compatble chld restrant for the front passenger seat n ths vehcle. We recommend all nfants and chldren be properly restraned at all tmes whle the vehcle s n moton. All lap-shoulder belts except the drver s seat belt have specal seat belt retractors for secure fastenng of chld restrants. To fasten a chld restrant, follow chld restrant nstructons for mountng. Then pull the shoulder belt out completely and let t retract. Durng seat belt retracton, a ratchetng sound can be heard to ndcate that the specal seat belt retractor s actvated. The belt s now locked. Push down on chld restrant to take up any slack. To deactvate, release seat belt buckle and let seat belt retract completely. The seat belt can agan be used n the usual manner. Informaton on chld seats wth mountng fttngs for tether anchorages ( page 75). For nformaton on LATCH-type chld seat mounts ( page 76). Never release the seat belt buckle whle the vehcle s n moton, snce the specal seat belt retractor wll be deactvated. 1 BabySmart TM s a trademark of Semens Automotve Corp. 71

73 Safety and Securty Occupant safety 72! The use of nfant or chld restrants s requred by law n all 50 states, the Dstrct of Columba, the U.S. terrtores and all Canadan provnces. Infants and small chldren should be seated n an approprate nfant or chld restrant system properly secured by a lap/shoulder belt or, f so equpped, a top tether anchorage pont and a chld restrant lower anchorage system that comples wth U.S. Federal Motor Vehcle Safety Standards 213 and 225 and Canadan Motor Vehcle Safety Standards 213 and ! A statement by the chld restrant manufacturer of complance wth ths standard can be found on the nstructon label on the restrant and n the nstructon manual provded wth the restrant. When usng any nfant or chld restrant system, be sure to carefully read and follow all manufacturer s nstructons for nstallaton and use. Please read and observe warnng labels affxed to the nsde of the vehcle and to nfant or chld restrants. Chldren 12 years old and under must never rde n the front seat, except n a Mercedes-Benz authorzed BabySmart TM1 compatble chld seat, whch operates wth the BabySmart TM system nstalled n the vehcle to deactvate the passenger front ar bag when t s properly nstalled. Otherwse they wll be struck by the ar bag when t nflates n a crash. If ths happens, serous or fatal njury wll result. Accordng to accdent statstcs, chldren are safer when properly restraned n the rear seatng postons than n the front seatng postons. Infants and small chldren must rde n back seats and be seated n an approprate nfant or chld restrant system, whch s properly secured wth the vehcle's seat belt and top tether strap, or secured va lower anchors and top tether strap, fully n accordance wth the chld seat manufacturer s nstructons. 1 BabySmart TM s a trademark of Semens Automotve Corp.

74 Safety and Securty Occupant safety Infants and small chldren should never share a seat belt wth another occupant. Durng an accdent, they could be crushed between the occupant and seat belt. A chld s rsk of serous or fatal njures s sgnfcantly ncreased f the chld restrants are not properly secured n the vehcle and the chld s not properly secured n the chld restrant. Chldren too bg for chld restrant systems must rde n back seats usng regular seat belts. Poston shoulder belt across chest and shoulder, not face or neck. A booster seat may be necessary to acheve proper belt postonng for chldren from 41 lbs untl they reach a heght where a lap/shoulder belt fts properly wthout a booster. When the chld restrant s not n use, remove t from the vehcle or secure t wth the seat belt to prevent the chld restrant from becomng a projectle n the event of an accdent. Do not leave chldren unattended n the vehcle, even f the chldren are secured n a chld restrant system. Unsupervsed chldren n a chld restrant system may use vehcle equpment and may cause an accdent and/or serous personal njury. BabySmart TM1 ar bag deactvaton system 1 75 ndcator lamp Specal BabySmart TM compatble chld seats, desgned for use wth the Mercedes-Benz system and avalable at any authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center, are requred for use wth the BabySmart TM ar bag deactvaton system. Wth the specal chld seat properly nstalled, the passenger front ar bag wll not deploy. The 75 ndcator lamp located n the center console wll be llumnated, except wth the SmartKey removed or n starter swtch poston 0. The system does not deactvate the sde mpact ar bag, the wndow curtan ar bag and the emergency tensonng devce. 1 BabySmart TM s a trademark of Semens Automotve Corp. 73

75 Safety and Securty Occupant safety Self-test BabySmart TM wthout specal chld seat nstalled After turnng the SmartKey n the starter swtch to poston 1 or 2 or pressng the KEYLESS-O* start/stop button once or twce, the 75 ndcator lamp located n the center console comes on for approxmately sx seconds and then goes out. If the 75 ndcator lamp should not come on or s contnuously lt, the system s not functonng. You must see an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center before seatng any chld on the passenger seat. More nformaton can be found n the Practcal hnts secton ( page 344). The BabySmart TM ar bag deactvaton system wll ONLY work wth a specal chld seat desgned to operate wth t. It wll not work wth chld seats whch are not BabySmart TM compatble. Never place anythng between seat cushon and chld seat (e.g. pllow), snce t reduces the effectveness of the deactvaton system. The bottom of the chld seat must make full contact wth the passenger seat cushon. An ncorrectly mounted chld seat could cause njures to the chld n case of an accdent, nstead of protectng the chld. Follow the manufacturer s nstructons for nstallaton of specal chld seats. When usng a BabySmart TM1 compatble chld seat on the front passenger seat, the passenger front ar bag wll not deploy only f the 75 ndcator lamp remans llumnated. Please be sure to check the ndcator every tme you use the specal system chld seat. Should the lght go out whle the restrant s nstalled, please check nstallaton. If the lght remans out, do not use the BabySmart TM restrant to transport chldren on the front passenger seat untl the system has been repared. 1 BabySmart TM s a trademark of Semens Automotve Corp. 74

76 Safety and Securty Occupant safety Do not place powered-on laptops, cell phones, electronc tags such as those used n sk passes and lke electronc devces on the front passenger seat. Sgnals from such devces may nterfere wth the BabySmart TM system. Such sgnal nterference may cause the 75 ndcator lamp not to come on durng self-test or be contnuously lt, ndcatng that the system s not functonng. Installaton of nfant and chld restrant systems Ths vehcle s equpped wth tether anchorages for a top tether strap at each of the rear seatng postons. Head restrant must be postoned such that the top tether strap can pass freely between the head restrant and the top of the seat back. Make sure the tether strap s not twsted. 1 Cover Remove cover 1 from anchorage rng. Store cover 1 n a convenent place (e.g. glove box). ude tether strap between head restrant and top of the seat back. 2 Hook 3 Anchorage rng Securely fasten the hook 2 to the anchorage rng 3. 75

77 Safety and Securty Occupant safety For safety, make sure the hook 2 has attached to the rng 3 beyond the safety catch, as llustrated. Once the top tether anchorage hook s attached, the chld restrant tself can be secured. Tghten the top tether strap accordng to the chld restrant manufacturer's nstructons. Chld seat anchors - LATCH type Ths vehcle s equpped wth two LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHldren) type anchors (at each of the rear seats) for the nstallaton of a LATCH chld seat wth the matchng mountng fttngs. The anchors are located behnd an upholstery blend. 1 Indcates the poston of the anchors 2 Anchors Lft upholstery blend up to access the anchors. Install chld seat accordng to the manufacturer s nstructons. Non-LATCH type chld seats may also be used and can be nstalled usng the vehcle s seat belt system. Install chld seat accordng to the manufacturer s nstructons. 76

78 Safety and Securty Occupant safety Blockng of rear door wndow operaton Chldren too bg for a toddler restrant must rde n seats usng regular seat belts. Poston shoulder belt across chest and shoulder, not face or neck. A booster seat may be necessary to acheve proper belt postonng for chldren from 41 lbs untl they reach a heght where a lap/shoulder belt fts properly wthout a booster. Install chld seat accordng to manufacturer s nstructons. The chld seat must be frmly attached n the rght and left sde anchors 2. An ncorrectly mounted chld seat may come loose durng an accdent whch could result n serous njury or death to the chld. Damaged or mpact damaged chld seats or chld seat mountng fttngs must be replaced. Do not leave chldren unattended n the vehcle, even f the chldren are secured n a chld restrant system. 1 Overrde swtch 2 Indcator lamp Press overrde swtch 1. Indcator lamp 2 comes on. The rear door wndows can no longer be operated usng the swtches located n the rear doors.! Operaton of the rear door wndows wth the swtches located on the door control panel of the drver s door s stll possble. Actvate the overrde swtch when chldren are rdng n the back seats of the vehcle. The chldren may otherwse njure themselves, e.g. by becomng trapped n the wndow openng. When leavng the vehcle, always remove the SmartKey or SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* from the starter swtch, take t wth you, and lock the vehcle. Do not leave chldren unattended n the vehcle, or wth access to an unlocked vehcle. Unsupervsed use of vehcle equpment can cause an accdent and/or serous personal njury. For more nformaton on power wndows, see the Controls n detal secton ( page 203). 77

79 Safety and Securty Panc alarm An audble alarm and flashng exteror lamps wll operate for approxmately 2½ mnutes. 1 Â button Actvatng 78 Press and hold button 1 for at least one second. Deactvatng Press button 1 agan. or Insert SmartKey or the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* n starter swtch. or Press the KEYLESS-O* start/stop button ( page 35). The SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* must be nsde the vehcle. USA only: Ths devce comples wth Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operaton s subject to the followng two condtons: (1) Ths devce may not cause harmful nterference, and (2) ths devce must accept any nterference receved, ncludng nterference that may cause undesred operaton. Any unauthorzed modfcaton to ths devce could vod the user s authorty to operate the equpment. Canada only: Ths devce comples wth RSS-210 of Industry Canada. Operaton s subject to the followng two condtons: (1) Ths devce may not cause nterference, and (2) ths devce must accept any nterference receved, ncludng nterference that may cause undesred operaton of the devce. Any unauthorzed modfcaton to ths devce could vod the user s authorty to operate the equpment.

80 Drvng safety systems In ths secton you wll fnd nformaton on the followng drvng safety systems: ABS (Antlock Brake System) BAS (Brake Assst System) ESP (Electronc Stablty Program) SBC (Sensotronc Brake Control) In wnter operaton, the maxmum effectveness of the ABS, the BAS, the ESP and SBC s only acheved wth wnter tres ( page 319) or snow chans as requred. The followng factors ncrease the rsk of accdents: Excessve speed, especally n turns Wet and slppery road surfaces Followng another vehcle too closely The ABS, BAS, ESP and SBC cannot reduce ths rsk. Always adjust your drvng style to the prevalng road and weather condtons. ABS Safety and Securty Drvng safety systems Do not pump the brake pedal. Use frm, steady brake pedal pressure nstead. Pumpng the brake pedal defeats the purpose of the ABS and sgnfcantly reduces brakng effectveness. The Antlock Brake System (ABS) regulates the brake pressure so that the wheels do not lock durng brakng. Ths allows you to mantan the ablty to steer your vehcle. The ABS s functonal above a speed of approxmately 5 mph (8 km/h) ndependent of road surface condtons. On slppery road surfaces, the ABS wll respond even wth lght brake pressure. 79

81 Safety and Securty Drvng safety systems The - malfuncton warnng lamp n the nstrument cluster comes on when you swtch on the gnton. It goes out when the engne s runnng. Brakng If the ABS actvates durng brakng, the ABS/ESP warnng lamp v n the nstrument cluster dal flashes. Because of the SBC brake system, you wll not feel any pulsaton n the brake pedal. Keep frm and steady pressure on the brake pedal. Contnuous, steady brake pedal pressure yelds the advantages provded by the ABS, namely brakng power and the ablty to steer the vehcle. The ABS/ESP warnng lamp v flashes whenever the ABS s actvated whch can be an ndcaton of hazardous road condtons and functons as a remnder to take extra care whle drvng. Emergency brake maneuver Keep contnuous full pressure on the brake pedal. When the ABS s malfunctonng, the BAS and the ESP are also swtched off. When the ABS s malfunctonng, the wheels may lock durng hard brakng, reducng steerng capablty and extendng the brakng dstance. The ABS cannot prevent the natural laws of physcs from actng on the vehcle, nor can t ncrease brakng or steerng effcency beyond that afforded by the condton of the vehcle brakes and tres or the tracton afforded. The ABS cannot prevent accdents, ncludng those resultng from excessve speed n turns, followng another vehcle too closely, or hydroplanng. Only a safe, attentve, and skllful drver can prevent accdents. The capabltes of an ABS equpped vehcle must never be exploted n a reckless or dangerous manner whch could jeopardze the user s safety or the safety of others. For more nformaton, see the Practcal hnts secton ( page 337). 80

82 Safety and Securty Drvng safety systems BAS The Brake Assst System (BAS) operates n emergency stuatons. If you apply the brakes very quckly, the BAS automatcally provdes full brake boost, thereby potentally reducng the brakng dstance. Apply contnuous full brakng pressure untl the emergency brakng stuaton s over. The ABS wll prevent the wheels from lockng. When you release the brake pedal, the brakes functon agan as normal. The BAS s then deactvated. If the BAS s malfunctonng, the brake system s stll functonng normally, but wthout the addtonal brake boost avalable that BAS would normally provde n an emergency brakng maneuver. Therefore, the brakng dstance may ncrease. The BAS cannot prevent the natural laws of physcs from actng on the vehcle, nor can t ncrease brakng effcency beyond that afforded by the condton of the vehcle brakes and tres or the tracton. The BAS cannot prevent accdents, ncludng those resultng from excessve speed n turns, followng another vehcle too closely, or hydroplanng. Only a safe, attentve, and skllful drver can prevent accdents. The capabltes of a BAS equpped vehcle must never be exploted n a reckless or dangerous manner whch could jeopardze the user s safety or the safety of others. ESP The Electronc Stablty Program (ESP) montors the vehcle's tracton (force of adhesve frcton between the tres and the road surface) and handlng. The ESP recognzes when a wheel s spnnng or f the vehcle starts to skd. By applyng brakes to the approprate wheel and by lmtng engne output, the ESP works to stablze the vehcle. The ESP s especally useful whle drvng off and on wet or slppery road surfaces. The ABS/ESP warnng lamp v n the nstrument cluster flashes when the ESP s engaged. The ABS/ESP warnng lamp v n the nstrument cluster comes on when you swtch on the gnton. It goes out when the engne s runnng. 81

83 Safety and Securty Drvng safety systems For more nformaton, see the Practcal hnts secton ( page 337). Never swtch off the ESP when you see the ABS/ESP warnng lamp v flashng n the nstrument cluster. In ths case proceed as follows: Whle drvng off, apply as lttle throttle as possble. Whle drvng, ease up on the accelerator. Adapt your speed and drvng style to the prevalng road condtons. Falure to observe these gudelnes could cause the vehcle to skd. The ESP cannot prevent accdents resultng from excessve speed. The ESP cannot prevent the natural laws of physcs from actng on the vehcle, nor can t ncrease the tracton afforded. The ESP cannot prevent accdents, ncludng those resultng from excessve speed n turns, or hydroplanng. Only a safe, attentve, and skllful drver can prevent accdents. The capabltes of an ESP equpped vehcle must never be exploted n a reckless or dangerous manner whch could jeopardze the user s safety or the safety of others.! The ESP wll only functon properly f you use wheels of the recommended tre sze ( page 421). 82

84 Safety and Securty Drvng safety systems Swtchng off the ESP To mprove the vehcle's tracton, turn off the ESP n drvng stuatons where t would be advantageous to have drve wheels spn and thus cut nto surfaces for better grp such as: startng out on slppery surfaces and n deep snow n conjuncton wth snow chans n sand or gravel The ESP should not be swtched off durng normal drvng other than n the crcumstances descrbed below. Dsablng of the system wll reduce vehcle stablty n drvng maneuvers. Do not swtch off the ESP when a Mnspare or collapsble tre s mounted. When you swtch off the ESP! Turn on the ESP mmedately f the aforementoned crcumstances do not apply anymore. the ESP does not stablze the vehcle the engne output s not lmted, whch allows the drve wheels to spn and thus cut nto surfaces for better grp the tracton control wll stll brake a spnnng wheel the ESP contnues to operate when you are brakng you cannot actvate Dstronc* When the ESP s swtched off and one or more drve wheels are spnnng, the ABS/ESP warnng lamp v n the speedometer flashes. However, the ESP wll then not stablze the vehcle. The swtch s located on the center console. 1 ESP swtch Press ESP swtch 1 untl the ABS/ESP warnng lamp v n the nstrument cluster comes on. The ESP s deactvated. 83

85 Safety and Securty Drvng safety systems When the ABS/ESP warnng lamp v s llumnated contnuously, the ESP s swtched off. Adapt your speed and drvng to the prevalng road condtons and to the non-operatng status of the ESP.! Avod spnnng of a drve wheel for an extended perod wth the ESP swtched off. Ths may cause serous damage to the drvetran whch s not covered by the Mercedes-Benz Lmted Warranty. Swtchng on the ESP Press ESP button 1. The ABS/ESP warnng lamp v n the nstrument cluster goes out. You are now agan n normal drvng mode.! Turn on the ESP mmedately f the aforementoned crcumstances do not apply anymore. SBC brake system The SBC brake system combnes a hydraulc brake crcut wth electroncally controlled brake servo assstance. You have ncreased brakng safety and mproved brakng comfort. Never gnore a brake malfuncton ndcated n the speedometer dsplay, for example by the ; (USA only) or 3 (Canada only) warnng lamp. Refer to the Practcal hnts secton ( page 338). Also read and observe the messages n the nstrument cluster dsplay ( page 345). 84

86 Safety and Securty Drvng safety systems The SBC brake system requres electrcal power to operate. A malfuncton n the vehcle s power supply or electrcal system may mpar brake system operaton and swtch t nto ts emergency operaton mode. In such a case, the red brake warnng lamp ( page 338) and warnng messages n the nstrument cluster ( page 345) come on whle drvng. To brake, the drver must then apply sgnfcantly greater brake pedal pressure and depress the pedal much further to obtan the expected brakng effect. If necessary, apply full pressure to the brake pedal. Brakes may only be appled to the front wheels. Stoppng dstance s ncreased! If there s a malfuncton n the SBC brake system, we recommend that the vehcle be transported wth all wheels off the ground usng flatbed or approprate wheel lft/dolly equpment. The SBC brake system s automatcally actvated when you A tow bar must be used f crcumstances do not permt the use of the recommended towng methods and the vehcle requres towng wth all four wheels on the ground. Towng the vehcle wth all four wheels on the ground s only permssble for dstances up to 30 mles (50 km) and at a speed not to exceed 30 mph (50 km/h). For more nformaton, refer to Towng the vehcle ( page 408). unlock the vehcle wth the SmartKey or the KEYLESS-O* open the drver s or passenger door turn the SmartKey n the starter swtch to poston 1 n vehcles wth KEYLESS-O*, press the start/stop button on the gear selector lever once depress the brake pedal release the parkng brake If the SBC brake system s actvated as the brake pedal s frst depressed, you may feel a reduced pedal resstance and longer pedal travel than normal. When releasng the pedal, you may also feel the brake pedal pulsate and you may hear a sound whch s caused by the actvaton of the SBC brake system pump. Ths s normal and not an ndcaton of a malfuncton. Pedal travel returns to normal when you release the brake pedal and the sound soon ceases. If you experence the above whle drvng and the red brake warnng lamp ( page 338) llumnates and/or warnng messages appear n the nstrument cluster ( page 345), the brake system s malfunctonng. Follow the nstructons of the warnng message(s) and have the brake system checked mmedately. 85

87 Safety and Securty Drvng safety systems 86 Have brake pad replacement and other work on the SBC brake system carred out by qualfed techncans only. Contact an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center for further nformaton. The SBC brake system must be deactvated pror to workng on the system. Hgh pressure s ntermttently bult up n the system as part of ts automatc self-test. In addton, the system s automatcally actvated when the vehcle s unlocked by SmartKey, when the drver or passenger door s opened, when the starter swtch s turned to poston 1, when the brake pedal s depressed or when the parkng brake s released. Falure to deactvate the system pror to mantenance wll cause brake pstons to extend and brake flud to leak, whch may result n njures (contusons and acd burns). Extended brake pstons may also cause njury. The SBC brake servo assstance swtches off automatcally approxmately two mnutes after you turned the SmartKey n the starter swtch to poston 0 or removed the SmartKey approxmately two mnutes after you pressed the KEYLESS-O* start/stop button to turn off the engne or power supply and opened the drver s door (wth drver s door open, the starter swtch s set to poston 0, same as SmartKey removed from starter swtch) approxmately 20 seconds after you locked the vehcle from outsde Note on drvng wth the SBC Followng extended perods of only mnor loads to your brake system, you should occasonally apply the brakes when travelng at hgh speeds. Ths mproves the grp of the brake pads. Be very careful not to endanger other road users when you apply the brakes. After drvng on wet or snow-covered roads, you should apply your brakes frmly before parkng your vehcle. Ths produces heat whch serves to dry the brake dsks and help prevent corroson. On long and steep grades, shft to a lower gear (gear range 1, 2, or 3) to prevent the brakes from overheatng and to reduce brake wear. After hard brakng, t s advsable to drve on for some tme so that the ar stream wll cool down the brakes faster. Only Mercedes-Benz approved components (e.g. brake pads) should be nstalled on your vehcle. Brake pads not approved by Mercedes-Benz may mpar the safety of your vehcle.

88 Ant-theft systems Immoblzer The mmoblzer prevents unauthorzed persons from startng your vehcle. Actvatng Wth the SmartKey Remove the SmartKey from the starter swtch. The mmoblzer s actvated. Wth KEYLESS-O* Press the KEYLESS-O start/stop button once. The engne s turned off. Open the drver s door. Deactvatng Wth the SmartKey Turn the SmartKey n the starter swtch to poston 2 ( page 34). Wth KEYLESS-O* Start the engne by means of the start/stop button on the gear selector lever. In case the engne cannot be started (yet the vehcle s battery s charged), the system s not operatonal. Contact an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center or call FOR-MERCedes (n the USA), or (n Canada). Ant-theft alarm system Safety and Securty Ant-theft systems Once the alarm system has been armed, a vsual and audble alarm s trggered when someone opens a door the trunk the hood. The alarm wll stay on, even f the actvatng element (a door, for example) s mmedately closed. The alarm system wll also be trggered when someone attempts to rase the vehcle the vehcle s opened wth the mechancal key someone opens a door from the nsde someone opens the trunk ld wth the emergency release button 87

89 Safety and Securty Ant-theft systems If the alarm stays on for more than 30 seconds, a call to the Response Center s ntated automatcally by the Tele Ad system* ( page 249) provded Tele Ad servce was subscrbed to and properly actvated, and that necessary cellular servce and PS coverage are avalable. Armng the alarm system The alarm system s armed wthn approxmately ten seconds after lockng the vehcle wth the SmartKey or KEYLESS-O*. The turn sgnal lamps flash three tmes to ndcate that the alarm system s actvated. The ndcator lamp n the central lockng swtch ( page 27) begns to flash after armng the alarm system. If the turn sgnal lamps do not flash three tmes, one of the followng elements may not be properly closed: a door the trunk ld Close the respectve element and lock the vehcle agan. Dsarmng the alarm system The alarm system s dsarmed when you unlock your vehcle wth the SmartKey or KEYLESS-O*. The turn sgnal lamps flash once to ndcate that the alarm system s dsarmed. Cancelng the alarm Wth the SmartKey Insert the SmartKey n the starter swtch. or Press the Πor button on the SmartKey. The alarm s canceled. Wth KEYLESS-O* Pull the outsde door handle. The SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O must be wthn 3 ft (1 m) of the vehcle. or Press the KEYLESS-O* start/stop button. The SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O must be nsde the vehcle. The alarm s canceled. Tow-away alarm Once the tow-away alarm s armed, a vsual and audble alarm wll be trggered when someone attempts to rase the vehcle. 88

90 Safety and Securty Ant-theft systems The tow-away protecton alarm s trggered, for example, f the vehcle s lfted on one sde. If the alarm stays on for more than 30 seconds, a call to the Response Center s ntated automatcally by the Tele Ad system* ( page 249), provded that the Tele Ad servce was subscrbed to and properly actvated, and that necessary cellular servce and PS coverage are avalable. Armng the tow-away alarm When you lock your vehcle, the tow-away alarm s automatcally armed after about 30 seconds. When you unlock your vehcle, the tow-away protecton dsarms automatcally. Dsarmng the tow-away alarm To prevent trggerng the tow-away alarm feature, swtch off the tow-away alarm before towng the vehcle, or when parkng on a surface subject to movement, such as a ferry or auto tran. The button s located on the overhead control panel. 1 Tow-away alarm off button Swtch off the gnton and remove the SmartKey from the starter swtch. You cannot dsarm the tow-away alarm when the gnton s swtched on. Press button 1. The ndcator lamp n the button comes on brefly. Ext and lock your vehcle wth the SmartKey or (vehcles wth KEYLESS-O*) the lock button at each door handle. The tow-away alarm remans dsarmed untl you lock your vehcle agan. 89

91 90

92 Controls n detal Lockng and unlockng Seats Memory functon Lghtng Instrument cluster Control system Automatc transmsson ood vsblty 4-zone automatc clmate control Power wndows Power tlt /sldng sunroof Drvng systems Loadng Useful features 91

93 Controls n detal Lockng and unlockng In the Controls n detal secton you wll fnd detaled nformaton on how to operate the equpment nstalled on your vehcle. If you are already famlar wth the basc functons of your vehcle, ths secton wll be of partcular nterest to you. To quckly famlarze yourself wth the basc functons of the vehcle, refer to the ettng started secton of ths manual. The correspondng page numbers are gven at the begnnng of each segment. For more nformaton on lockng and unlockng, see ettng started ( page 32) and ( page 55). SmartKey Your vehcle comes suppled wth two SmartKeys, each wth remote control and a removable mechancal key. The lockng tabs for the mechancal key porton of the two SmartKeys are a dfferent color to help dstngush each key unt. The SmartKey provdes an extended operatng range. To prevent theft, however, t s advsable to only unlock the vehcle when you are n close proxmty to t. The SmartKey centrally locks and unlocks the doors the trunk the fuel fller flap SmartKey wth remote control 1 Lock button 2 Š Unlock button for the trunk ld 3 Mechancal key lockng tab 4 Œ Unlock button 5 Battery check lamp 6  Panc button ( page 78) 92

94 Controls n detal Lockng and unlockng When leavng the vehcle, always remove the SmartKey from the starter swtch, take t wth you and lock the vehcle. Do not leave chldren unattended n the vehcle, or wth access to an unlocked vehcle. It s possble for chldren to open a looked door from the nsde, whch could result n an accdent and/or serous personal njury.! To prevent possble malfuncton, avod exposng the SmartKey to hgh levels of electromagnetc radaton. USA only: Ths devce comples wth Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operaton s subject to the followng two condtons: (1) Ths devce may not cause harmful nterference, and (2) ths devce must accept any nterference receved, ncludng nterference that may cause undesred operaton. Any unauthorzed modfcaton to ths devce could vod the user s authorty to operate the equpment. Canada only: Ths devce comples wth RSS-210 of Industry Canada. Operaton s subject to the followng two condtons: (1) Ths devce may not cause nterference, and (2) ths devce must accept any nterference receved, ncludng nterference that may cause undesred operaton of the devce. Any unauthorzed modfcaton to ths devce could vod the user s authorty to operate the equpment. The SBC brake system s actvated ( page 84). You can also open and close the power wndows ( page 203) and tlt/sldng sunroof ( page 208) usng the SmartKey. 93

95 Controls n detal Lockng and unlockng Factory settng Dependng on producton date, your vehcle may be equpped wth an acoustc lock and unlock confrmaton sgnal feature. If your vehcle s equpped wth ths feature and the feature s actvated, an acoustc sgnal wll sound when the vehcle s locked or unlocked usng the SmartKey. To determne whether or not your vehcle s equpped wth ths feature, contact an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. If equpped and you wsh to actvate or deactvate the feature, or adjust ts sgnal volume, also contact an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. lobal unlockng Press button Œ. All turn sgnal lamps flash once. An acoustc sgnal sounds once once or twce (f equpped and feature actvated). The lockng knobs n the doors move up. The ant-theft alarm system s dsarmed. The vehcle wll lock agan automatcally and reactvate the ant-theft alarm system wthn approxmately 40 seconds of unlockng f: nether a door nor the trunk s opened the SmartKey s not nserted n the starter swtch the central unlockng swtch s not actvated lobal lockng Press button. All turn sgnal lamps flash three tmes. An acoustc sgnal sounds three tmes (f equpped and feature actvated). The lockng knobs n the doors move down. The ant-theft alarm system s armed. 94

96 Controls n detal Lockng and unlockng Selectve settng If you frequently travel alone, you may wsh to reprogram the SmartKey so that pressng Πonly unlocks the drver s door and the fuel fller flap. Press and hold buttons Πand smultaneously for about fve seconds untl battery check lamp 5 flashes twce. The SmartKey wll then functon as follows: Unlockng drver s door and fuel fller flap Press button Πonce. All turn sgnal lamps flash once. An acoustc sgnal sounds once (f equpped and feature actvated). The lockng knob n the drver s door moves up. The ant-theft alarm system s dsarmed. lobal unlockng Press button Πtwce. All turn sgnal lamps flash once. An acoustc sgnal sounds once (f equpped and feature actvated). The lockng knobs n the doors move up. The ant-theft alarm system s dsarmed. lobal lockng Press button. All turn sgnal lamps flash three tmes. An acoustc sgnal sounds three tmes (f equpped and feature actvated). The lockng knobs n the doors move down. The ant-theft alarm system s armed. Restorng to factory settng Press and hold buttons Πand smultaneously for about sx seconds untl battery check lamp 5 flashes twce. 95

97 Controls n detal Lockng and unlockng! If you can no longer lock or unlock the vehcle wth the SmartKey, then ether the batteres n the SmartKey are dscharged, the SmartKey s malfunctonng or the vehcle battery s draned. Check the batteres n the SmartKey ( page 96) and replace them f necessary ( page 384). Use the mechancal key to unlock the drver s door ( page 379). Have the vehcle batteres and ther connectons checked. Use the mechancal key to lock the drver s door ( page 379). If the SmartKey s malfunctonng, contact an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Checkng the batteres Press button or Œ. Battery check lamp 5 comes on brefly to ndcate that the SmartKey batteres are n order. If battery check lamp 5 does not come on brefly durng check, then the SmartKey batteres are dscharged. Replace the batteres ( page 384). You can obtan the requred batteres at any authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. If the batteres are checked wthn sgnal range of the vehcle, pressng the button or Œ wll lock or unlock the vehcle accordngly. Unlockng and openng the trunk ld You can unlock and open the trunk separately. A mnmum heght clearance of 5.90 ft (1.80 m) s requred to open the trunk ld. Press and hold button Š untl trunk unlocks and begns to open.! The trunk ld swngs open upwards automatcally. Always make sure there s suffcent overhead clearance. Vehcles wth trunk ld openng/closng system*: to stop the openng procedure, press button Š on the SmartKey. The trunk ld stops movng. The trunk can also be opened from ts nsde n an emergency, see Trunk ld emergency release ( page 114). 96

98 Controls n detal Lockng and unlockng Loss of SmartKey or mechancal key If you lose a SmartKey or mechancal key, you should do the followng: If the vehcle was prevously centrally locked, the trunk wll lock automatcally after closng t. To confrm lockng, all turn sgnal lamps flash three tmes. Have the SmartKey deactvated by an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Report the loss of the SmartKey or the mechancal key mmedately to your car nsurance company. If necessary, have the mechancal lock replaced. Your authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center wll be glad to supply you wth a replacement. SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* Vehcles equpped wth KEYLESS-O come wth two SmartKeys wth KEYLESS-O, each wth remote control and a removable mechancal key. The lockng tabs for the mechancal key porton of the two SmartKeys wth KEYLESS-O are a dfferent color to help dstngush each SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O unt. The functon of the SmartKey overrules the KEYLESS-O functon. The KEYLESS-O functon s ntegrated nto the SmartKey. On these vehcles, the valdty of the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O s checked every tme you grasp a door handle. If the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O s vald, your vehcle unlocks the doors the trunk ld the fuel fller flap SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O 1 Lock button 2 Š Unlock button for the trunk ld 3 Mechancal key lockng tab 4 Œ Unlock button 5 Battery check lamp 6  Panc button ( page 78) When any outsde door handle other than the drver s outsde door handle s pulled, the vehcle s centrally unlocked. 97

99 Controls n detal Lockng and unlockng When leavng the vehcle, always take the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O wth you, and lock the vehcle. Do not leave chldren unattended n the vehcle, or wth access to an unlocked vehcle. It s possble for chldren to open a looked door from the nsde, whch could result n an accdent and/or serous personal njury.! To prevent possble malfuncton, avod exposng the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O to hgh levels of electromagnetc radaton. USA only: Ths devce comples wth Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operaton s subject to the followng two condtons: (1) Ths devce may not cause harmful nterference, and (2) ths devce must accept any nterference receved, ncludng nterference that may cause undesred operaton. Any unauthorzed modfcaton to ths devce could vod the user s authorty to operate the equpment. Canada only: Ths devce comples wth RSS-210 of Industry Canada. Operaton s subject to the followng two condtons: (1) Ths devce may not cause nterference, and (2) ths devce must accept any nterference receved, ncludng nterference that may cause undesred operaton of the devce. Any unauthorzed modfcaton to ths devce could vod the user s authorty to operate the equpment. 98

100 Controls n detal Lockng and unlockng Important notes on usng KEYLESS-O You can also open and close the power wndows ( page 203) and tlt/sldng sunroof ( page 208) usng the SmartKey. When you unlock the vehcle, the SBC brake system s actvated ( page 84). You can also use the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O lke a normal SmartKey ( page 92). You can combne KEYLESS-O functons wth normal SmartKey functons (e.g. unlockng wth KEYLESS-O and lockng wth the button). Always carry the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O wth you. Never store the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O together wth: electronc tems such as a cellular phone or another SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O metallc objects such as cons or metal fol Dong so could mpar the functon of the KEYLESS-O system. To lock or unlock the vehcle, the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O must be located outsde the vehcle wthn approxmately 3 ft (1 m) of a door or the trunk. In order to start the engne wth the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O: The SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O must be located n the vehcle. All the doors must be closed. The brake pedal must be frmly depressed. Do not depress the accelerator. If you have started the engne wth the KEYLESS-O start/stop button ( page 36), you can only turn t off agan wth ths button, even f you have put the SmartKey n the starter swtch n the meantme. Ths does not apply f, after startng, the selector lever s stll n poston P and then the SmartKey s nserted n the starter swtch. The SmartKey wll then have prorty over the KEYLESS-O functon and the vehcle s electrcal system wll operate accordng to the poston of the SmartKey n the starter swtch, even stoppng the engne. If the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O s postoned farther away from the vehcle, the system may no longer recognze the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O. The vehcle cannot be locked or the engne started va the KEYLESS-O system. 99

101 Controls n detal Lockng and unlockng If the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O s removed from the vehcle whle the gnton s swtched on (e.g. f passenger exts the vehcle wth the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O), the message Key not recognzed wll appear n the multfuncton dsplay whle drvng off. Fnd the SmartKey or change ts present locaton mmedately (e.g. place t on the front passenger seat or nsert t n shrt pocket). Remember that the engne can be started by anyone wth a SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O that s left nsde the vehcle. If you leave the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O behnd when extng and lockng the vehcle, the message Key stll n vehcle wll appear n the multfuncton dsplay. Factory settng Dependng on producton date, your vehcle may be equpped wth an acoustc lock and unlock confrmaton sgnal feature. If your vehcle s equpped wth ths feature and the feature s actvated, an acoustc sgnal wll sound when the vehcle s locked or unlocked usng the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O or the KEYLESS-O lock buttons. To determne whether or not your vehcle s equpped wth ths feature, contact an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. If equpped and you wsh to actvate or deactvate the feature, or adjust ts sgnal volume, also contact an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. lobal unlockng Pull the outsde door handle. All turn sgnal lamps flash once. An acoustc sgnal sounds once once or twce (f equpped and feature actvated). The lockng knobs n the doors move up. The ant-theft alarm system s dsarmed. The vehcle wll lock agan automatcally and reactvate the ant-theft alarm system wthn approxmately 40 seconds f: nether a door nor the trunk s opened the central lockng swtch s not actvated. 100

102 Controls n detal Lockng and unlockng lobal lockng Press lock button at the outsde door handle ( page 57) or trunk ld ( page 103). All turn sgnal lamps flash three tmes. An acoustc sgnal sounds three tmes (f equpped and feature actvated). The lockng knobs n the doors move down. The ant-theft alarm system s armed. Selectve settng If you frequently travel alone, you may wsh to reprogram the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O so when you pull the drver s door handle only the drver s door and the fuel fller flap unlocks. Press and hold buttons Πand smultaneously for about fve seconds untl battery check lamp 5 flashes twce. The SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O wll then functon as follows: Unlockng drver s door and fuel fller flap Pull the drver s outsde door handle. All turn sgnal lamps flash once. An acoustc sgnal sounds once (f equpped and feature actvated). The lockng knob n the drver s door moves up. The ant-theft alarm system s dsarmed. 101

103 Controls n detal Lockng and unlockng lobal unlockng Pull any outsde door handle other than the drver s door handle. All turn sgnal lamps flash once. An acoustc sgnal sounds once or twce (f equpped and feature actvated). The lockng knobs n the doors move up. The ant-theft alarm system s dsarmed. lobal lockng Press the lock button at outsde door handle ( page 57). All turn sgnal lamps flash three tmes. An acoustc sgnal sounds three tmes (f equpped and feature actvated). The lockng knobs n the doors move down. The ant-theft alarm system s armed. Restorng to factory settng Press and hold buttons Πand smultaneously for about sx seconds untl battery check lamp 5 flashes twce.! If you can no longer lock or unlock the vehcle wth the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O, then the batteres n the SmartKey are dscharged, the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O s malfunctonng or the vehcle battery s draned. Check the batteres n the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O ( page 103) and replace them f necessary ( page 384). Use the mechancal key to unlock the drver s door ( page 379). Have the vehcle battery checked by an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Use the mechancal key to lock the drver s door ( page 379). If the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O s malfunctonng, contact an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. 102

104 Controls n detal Lockng and unlockng Checkng the batteres Press button or Œ. Battery check lamp 5 comes on brefly to ndcate that the SmartKey batteres are n order.! If battery check lamp 5 does not come on brefly durng check, then the SmartKey batteres are dscharged. Replace the batteres ( page 384). You can obtan the requred batteres at any authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. If the batteres are checked wthn sgnal range of the vehcle, pressng the button or Œ wll lock or unlock the vehcle accordngly. lobal lockng usng the lock button at trunk ld To prevent a possble nadvertent lockout, the trunk wll open automatcally f a SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O s recognzed nsde the vehcle or n the trunk. 1 Lock button at trunk ld Press lock button at trunk ld 1. All turn sgnal lamps flash three tmes. An acoustc sgnal sounds three tmes (f equpped and feature actvated). The lockng knobs n the doors move down. The ant-theft alarm system s armed. 103

105 Controls n detal Lockng and unlockng If the vehcle was prevously centrally locked wth KEYLESS-O, the trunk wll lock automatcally after closng t. To confrm lockng, all turn sgnal lamps flash three tmes. You can also lock the vehcle usng the lock button at outsde door handle ( page 101) or KEYLESS-O lockng/ closng swtch ( page 112). Unlockng and openng the trunk ld (vehcles wth KEYLESS-O*) You can unlock and open the trunk ld separately. A mnmum heght clearance of 5.90 ft (1.80 m) s requred to open the trunk ld. The handle s located n the rear lcense plate recess.! The trunk ld swngs open upwards automatcally. Always make sure there s suffcent overhead clearance. Vehcles wth trunk ld openng/closng system*: to stop the openng procedure, press button Š on the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O. The trunk ld stops movng. If the vehcle was prevously centrally locked wth KEYLESS-O, the trunk wll lock automatcally after closng t. To confrm lockng, all turn sgnal lamps flash three tmes. Pull on the handle or Press and hold button Š untl the trunk ld unlocks and opens. 104

106 Controls n detal Lockng and unlockng Loss of the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O If you lose your SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O, you should do the followng: Have the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O deactvated by an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Report the loss mmedately to your car nsurance company. Have the mechancal lock replaced f necessary. Your authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center wll be glad to supply you wth a replacement. Openng the doors from the nsde You can open a locked door from the nsde. Open door only when condtons are safe to do so. 1 Lockng knob 2 Insde door handle Front doors Pull on door handle 2 on the respectve front door to open door. If door was locked, lockng knob 1 wll move up. Rear doors Pull up lockng knob 1 on the respectve rear door to unlock door. Pull on door handle 2 on the respectve rear door to open door. 105

107 Controls n detal Lockng and unlockng If the vehcle has prevously been locked usng the SmartKey or KEYLESS-O*, openng a door from the nsde wll trgger the ant-theft alarm system. To cancel the alarm, do one of the followng: Press button Œ or on the SmartKey. Insert the SmartKey n the starter swtch. In vehcles wth KEYLESS-O* Press the KEYLESS-O* start/stop button ( page 35). The SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O must be nsde the vehcle. Pull the outsde door handle. The SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O must be wthn 3 ft (1 m) of the vehcle. Openng the trunk Openng the trunk from the outsde A mnmum heght clearance of 5.90 ft (1.80 m) s requred to open the trunk ld. The handle s located above the rear lcense plate recess. In vehcles wthout KEYLESS-O*: The vehcle must be unlocked. Pull on the handle. The trunk ld opens.! The trunk ld swngs open upwards automatcally. Always make sure there s suffcent overhead clearance. The trunk can also be opened usng the button Š on the SmartKey or SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* or from ts nsde n an emergency, see Trunk ld emergency release ( page 114). If the vehcle was prevously centrally locked, the trunk wll lock automatcally after closng t. To confrm lockng, all turn sgnal lamps flash three tmes. 106

108 Controls n detal Lockng and unlockng Openng the trunk from the nsde You can open the trunk from the nsde f the vehcle s statonary. A mnmum heght clearance of 5.90 ft (1.80 m) s requred to open the trunk ld. The swtch s located on the drver s door. 1 Remote trunk ld swtch wth ndcator lamp 1 Remote trunk ld swtch wth ndcator lamp (vehcles wth trunk ld openng/closng system*) Pull remote trunk ld swtch 1 untl the trunk begns to open. The trunk ld opens. The ndcator lamp n the swtch comes on and remans lt untl the trunk s closed.! The trunk ld swngs open upwards automatcally. Always make sure there s suffcent overhead clearance. Vehcles wth trunk ld openng/closng system*: To stop the openng procedure, press or pull remote trunk ld swtch 1. The trunk can also be opened usng the button Š on the SmartKey or SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* or from ts nsde n an emergency, see Trunk ld emergency release ( page 114). 107

109 Controls n detal Lockng and unlockng Closng the trunk Closng the trunk from the nsde automatcally* In vehcles wth trunk ld openng/closng system* you can close the trunk from the nsde usng the remote trunk ld swtch. Press remote trunk ld swtch ( page 107) untl the ndcator lamp n the swtch goes out and the trunk ld s closed. To nterrupt the closng procedure: Release the remote trunk ld swtch. You can also close the trunk by hand. Mantan sght of trunk area whle operatng the door mounted swtch. Montor the closng procedure carefully to make sure that no one s n danger of beng njured. To nterrupt the closng procedure, release the door mounted remote trunk ld swtch. Even wth the SmartKey or SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* removed from the starter swtch or the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* removed from the vehcle, the remote trunk ld swtch can be operated. Therefore, do not leave chldren unattended n the vehcle, or wth access to an unlocked vehcle. Unsupervsed use of vehcle equpment may cause an accdent and/or serous personal njury. Only drve wth the trunk closed as, among other dangers such as blocked vsblty, exhaust fumes may enter the vehcle nteror. If the trunk ld comes nto contact wth an object whle closng (e.g. luggage that has been pled too hgh), the closng procedure s stopped and the trunk reopens slghtly. 108

110 Controls n detal Lockng and unlockng Closng the trunk from the outsde manually 1 Handle 2 Handles Lower trunk ld by pullng frmly on handle 1 or handles 2. Close trunk ld wth hands placed flat on trunk ld. To prevent possble personal njury, always keep hands and fngers away from the trunk openng when closng the trunk. Be especally careful when small chldren are around. When leavng the vehcle, always remove the SmartKey or SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* from the starter swtch, take t wth you, and lock the vehcle. Do not leave chldren unattended n the vehcle, or wth access to an unlocked vehcle. Unsupervsed use of vehcle equpment may cause an accdent and/or serous personal njury. Only drve wth the trunk closed as, among other dangers such as blocked vsblty, exhaust fumes may enter the vehcle nteror. Do not place the SmartKey n the open trunk. You may lock yourself out. Vehcles wth KEYLESS-O*: To prevent a possble nadvertent lockout, the trunk ld wll open automatcally f a SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O s recognzed nsde the vehcle or n the trunk. If the vehcle was prevously centrally locked, the trunk ld wll lock automatcally after closng t ( page 108). To confrm lockng, all turn sgnal lamps flash three tmes. 109

111 Controls n detal Lockng and unlockng Closng the trunk from the outsde (vehcles wthout KEYLESS-O*) In vehcles wth trunk ld openng/closng system* you can close the trunk separately from the outsde usng the trunk ld closng swtch. 1 Trunk ld closng swtch Press trunk ld closng swtch 1 brefly. The trunk ld closes. You can also close the trunk by hand. If the trunk ld comes nto contact wth an object whle closng (e.g. luggage that has been pled too hgh), the closng procedure s stopped and the trunk ld reopens slghtly. Montor the closng procedure carefully to make sure no one s n danger of beng njured. To prevent possble personal njury, always keep hands and fngers away from the trunk openng when closng the trunk. Be especally careful when small chldren are around. To stop the closng procedure, do one of the followng: press the trunk ld closng swtch 1 press the remote trunk ld swtch (on the drver s door) Even wth the SmartKey removed from the vehcle, the trunk ld closng swtch can be operated. Therefore, do not leave chldren unattended n the vehcle, or wth access to an unlocked vehcle. Unsupervsed use of vehcle equpment may cause an accdent and/or serous personal njury. Only drve wth the trunk closed as, among other dangers such as blocked vsblty, exhaust fumes may enter the vehcle nteror. Do not place the SmartKey n the open trunk. You may lock yourself out. 110

112 Controls n detal Lockng and unlockng If the vehcle was prevously centrally locked, the trunk ld wll lock automatcally after closng t ( page 108). To confrm lockng, all turn sgnal lamps flash three tmes. Closng the trunk from the outsde (vehcles wth KEYLESS-O*) In vehcles wth trunk ld openng/closng system* you can close the trunk separately from the outsde usng the trunk ld closng swtch. You can also close the trunk by hand. If the trunk ld comes nto contact wth an object whle closng (e.g. luggage that has been pled too hgh), the closng procedure s stopped and the trunk reopens slghtly. To prevent a possble nadvertent lockout, the trunk ld wll open automatcally f a SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O s recognzed nsde the vehcle or n the trunk. 1 Trunk ld closng swtch Make sure you have the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O wth you. Press trunk ld closng swtch 1 brefly. The trunk ld closes. 111

113 Controls n detal Lockng and unlockng Montor the closng procedure carefully to make sure no one s n danger of beng njured. To prevent possble personal njury, always keep hands and fngers away from the trunk openng when closng the trunk. Be especally careful when small chldren are around. To stop the closng procedure, do one of the followng: press the trunk ld closng swtch 1 press the KEYLESS-O lockng/closng swtch press the Š button on the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O press the remote trunk ld swtch (on the drver s door) Even wth the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O removed from the vehcle, the KEYLESS-O lockng/closng swtch can be operated. Therefore, do not leave chldren unattended n the vehcle, or wth access to an unlocked vehcle. Unsupervsed use of vehcle equpment may cause an accdent and/or serous personal njury. Only drve wth the trunk closed as, among other dangers such as blocked vsblty, exhaust fumes may enter the vehcle nteror. If the vehcle was prevously centrally locked, the trunk ld wll lock automatcally after closng t ( page 108). To confrm lockng, all turn sgnal lamps flash three tmes. Closng the trunk and lockng the vehcle from the outsde (vehcles wth KEYLESS-O*) In vehcles wth trunk ld openng/closng system* and KEYLESS-O, you can close the trunk ld and lock the vehcle smultaneously from the outsde usng the KEYLESS-O lockng/closng swtch. 1 KEYLESS-O lockng/closng swtch You can close the trunk ld and lock the vehcle smultaneously. Make sure you have the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O wth you. 112

114 Controls n detal Lockng and unlockng Press swtch 1 brefly. All turn sgnal lamps flash three tmes. The lockng knobs n the doors move down. The ant-theft alarm system s armed. You can also close the trunk by hand. If the trunk ld comes nto contact wth an object whle closng (e.g. luggage that has been pled too hgh), the closng procedure s stopped and the trunk reopens slghtly. To prevent a possble nadvertent lockout, the trunk ld wll open automatcally f a SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O s recognzed nsde the vehcle or n the trunk. Montor the closng procedure carefully to make sure no one s n danger of beng njured. To prevent possble personal njury, always keep hands and fngers away from the trunk openng when closng the trunk. Be especally careful when small chldren are around. To stop the closng procedure, do one of the followng: press KEYLESS-O lockng/closng swtch 1 press the trunk ld closng swtch press the Š button on the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O press the remote trunk ld swtch (on the drver s door) Even wth the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O removed from the vehcle, the KEYLESS-O lockng/closng swtch can be operated. Therefore do not leave chldren unattended n the vehcle, or wth access to an unlocked vehcle. Unsupervsed use of vehcle equpment may cause an accdent and/or serous personal njury. Only drve wth the trunk closed as, among other dangers such as blocked vsblty, exhaust fumes may enter the vehcle nteror. 113

115 Controls n detal Lockng and unlockng Trunk ld emergency release The emergency release button s located on the nsde of the trunk ld. 1 Emergency release button Brefly press emergency release button 1. The trunk unlocks and the trunk ld opens. Illumnaton of the emergency release button: The emergency release button unlocks and opens the trunk whle the vehcle s standng stll or n moton. The button wll flash for 30 mnutes after openng the trunk. The button wll flash for 60 mnutes after closng the trunk. The emergency release button does not open the trunk ld, f the vehcle battery s dscharged or dsconnected. If the vehcle has prevously been locked usng the SmartKey or KEYLESS-O*, the exteror lamps wll flash and the alarm wll sound as the trunk ld opens. To cancel the alarm, do one of the followng: Insert the SmartKey n the starter swtch. Press button Πor on the SmartKey. In vehcles wth KEYLESS-O* Pull the outsde door handle. The SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O must be wthn 3 ft (1 m) of the vehcle. Press the KEYLESS-O* start/stop button ( page 35). The SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O must be nsde the vehcle. 114

116 Controls n detal Lockng and unlockng Automatc central lockng The doors and the trunk automatcally lock when the gnton s swtched on and the wheels are turnng at vehcle speeds of approxmately 9mph (15km/h) or more. You can open a locked door from the nsde. Open door only when condtons are safe to do so. The doors unlock automatcally after an accdent f the force of the mpact exceeds a preset threshold. The vehcle automatcally locks when the gnton s swtched on and the wheels are turnng at vehcle speeds of approxmately 9 mph (15 km/h) or more. You could therefore lock yourself out when the vehcle s pushed or towed s on a test stand For more nformaton on towng the vehcle, see the Practcal hnts secton ( page 408). You can deactvate the automatc lockng mode usng the control system ( page 163). Lockng and unlockng from the nsde You can lock or unlock the doors and the trunk from nsde usng the central lockng swtch. Ths can be useful, for example, f you want to lock the vehcle before startng to drve. The fuel fller flap cannot be locked or unlocked wth the central lockng swtch. When leavng the vehcle, always remove the SmartKey or the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* from the starter swtch, take t wth you, and lock the vehcle. Do not leave chldren unattended n the vehcle, or wth access to an unlocked vehcle. Unsupervsed use of vehcle equpment may cause an accdent and/or serous personal njury. 115

117 Controls n detal Lockng and unlockng The swtch s located n the center console. Central lockng swtch 1 Unlockng 2 Lockng Lockng Press lower half 2 of the central lockng swtch. If all doors are closed, the vehcle locks. Unlockng Press upper half 1 of the central lockng swtch. The vehcle unlocks. You can open a locked door from the nsde. Open door only when condtons are safe to do so. If the vehcle was prevously centrally locked usng the SmartKey, t wll not unlock usng the central lockng swtch. If the vehcle was prevously locked wth the central lockng swtch whle n the selectve remote control mode, only the front door opened from the nsde s unlocked. whle n the global remote control mode, the vehcle s unlocked completely when a front door s opened from the nsde. 116

118 Seats For more nformaton on seat adjustment, see the ettng started secton ( page 38). Easy-entry/ext feature Ths feature allows for easer entry nto and ext from the vehcle. The easy-entry/ext feature can be actvated or deactvated n the Convenence submenu of the control system ( page 164). You must make sure no one can become trapped or njured by the movng steerng wheel and drver s seat when the easy-entry/ext feature s actvated. To cancel seat/steerng wheel movement, do one of the followng: Press seat adjustment swtch ( page 30). Move steerng column stalk ( page 40). Press one of the memory poston buttons ( page 128). Do not leave chldren unattended n the vehcle, or wth access to an unlocked vehcle. Chldren could open the drver s door and unntentonally actvate the easy-entry/ext feature, whch could result n an accdent and/or serous personal njury. Controls n detal Seats When extng the vehcle, wth the easy-entry/ext feature actvated and dependng on your selecton, the steerng wheel tlts upwards and/or the drver s seat moves a few nches to the rear when you: remove the SmartKey from the starter swtch, or open the drver s door wth the SmartKey n starter swtch poston 0 or 1 or the KEYLESS-O* start/stop button ( page 36) n poston

119 Controls n detal Seats If the current poston for the steerng wheel s n the uppermost tlt poston, the steerng wheel wll no longer be able to move upward when the easy-entry/ext feature s actvated. If the current seat poston falls nto a factory-set poston range and the system recognzes the current seat poston to be rearward enough for easy entry and ext, the drver s seat wll not move to the rear when the easy-entry/ext feature s actvated. When enterng the vehcle, wth the easy-entry/ext feature actvated, the steerng wheel or, dependng on your selecton, the steerng wheel and drver s seat wll return to ther last set memory poston or a factory-set maxmum forward poston when you: close the drver s door wth the gnton swtched on nsert the SmartKey n starter swtch or press the KEYLESS-O* start/stop button ( page 36) once wth the drver s door closed. For safety reasons, the drver s seat wll not return to ts last set poston wth the easy-entry/ext feature actvated f the system recognzes the last set poston as an extreme forward poston. Instead, the drver s seat wll reman at or move to a factory-set maxmum forward poston. To agan fully return the drver s seat to your last set poston or to memory poston, adjust the seat to the desred poston or press and hold the respectve memory poston button ( page 128). 118

120 Controls n detal Seats Removng and nstallng front seat head restrants For more nformaton on head restrant adjustment, see the ettng started secton ( page 39). For your protecton, drve only wth properly postoned head restrants. Adjust head restrant so that the center of the head restrant supports the back of the head at eye level. Ths wll reduce the potental for njury to the head and neck n the event of an accdent or smlar stuaton. Do not drve the vehcle wthout the seat head restrants. Head restrants are ntended to help reduce njures durng an accdent. Tlt the backrest to the rear for easer removal and nstallaton of the head restrants. Front seat head restrants Removng front head restrants Press swtch 1 upwards and hold untl the head restrant s fully extended. Pull out head restrant. Installng front head restrants: Press swtch 1 upwards and hold for about fve seconds. Push the head restrant down untl t engages. Adjust head restrant to desred poston ( page 39). 119

121 Controls n detal Seats Rear seat head restrants! The rear seat head restrants cannot be adjusted. Swtch on the gnton ( page 34). Press the symbol-sde on rocker swtch 1 to release the head restrants. The head restrants wll fold backward. Placng head restrants uprght Foldng head restrants back The rear seat head restrants can be folded backward for ncreased vsblty. For safety reasons, always drve wth the rear head restrants n the uprght poston when the rear seats are occuped. Keep the area around head restrants clear of artcles (e.g. clothng) to not obstruct the foldng operaton of the head restrants. Pull the head restrant forward untl t locks nto poston.! Make sure the head restrants engage when placng them uprght. Otherwse ther protectve functon cannot be assured. 1 Head restrant release swtch 120

122 Controls n detal Seats Lumbar support The curvature of the drver's seat can be adjusted to help enhance lower back support and seatng comfort. 1 Adjustment lever Move adjustment lever 1 n the drecton of arrows untl you have reached a comfortable seatng poston. Multcontour seat* The multcontour seat has a movable seat cushon and nflatable ar cushons bult nto the backrest to provde addtonal lumbar and sde support. The seat cushon movement, backrest cushon heght and curvature can be contnuously vared wth swtches on the rght sde of the seat after turnng the SmartKey n the starter swtch to poston 2 or pressng the KEYLESS-O* start/stop button twce. 1 Seat cushon depth 2 Backrest bottom 3 Backrest center 4 Backrest sde bolster adjustment Swtch on the gnton ( page 34). 121

123 Controls n detal Seats Seat cushon depth Adjust the seat cushon depth to the length of your upper leg usng swtch 1. Backrest contour Adjust the contour of the backrest to the desred poston usng æ or ç. Move the backrest support to the bottom by usng button 2 or to the center by usng button 3. Backrest sde bolsters Adjust the sde bolsters so that they provde good lateral support usng swtch 4. Drve-Dynamc seat* wth multcontour features The Drve-Dynamc seat automatcally adjusts the lateral support provded by the backrest to your drvng style. The Drve-Dynamc seat electroncally controls the ar pressure n the ar chambers of the backrest sde bolsters. Ths functon mproves drvng comfort and pleasure. In addton, the Drve-Dynamc seat has a movable seat cushon and nflatable ar cushons bult nto the backrest to provde addtonal lumbar and sde support. The seat cushon movement, backrest cushon heght and curvature can be contnuously vared wth swtches on the rght sde of the seat after turnng the SmartKey n the starter swtch to poston 2 or pressng the KEYLESS-O* start/stop button twce. 1 Actvate drve dynamc functon 2 Backrest sde bolsters 3 Massage functon 4 Backrest center 5 Backrest bottom 6 Seat cushon depth Swtch on the gnton ( page 34). 122

124 Controls n detal Seats Multcontour features Seat cushon depth Adjust the seat cushon depth to the length of your upper leg usng swtch 6. Backrest contour Adjust the contour of the backrest to the desred poston usng æ or ç. Move the backrest support to the bottom by usng button 5 or to the center by usng button 4. Backrest sde bolsters Adjust the sde bolsters so that they provde good lateral support usng swtch 2. Drve-dynamc features Actvatng Press button 1 ( page 122). The ndcator lamp n the button comes on for fve seconds and the followng dsplay appears n the mult-functon dsplay for about fve seconds. You can adjust the characterstcs of the Drve-Dynamc seat usng the control system ( page 166). Deactvatng Press button 1 ( page 122) agan. The ndcator lamp n the button goes out. When the engne s turned off, the last cushon settng s retaned n memory. The cushon s automatcally adjusted to ths settng when the engne s restarted. 123

125 Controls n detal Seats Massage functon (PULSE) The massage functon can help prevent muscle tenson durng long drves. Press button 3 ( page 122). The ndcator lamp n button 3 comes on. The ar cushons n the lumbar area pulsate. The massage functon turns off automatcally after approxmately fve mnutes. Seat heatng* Both swtches for the front seats are located n the center console. The red ndcator lamps n the swtch come on to show whch heatng level you have selected. Level off No ndcator lamps on 1 One ndcator lamp on (lowest level) The seat heater automatcally swtches off after approxmately 20 mnutes. 2 Two ndcator lamps on The seat heater automatcally swtches to level 1 after approxmately ten mnutes. 3 Three ndcator lamps on (hghest level) The seat heater automatcally swtches to level 2 after approxmately fve mnutes. 1 Front seat heatng swtch Swtch on the gnton ( page 34). Swtchng seat heatng on Press button 1 repeatedly untl the desred heatng level s set. One or more red ndcator lamps on the swtch show the selected heater level. 124

126 Controls n detal Seats Swtchng seat heatng off Press button 1 repeatedly untl all ndcator lamps go out. If one or more of the lamps on the seat heater swtch are flashng, there s nsuffcent voltage avalable snce too many electrcal consumers are turned on. The seat heater swtches off automatcally. The seat heater wll swtch back on agan automatcally as soon as suffcent voltage s avalable. Seat ventlaton* The swtch s located on the center console. Seat ventlaton can be actvated manually wth the gnton on, or by the summer openng feature ( page 206). The blue ndcator lamps on the swtch show the ventlaton level selected: Level 3 Three ndcator lamps on (hghest level) 2 Two ndcator lamps on 1 One ndcator lamp on (lowest level) off No ndcator lamp on 1 Seat ventlaton swtch Swtch on the gnton ( page 34). 125

127 Controls n detal Seats Swtchng seat ventlaton on Press button 1 repeatedly untl the desred ventlaton level s set. The seat ventlaton s automatcally set to the hghest level f actvated va summer openng feature ( page 206). Swtchng seat ventlaton off Press button 1 repeatedly untl all ndcator lamps go out. If one or all of the lamps flash on the seat ventlaton swtch, there s nsuffcent voltage due to too many electrcal consumers beng swtched on. The seat ventlaton swtches off automatcally. The seat ventlaton wll swtch back on agan automatcally as soon as suffcent voltage s avalable. 126

128 Memory functon! Pror to operatng the vehcle, the drver should check and adjust the seat heght, seat poston fore and aft, and seat backrest angle f necessary, to ensure adequate control, reach and comfort. The head restrant should also be adjusted for proper heght. See also the secton on ar bags ( page 61) for more nformaton on proper seat postonng. In addton, adjust the steerng wheel to ensure adequate control, reach, operaton and comfort. Both the nteror and exteror rear vew mrrors should be adjusted for adequate rear vson. Fasten seat belts. Infants and small chldren should be seated n a properly secured restrant system that comples wth U.S. Federal Motor Vehcle Safety Standards 213 and 225 and Canadan Motor Vehcle Safety Standards 213 and You can store up to three dfferent settngs for each SmartKey or SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O*. The followng settngs are stored when usng the buttons on the drver s door: Drver s seat, backrest, head restrant poston and settngs for multcontour seat Steerng wheel poston Exteror rear vew mrror postons These SmartKey-dependent memory settngs can be deactvated f desred. For nformaton on SmartKey-dependent memory settngs, see Settng SmartKey-dependency ( page 165). Controls n detal Memory functon The followng settngs are not SmartKey-dependent. They are stored when usng the buttons on the front passenger door: Front passenger seat, backrest, head restrant poston and settngs for multcontour seat Do not actvate the memory functon whle drvng. Actvatng the memory functon whle drvng could cause the drver to lose control of the vehcle. 127

129 Controls n detal Memory functon The memory button and stored poston button are located on the door. M Memory button 1, 2, 3 Stored poston button Swtch on the gnton ( page 34). or Open the respectve door and nsert the SmartKey n the starter swtch. Storng postons nto memory Adjust the seats, steerng wheel and exteror rear vew mrrors to the desred poston ( page 37). Press memory button M. Release memory button M and press stored poston button 1, 2 or 3 wthn three seconds. All the settngs are stored to the selected poston. Recallng postons from memory! Do not operate the power seats usng the memory button f the seat backrest s n an excessvely reclned poston. Dong so could cause damage to front or rear seats. Press and hold stored poston button 1, 2 or 3 untl the seat, steerng wheel and exteror rear vew mrrors have completely moved to the stored postons. Releasng the stored poston button stops movement to the stored postons mmedately. 128

130 Controls n detal Memory functon Storng exteror rear vew mrror parkng poston For easer parkng, you can adjust the passenger-sde exteror rear vew mrror so that you can see the rght rear wheel as soon as you engage reverse gear R. For nformaton on actvatng the parkng poston, see Actvatng exteror rear vew mrror parkng poston ( page 186). You can store a parkng poston for the passenger sde exteror rear vew mrror for each SmartKey or SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O*. 1 Passenger sde, exteror rear vew mrror 2 Adjustment button 3 Memory button Stop the vehcle. Swtch on the gnton ( page 34). Press button 1. The passenger-sde exteror rear vew mrror s selected. Adjust the exteror rear vew mrror wth button 2 so that you see the rear wheel and the road curb. Press memory button M 3. Wthn three seconds, press bottom of adjustment button 2. The parkng poston s stored f the mrror does not move. If the mrror does move, repeat the above steps. After the settng s stored, you can move the mrror agan. 129

131 Controls n detal Lghtng For nformaton on how to swtch on the headlamps and use the turn sgnals, see Swtchng on headlamps ( page 49) and see Turn sgnals ( page 50). If you drve n countres where vehcles drve on the other sde of the road than the country where the vehcle s regstered, you must have the headlamps modfed for symmetrcal low beams. Relevant nformaton can be obtaned at your authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Vehcles equpped wth actve B-Xenon* headlamps: The actve B-Xenon headlamps montor your steerng angle and drvng speed, then automatcally shft ther beams to ether sde to better follow the curvature of the road ahead, ncreasng usable llumnaton over conventonal headlamps. Exteror lamp swtch The exteror lamp swtch s located on the dashboard to the left of the steerng wheel. Exteror lamp swtch M Off Daytme runnng lamp mode ( page 132) U Automatc headlamp mode Daytme runnng lamp mode ( page 132) C B Parkng lamps (also tal lamps, lcense plate lamps, sde marker lamps, nstrument panel lamps) Canada only: When engne s runnng, the low beam s also swtched on. Low beam headlamps (or hgh beam headlamps when the combnaton swtch s pushed forward) and parkng lamps. ˆ Standng lamps, rght (turn left one stop) Standng lamps, left (turn left two stops) Indcator lamp for front fog lamps Indcator lamp for rear fog lamp 130

132 Controls n detal Lghtng Manual headlamp mode The low beam headlamps and the parkng lamps can be swtched on and off wth the exteror lamp swtch. Automatc headlamp mode The followng lamps swtch on and off automatcally dependng on the brghtness of the ambent lght: Wth the SmartKey removed from the starter swtch or the engne turned off wth KEYLESS-O* and the drver s door open a warnng sounds f the parkng lamps or low beam headlamps are swtched on. The message Swtch off lamps appears n the multfuncton dsplay. Low beam headlamps Tal and parkng lamps Lcense plate lamps Sde marker lamps If the exteror lamp swtch s set to U, the headlamps may swtch off unexpectedly when the system senses brght ambent lght, for example lght from oncomng traffc. the headlamps wll not be automatcally swtched on under foggy condtons. To mnmze rsk to you and to others, actvate headlamps by turnng exteror lamp swtch to B when drvng or when traffc and/or ambent lghtng condtons requre you to do so. In low ambent lghtng condtons, only swtch from poston U to B wth the vehcle at a standstll n a safe locaton. Swtchng from U to B wll brefly swtch off the headlamps. Dong so whle drvng n low ambent lghtng condtons may result n an accdent. The automatc headlamp feature s only an ad to the drver. The drver s responsble for the operaton of the vehcle's lghts at all tmes. Turn the exteror lamp swtch to poston U. Wth the SmartKey n starter swtch poston 1 or the KEYLESS-O* start/stop button once, only the parkng lamps wll swtch on and off automatcally. When the engne s runnng, the low beam headlamps, the tal and parkng lamps, the lcense plate lamps, and the sde marker lamps wll swtch on and off automatcally. 131

133 Controls n detal Lghtng Daytme runnng lamp mode Turn the exteror lamp swtch to poston M or U. When the engne s runnng, the low beam headlamps are automatcally swtched on. In low ambent lght condtons the parkng lamps wll also swtch on: 132 Tal and parkng lamps Lcense plate lamps Sde marker lamps For nghttme drvng you should turn the exteror lamp swtch to poston B to permt actvaton of the hgh beam headlamps. Wth the daytme runnng lamp mode actvated and the exteror lamp swtch n poston M, the hgh beam headlamps cannot be swtched on. The hgh beam flasher s avalable at all tmes. Canada only: The daytme runnng lamp mode s mandatory and therefore n a constant mode. When the engne s runnng, and you shft from a drvng poston to poston N or P, the low beam headlamps wll swtch off wth a three-mnute delay. When the engne s runnng, and you turn the exteror lamp swtch to poston C, the parkng lamps swtch on addtonally. turn the exteror lamp swtch to poston B, the manual headlamp mode has prorty over the daytme runnng lamp mode. The correspondng exteror lamps swtch on ( page 49). USA only: By default, the daytme runnng lamp mode s deactvated. Actvate the daytme runnng lamp mode usng the control system, see Settng daytme runnng lamp mode (USA only) ( page 160). When the engne s runnng, and you turn the exteror lamp swtch to poston C or B, the manual headlamp mode has prorty over the daytme runnng lamp mode. The correspondng exteror lamps swtch on ( page 49).

134 Controls n detal Lghtng Locator lghtng and nght securty llumnaton Locator lghtng and nght securty llumnaton are descrbed n the Control system secton, see ( page 161) and ( page 162). Fog lamps In low ambent lghtng or foggy condtons, only swtch from poston U to B wth the vehcle at a standstll n a safe locaton. Swtchng from U to B wll brefly swtch off the headlamps. Dong so whle drvng n low ambent lghtng condtons may result n an accdent. Fog lamps wll operate wth the parkng lamps and/or the low beam headlamps on. Fog lamps should only be used n conjuncton wth low beam headlamps. Consult your State or Provnce Motor Vehcle Regulatons regardng permssble lamp operaton. Fog lamps cannot be swtched on wth the exteror lamp swtch n poston U. For swtchng on the fog lamps, turn the exteror lamp swtch to poston B. Front fog lamps Swtch on the low beam headlamps ( page 49). Pull out exteror lamp swtch to frst stop. The front fog lamps are swtched on. The green ndcator lamp n the exteror lamp swtch comes on ( page 130). Push n the exteror lamp swtch. The front fog lamps are swtched off. The green ndcator lamp n the exteror lamp swtch goes out. 133

135 Controls n detal Lghtng Rear fog lamp (drver s sde only) Swtch on the low beam headlamps ( page 49). Pull out exteror lamp swtch to second stop. The rear fog lamp s swtched on. The yellow ndcator lamp n the exteror lamp swtch comes on ( page 130). Push n the exteror lamp swtch to frst stop. The rear fog lamp s swtched off. The yellow ndcator lamp n the exteror lamp swtch goes out. The front fog lamps reman lt. Combnaton swtch The combnaton swtch s located on the left sde of the steerng column. Combnaton swtch 1 Hgh beam 2 Hgh beam flasher Hgh beam Turn the exteror lamp swtch to poston B or U ( page 130). Push the combnaton swtch n drecton of arrow 1 to swtch on the hgh beam. The hgh beam headlamp ndcator lamp A n the nstrument cluster comes on ( page 24). Pull the combnaton swtch n drecton of arrow 2 to ts orgnal poston to swtch off the hgh beam. The hgh beam headlamp ndcator lamp A n the nstrument cluster goes out. Hgh beam flasher Pull the combnaton swtch brefly n drecton of arrow

136 Controls n detal Lghtng Cornerng fog lamps* (CLS wth B-Xenon* headlamps) The cornerng fog lamps mprove llumnaton of the road onto whch you are turnng. Cornerng fog lamps wll operate wth the engne runnng and wth the exteror lamp swtch n poston B ( page 130) or the exteror lamp swtch n poston U ( page 130) or the daytme runnng lamp mode actvated ( page 132) Cornerng fog lamps wll only come on n low ambent lghtng condtons. The cornerng fog lamps functon s not avalable at a vehcle speed above 25 mph (40 km/h). Drvng forward Swtchng on cornerng fog lamps Dependng on wether you are turnng left or rght, swtch on the left or rght turn sgnal ( page 50). The respectve front fog lamp comes on and llumnates the road onto whch you are turnng. The cornerng fog lamps wll come on automatcally dependng on the steerng angle, even f you dd not swtch on ether turn sgnal. If the cornerng fog lamps came on automatcally, they wll also go out automatcally dependng on the steerng angle. Swtchng off cornerng fog lamps The combnaton swtch for the turn sgnal resets automatcally after major steerng wheel movements. Ths wll swtch off the cornerng fog lamps f they where actvated by swtchng on the left or rght turn sgnal. If the turn sgnal should stay on after makng the turn, the turn sgnal and cornerng fog lamps can be swtched off by returnng the combnaton swtch to ts orgnal poston. 135

137 Controls n detal Lghtng Drvng rearward Swtchng on cornerng fog lamps Place the gear selector lever n poston R. The nverse front fog lamp comes on automatcally dependng on the steerng drecton and steerng angle. Swtchng on cornerng fog lamps Place the gear selector lever out of poston R. The respectve front fog lamp goes out. Hazard warnng flasher The hazard warnng flasher can be swtched on at all tmes, even wth the SmartKey removed from the starter swtch or wth the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* removed from the vehcle. The hazard warnng flasher swtches on automatcally when an ar bag deploys. The hazard warnng flasher swtch s located on the center console. 1 Hazard warnng flasher swtch Swtchng on hazard warnng flasher Press the hazard warnng flasher swtch 1. All turn sgnals are flashng. Wth the hazard warnng flasher actvated and the combnaton swtch set for ether left or rght turn, only the respectve left or rght turn sgnals wll operate when the gnton s swtched on. Swtchng off hazard warnng flasher Press hazard warnng flasher swtch 1 agan. If the hazard warnng flasher has been actvated automatcally, press hazard warnng flasher swtch 1 once to swtch off. 136

138 Controls n detal Lghtng Interor lghtng n the front 1 Left front readng lamp on/off 2 Rear nteror lghtng on/off 3 Automatc control on/off 4 Front nteror lghtng on/off 5 Rght front readng lamp on/off 6 Ambent lghtng 7 Interor lghtng 8 Front readng lamp The controls are located n the overhead control panel. Leavng an nteror lght swtch n the ON poston for extended perods of tme wth the engne turned off could result n a dscharged battery. Automatc control Actvatng Press automatc control swtch 3. The nteror lghtng swtches on n darkness, when you: unlock the vehcle remove the SmartKey from the starter swtch open a door open the trunk The nteror lghtng swtches off automatcally followng an adjustable tme delay. For more nformaton, see Settng nteror lghtng delayed shut-off ( page 163). If the door remans open, the nteror lamps swtch off automatcally after approxmately fve mnutes. Deactvatng Press automatc control swtch 3 agan. The nteror lghtng remans swtched off n darkness, even when you: unlock the vehcle remove the SmartKey from the starter swtch open a door open the trunk 137

139 Controls n detal Lghtng Manual control Front nteror lghtng Press front nteror lghtng swtch 4. The front nteror lghtng swtches on. Press front nteror lghtng swtch 4 agan. The front nteror lghtng swtches off. Rear nteror lghtng Press rear nteror lghtng swtch 2. The rear nteror lghtng swtches on. Press rear nteror lghtng swtch 2 agan. The rear nteror lghtng swtches off. Front readng lamps The front readng lamps are located n lower edge of the nteror rear vew mrror. The settng selected for the nteror lghtng s used for the trunk lghtng as well. If the trunk ld remans open, the trunk lghtng swtches off automatcally after approxmately ten mnutes. Press front readng lamp swtch 1 or 5 to swtch on the desred front readng lamp. Press front readng lamp swtch 1 or 5 agan to swtch off the respectve front readng lamp. Door entry lamps For better orentaton n the dark, the correspondng door entry lamps wll swtch on n darkness when you open a door and the automatc control s actvated. The door entry lamps wll swtch off when the correspondng door s closed. If you turn the SmartKey n the starter swtch to poston 0 and swtch off the headlamps, the door entry lamps wll reman lt for approxmately fve mnutes. 138

140 Controls n detal Lghtng Interor lghtng n the rear The overhead control panel s located above the rear seat bench. 1 Ambent lghtng swtch, to brghten 2 Rear readng lamp 3 Rear readng lamp on/off 4 Rear nteror lamp 5 Ambent lghtng 6 Ambent lghtng swtch, to dm Rear readng lamps Press desred rear readng lamp swtch 3 to swtch on the correspondng rear readng lamp. Press respectve rear readng lamp swtch 3 agan to swtch off the correspondng rear readng lamp. Ambent lghtng Press ambent lghtng swtch 1 or 6 repeatedly untl ambent lghtng 5 has reached the desred ntensty. You can swtch the ambent lghtng on and off, usng the Control system ( page 161). Trunk lamp The trunk lamp swtches on f the trunk ld s opened. If the trunk ld remans open, the trunk lghtng swtches off automatcally after approxmately ten mnutes. 139

141 Controls n detal Instrument cluster A full vew llustraton of the nstrument cluster can be found n the At a glance secton of ths manual ( page 24). 1 Reset button The nstrument cluster s actvated when you open a door turn on the gnton press the reset button 1 swtch on the exteror lamps You can change the nstrument cluster settngs n the nstrument cluster submenu of the control system ( page 155). Instrument cluster llumnaton Use the reset button ( page 24) to adjust the llumnaton brghtness for the nstrument cluster. The nstrument cluster llumnaton s dmmed or brghtened automatcally to sut ambent lght condtons. The nstrument cluster llumnaton wll also be adjusted automatcally when you swtch on the vehcle s exteror lamps. To brghten llumnaton Turn the reset button n the nstrument cluster clockwse ( page 24). The nstrument cluster llumnaton wll brghten. To dm llumnaton Turn the reset button n the nstrument cluster counterclockwse ( page 24). The nstrument cluster llumnaton wll dm. 140

142 Controls n detal Instrument cluster Coolant temperature ndcator Drvng when your engne s overheated can cause some fluds whch may have leaked nto the engne compartment to catch fre. You could be serously burned. Steam from an overheated engne can cause serous burns and can occur just by openng the hood. Stay away from the engne f you see or hear steam comng from t. Turn off the engne, get out of the vehcle and do not stand near the vehcle untl the engne has cooled down. Excessve coolant temperature trgger a warnng n the multfuncton dsplay ( page 341). Durng severe operatng condtons, e.g. stop-and-go traffc, the coolant temperature may rse close to 248 F (120 C). The engne should not be operated wth the coolant temperature above 248 F (120 C). Dong so may cause serous engne damage whch s not covered by the Mercedes-Benz Lmted Warranty. Trp odometer Make sure you are vewng the trp odometer dsplay ( page 143). If t s not dsplayed, press the è or ÿ repeatedly untl the trp odometer appears. Press and hold the reset button on the nstrument cluster ( page 24) untl the trp odometer s reset. 141

143 Controls n detal Instrument cluster Tachometer The red markng on the tachometer denotes excessve engne speed.! Avod drvng at excessve engne speeds, as t may result n serous engne damage that s not covered by the Mercedes-Benz Lmted Warranty. To help protect the engne, the fuel supply s nterrupted f the engne s operated wthn the red markng. Outsde temperature ndcator The outsde temperature ndcator s not desgned to serve as an ce-warnng devce and s therefore unsutable for that purpose. Indcated temperatures just above the freezng pont do not guarantee that the road surface s free of ce. The road may stll be cy, especally n wooded areas or on brdges. The outsde temperature s dsplayed n the nstrument cluster ( page 24). For nformaton on how to select the unt of the dsplayed temperature,.e. degrees Celsus ( C) or degrees Fahrenhet ( F), see Selectng temperature dsplay mode ( page 155). The temperature sensor s located n the front bumper area. Due to ts locaton, the sensor can be affected by road or engne heat durng dlng or slow drvng. Ths means that the accuracy of the dsplayed temperature can only be verfed by comparson to a thermometer placed next to the sensor, not by comparson to external dsplays (e.g. bank sgns etc.). When movng the vehcle nto colder ambent temperatures (e.g. when leavng your garage), you wll notce a delay before the lower temperature s dsplayed. A delay also occurs when ambent temperatures rse. Ths prevents naccurate temperature ndcatons caused by heat radated from the engne durng dlng or slow drvng. 142

144 Control system The control system s actvated as soon as the SmartKey n the starter swtch s turned to poston 1 or as soon as the KEYLESS-O start/stop button* s n poston 1. The control system enables you to: call up nformaton about your vehcle change vehcle settngs. For example, you can use the control system to fnd out when your vehcle s next due for servce, to set the language for messages n the nstrument cluster dsplay, and much more. The dsplays for the audo systems (rado, CD player) wll appear n Englsh, regardless of the language selected. A drver s attenton to the road and traffc condtons must always be hs/her prmary focus when drvng. For your safety and the safety of others, selectng features through the multfuncton steerng wheel should only be done by the drver when traffc and road condtons permt t to be done safely. Bear n mnd that at a speed of just 30 mph (approxmately 50 km/h), your vehcle s coverng a dstance of 44 feet (approxmately 14 m) every second. The control system relays nformaton to the multfuncton dsplay. Multfuncton dsplay Controls n detal Control system 1 Outsde temperature 2 Trp odometer 3 Automatc transmsson program mode 4 Man odometer 5 Current gear selector lever poston Above llustraton shows the standard dsplay. For more nformaton on menus dsplayed n the multfuncton dsplay, see Menus ( page 146). 143

145 Controls n detal Control system Multfuncton steerng wheel The dsplays n the multfuncton dsplay and the settngs n the control system ( page 143) are controlled by the buttons on the multfuncton steerng wheel. 1 Multfuncton dsplay n the speedometer Operatng the control system 2 Selectng the submenu or settng the volume: Press button æ up/to ncrease ç down/to decrease 3 Telephone*: Press button s to take a call t to end a call 4 Menu systems: Press button è for next menu ÿ for prevous menu 5 Movng wthn a menu: Press button j for next dsplay k for prevous dsplay Pressng any of the buttons on the multfuncton steerng wheel wll alter what s shown n the multfuncton dsplay. The nformaton avalable n the multfuncton dsplay s arranged n menus, each contanng a number of functons or submenus. The ndvdual functons are then found wthn the relevant menu (rado or CD operatons under Audo, for example). These functons serve to call up relevant nformaton or to customze the settngs for your vehcle. 144

146 Controls n detal Control system It s helpful to thnk of the menus, and the functons wthn each menu, as beng arranged n a crcular pattern. If you press button è or ÿ repeatedly, you wll pass through each menu one after the other. If you press button k or j repeatedly, you wll pass through each functon dsplay, one after the other, n the current menu. In the Settngs menu, nstead of functons you wll fnd a number of submenus for callng up and changng settngs. For nstructons on usng these submenus, see the Settngs menu secton ( page 152). The number of menus avalable n the system depends on whch optonal equpment s nstalled n you vehcle. The menus are descrbed on the followng pages. 145

147 Controls n detal Control system Menus Ths s what you wll see when you scroll through the menus. The table on the next page provdes an overvew of the ndvdual menus. 146

148 Controls n detal Control system Menus, submenus and functons Commands/submenus Menu 1 Menu 2 Menu 3 Menu 4 Menu 5 Menu 6 Menu 7 Menu 8 Standard dsplay AUDIO NAV* Dstronc* Vehcle status message memory Settngs Trp computer Telephone ( page 148) ( page 148) ( page 150) ( page 150) ( page 151) ( page 152) ( page 167) ( page 169) Dgtal speedometer Call up mantenance system dsplay Check engne ol level Select rado staton Operate CD player Actvate route gudance Call up settngs Call up vehcle malfuncton, warnng and system status messages stored n memory Reset to factory settngs Instrument cluster submenu Tme/Date submenu Lghtng submenu Vehcle submenu Convenence submenu Dynamc seat* submenu Fuel consumpton statstcs after start Fuel consumpton statstcs snce the last reset Call up range Load phone book Search for name n phone book 147

149 Controls n detal Control system The headngs used n the menus table are desgned to facltate navgaton wthn the system and are not necessarly dentcal to those shown n the control system dsplays. The frst functon dsplayed n each menu wll automatcally show you whch part of the system you are n. Standard dsplay menu Press button k or j repeatedly to select the functons n the standard dsplay menu. The followng functons are avalable: Functon Page Call up dgtal speedometer 148 Call up mantenance dsplay 322 Check engne ol level 281 Dsplay dgtal speedometer Press button k or j repeatedly untl the dgtal speedometer appears n the multfuncton dsplay. AUDIO menu The functons n the Audo menu operate the audo equpment whch you currently have turned on. If no audo equpment s currently turned on, the message AUDIO off s shown n the dsplay. The followng functons are avalable: Functon Page Select rado staton 148 Select satellte rado staton* 149 Operate CD player 149 Select rado staton Turn on COMAND and select rado. Refer to separate COMAND operatng nstructons. Press button è or ÿ repeatedly untl you see the currently tuned staton n the dsplay. 1 Waveband settng 2 Staton frequency Press button k or j repeatedly untl the desred staton s found. 148

150 Controls n detal Control system Select satellte rado staton* The satellte rado s treated as a rado applcaton. You can only store new statons usng the correspondng feature on the rado, see separate operatng nstructons. You can also operate the rado n the usual manner. Select SAT rado wth the correspondng softkey n the rado menu. 1 SAT mode and preset number 2 Settng for staton selecton usng memory 3 Channel name or number Press button k or j repeatedly untl the desred channel s found. Operate the CD player Addtonal optonal satellte rado equpment and a subscrpton to satellte rado servce provder are requred for satellte rado operaton. Contact an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center for detals and avalablty for your vehcle. For more nformaton, refer to separate COMAND operatng nstructons. Turn on COMAND and select the CD player. Refer to separate COMAND operatng nstructons. Press button è or ÿ repeatedly untl the settngs for the CD currently beng played are shown n the dsplay. 1 Current CD (CD 1 through CD 6 for CD changer*) 2 Current track Press button k or j repeatedly untl the desred track s selected. To select a CD from the magazne, press a number on the COMAND system key pad located n the center console. 149

151 Controls n detal Control system NAV* menu The Nav menu contans the functons needed to operate your navgaton system. Press button è or ÿ repeatedly untl you see the message NAV n the dsplay. If COMAND s swtched off, the message NAV off s shown n the dsplay. Wth COMAND swtched on but route gudance not actvated, the drecton of travel and, f avalable, the name of the street currently traveled on appear n the multfuncton dsplay. Wth COMAND swtched on and route gudance actvated, the drecton of travel and maneuver nstructons appear n the multfuncton dsplay. Please refer to the COMAND manual for nstructons on how to actvate the route gudance system. Dstronc* menu Use the Dstronc menu to dsplay the current settngs for your Dstronc system. What nformaton s shown n the dsplay depends on whether the Dstronc system s actve or nactve. Please refer to the Drvng systems secton of ths manual ( page 215) for nstructons on how to actvate Dstronc. Press button è or ÿ repeatedly untl you see one of the followng two pctures n the dsplay. Dstronc deactvated When Dstronc s deactvated, you wll see the standard dsplay n the dsplay. 1 Vehcle ahead, f detected 2 Actual dstance to vehcle ahead 3 Preset dstance threshold to vehcle ahead 4 Your vehcle 5 Symbol for actvated dstance warnng functon 150

152 Controls n detal Control system Dstronc actvated Wth Dstronc actvated, the set speed wll appear for about fve seconds n the Dstronc dsplay. The followng dsplay then appears: 1 Dstronc actvated Vehcle status message memory menu Use the vehcle status message memory menu to scan malfuncton and warnng messages that may be stored n the system. Such messages appear n the multfuncton dsplay and are based on condtons or system status the vehcle s system has recorded. Malfuncton and warnng messages are only ndcated for certan systems and are ntentonally not very detaled. The malfuncton and warnng messages are smply a remnder wth respect to the operaton of certan systems and do not replace the owner s and/or drver s responsblty to mantan the vehcle s operatng safety by havng all requred mantenance and safety checks performed on the vehcle and by brngng the vehcle to an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center to address the malfuncton and warnng messages ( page 345). Press button è or ÿ repeatedly untl the vehcle status message memory appears n the multfuncton dsplay. No vehcle status messages If no condtons are recorded n memory, the message n the multfuncton dsplay s: NO MESSAES Vehcle status messages have been recorded If condtons have occurred causng status messages to be recorded, the number of messages appears n the multfuncton dsplay: 151

153 Controls n detal Control system Press button k or j. The stored messages wll now be dsplayed n the order n whch they have occurred. For malfuncton and warnng messages, see Vehcle status messages n the multfuncton dsplay ( page 345). Should the vehcle s system record any condtons whle drvng, the number of messages wll reappear n the multfuncton dsplay when the SmartKey n the starter swtch s turned to poston 0 or removed from the starter swtch. The vehcle status message memory wll be cleared when you turn the SmartKey n the starter swtch to poston 1 or 2. You wll then only see hgh prorty messages n the multfuncton dsplay ( page 345). Settngs menu In the Settngs menu there are two functons: The functon To reset: Press reset button for 3 seconds, wth whch you can reset all the settngs to the orgnal factory settngs. A collecton of submenus wth whch you can make ndvdual settngs for your vehcle. Press button è or ÿ repeatedly untl the Settngs menu s seen n the dsplay. Resettng all settngs You can reset all the functons of all submenus to the factory settngs. Press the reset button n the nstrument cluster ( page 24) for approxmately three seconds. In the dsplay you wll see the request to press the reset button agan to confrm. Press the reset button agan. The functons of all the submenus wll reset to factory settngs. The settngs you have changed wll not be reset unless you confrm the acton by pressng the reset button a second tme. 152

154 Controls n detal Control system Submenus n the Settngs menu Press button j. In the dsplay you see the collecton of the submenus. Press button ç. The selecton marker moves to the next submenu. The submenus are arranged by herarchy. Scroll down wth the ç button, scroll up wth the æ button. Wth the selecton marker on the desred submenu, use the k or j button to access the ndvdual functons wthn that submenu. The settngs themselves are made wth button æ or ç. Resettng the functons of a submenu For each submenu you can reset all the functons to the factory settngs. Move to a functon n the submenu. Press the reset button ( page 24) n the nstrument cluster for approxmately three seconds. In the dsplay you wll see the request to press the reset button agan to confrm. Press the reset button agan. All functons of the submenu wll reset to factory settngs. 153

155 Controls n detal Control system The table below shows what settngs can be changed wthn the varous menus. Detaled nstructons on makng ndvdual settngs can be found on the followng pages. INSTRUMENT CLUSTER TIME/DATE LIHTIN VEHICLE CONVENIENCE DYNAMIC SEAT* Select temperature dsplay mode Select speedometer dsplay mode Synchronzng the tme Set daytme runnng lamp mode (USA only) Set automatc lockng Actvate easy-entry/ext feature Set tme (hours) Set locator lghtng Set SmartKeydependency Select language Set tme (mnutes) Ambent lghtng Set parkng poston for exteror rear vew mrror Select dsplay (speed dsplay or outsde tempera- Set date (month) ture) for status lne Select dsplay (speed dsplay or outsde tempera- Set date (day) ture) for basc dsplay Set date (year) Exteror lamps delayed shut-off Interor lghtng delayed shut-off Set level for dynamc seat, drver Set level for dynamc seat, passenger 154

156 Controls n detal Control system Instrument cluster submenu Access the Instr. cluster submenu va the Settngs menu. Use the Instr. cluster submenu to change the nstrument cluster dsplay settngs. The followng functons are avalable: Functon Page Select temperature dsplay 155 mode Select speedometer dsplay 155 mode Select language 156 Select dsplay (speed dsplay or 156 outsde temperature) for status dsplay Select dsplay (speed dsplay or 157 outsde temperature) for basc dsplay Selectng temperature dsplay mode Move the selecton marker wth the æ or ç button to the Instr. cluster submenu. Press button j or k repeatedly untl you see ths message n the dsplay: Temp. ndcator. The selecton marker s on the current settng. Press button æ or ç to set the temperature unt to degrees Celsus ( C) or degrees Fahrenhet ( F). Selectng speedometer dsplay mode Move the selecton marker wth the æ or ç button to the Instr. cluster submenu. Press button j or k repeatedly untl you see ths message n the dsplay: Dsplay unt Speed-/odometer. The selecton marker s on the current settng. Press button æ or ç to set speedometer unt to km or mles. 155

157 Controls n detal Control system Selectng language Move the selecton marker wth the æ or ç button to the Instr. cluster submenu. Press button j or k repeatedly untl you see ths message n the dsplay: Language. The selecton marker s on the current settng. Press button æ or ç to select the language to be used for the multfuncton dsplay messages. Avalable languages: erman Englsh French Italan Spansh Selectng dsplay (speed dsplay or outsde temperature) for status dsplay Move the selecton marker wth the æ or ç button to the Instr. cluster submenu. Press button j or k repeatedly untl you see ths message n the dsplay: Status lne dsplay. The selecton marker s on the current settng. Press button æ or ç to select the status lne to degrees Fahrenhet ( F) or mles. You wll see the status ndcator when you have called up a dfferent dsplay from the standard dsplay. 156

158 Controls n detal Control system Selectng dsplay (speed dsplay or outsde temperature) for basc dsplay Move the selecton marker wth the æ or ç button to the Instr. cluster submenu. Press button j or k repeatedly untl you see ths message n the dsplay: Basc dsplay. The selecton marker s on the current settng. Tme/Date submenu Access the Tme/Date submenu va the Settngs menu. Use the Tme/Date submenu to change the tme and date dsplay settngs. The followng functons are avalable: Functon Page Synchronzng the tme 157 Set tme (hours) 158 Set tme (mnutes) 158 Set date (month) 158 Set date (day) 159 Set date (year) 159 Synchronzng the tme Ths functon can only be seen on vehcles wth COMAND and navgaton module*. Move the selecton marker wth the æ or ç button to the Tme/Date submenu. Press button j or k repeatedly untl you see ths message n the dsplay: Tme sync. wth head unt. The selecton marker s on the current settng. Press button æ or ç to select the dsplay permanently shown n the multfuncton dsplay. Informaton on settng the tme, refer to separate COMAND nstructons. Press button æ or ç to select the desred settng. 157

159 Controls n detal Control system Set tme (hours) Ths functon can only be seen when tme synchronzaton s swtched off. Move the selecton marker wth the æ or ç button to the Tme/Date submenu. Press button j or k repeatedly untl you see ths message n the dsplay: Clock, hours. The selecton marker s on the hour settng. Set tme (mnutes) Ths functon can only be seen when tme synchronzaton s swtched off. Move the selecton marker wth the æ or ç button to the Tme/Date submenu. Press button j or k repeatedly untl you see ths message n the dsplay: Clock, mnutes. The selecton marker s on the mnute settng. Set date (month) Move the selecton marker wth the æ or ç button to the Tme/Date submenu. Press button j or k repeatedly untl you see ths message n the dsplay: Set date month. The selecton marker s on the month settng. Press button æ or ç to set the month. Press button æ or ç to set the hour. Press button æ or ç to set the mnutes. Confrm by pressng reset button ( page 24). Confrm by pressng reset button ( page 24). 158

160 Controls n detal Control system Set date (day) Move the selecton marker wth the æ or ç button to the Tme/Date submenu. Press button j or k repeatedly untl you see ths message n the dsplay: Set date day. The selecton marker s on the day settng. Press button æ or ç to set the day. Set date (year) Move the selecton marker wth the æ or ç button to the Tme/Date submenu. Press button j or k repeatedly untl you see ths message n the dsplay: Set date year. The selecton marker s on the year settng. Press button æ or ç to set the year. Lghtng submenu Access the Lghtng submenu va the Settngs menu. Use the Lghtng submenu to change the lamp and lghtng settngs on your vehcle. The followng functons are avalable: Functon Page Set daytme runnng lamp mode 160 (USA only) Settng locator lghtng 161 Settng ambent lghtng 161 Settng nght securty llumnaton 162 Settng nteror lghtng delayed 163 shut-off 159

161 Controls n detal Control system Settng daytme runnng lamp mode (USA only) Ths functon s not avalable n countres where the daytme runnng lamp mode s mandatory and therefore n a constant mode. Move the selecton marker wth button æ or ç to the Lghtng submenu. Press button j or k repeatedly untl you see Lamp crcut headlamp n the multfuncton dsplay. The selecton marker s on the current settng. Press button æ or ç to select manual operaton (manual) or daytme runnng lamp mode (constant). Wth daytme runnng lamp mode actvated and the exteror lamp swtch at poston M or U, the low beam headlamps are swtched on when the engne s runnng. In low ambent lght condtons the followng lamps wll swtch on addtonally: Parkng lamps Tal lamps Lcense plate lamps Sde marker lamps For more nformaton on the daytme runnng lamp mode, see Lghtng ( page 130). For safety reasons, resettng the Lghtng submenu to factory settngs whle drvng ( page 152) wll not deactvate the daytme runnng lamp mode. The followng message appears n the multfuncton dsplay: Lghtng - Cannot be completely reset to factory settngs whle drvng. 160

162 Controls n detal Control system Settng locator lghtng Wth the locator lghtng feature actvated and the exteror lamp swtch n poston U, the followng lamps wll swtch on when the vehcle s unlocked wth the SmartKey or KEYLESS-O* durng darkness: Parkng lamps Press button j or k repeatedly untl you see Functon Surround lghtng n the multfuncton dsplay. The selecton marker s on the current settng. Move the selecton marker wth button æ or ç to the Lghtng submenu. Press button j or k repeatedly untl you see Ambent lght Level n the multfuncton dsplay. The selecton marker s on the current settng. Tal lamps Lcense plate lamps Sde marker lamps Front fog lamps The locator lghtng swtches off when the drver s door s opened. If you do not open a door after unlockng wth the SmartKey the lamps wll swtch off automatcally after approxmately 40 seconds. Move the selecton marker wth button æ or ç to the Lghtng submenu. Press button æ or ç to swtch the locator lghtng functon on. Turn the exteror lamp swtch to poston U when extng the vehcle. The locator lghtng feature s actvated. Settng ambent lghtng Use ths functon to adjust the brghtness of the ambent lghtng. Press button æ or ç to select the desred brghtness of the ambent lghtng. The settng 1 represents the darkest level and settng 5 the brghtest level. The ambent lght s swtched off at settng

163 Controls n detal Control system Settng nght securty llumnaton (Headlamps delayed shut-off) Use ths functon to set whether and how long you would lke the exteror lamps to llumnate durng darkness after extng the vehcle and all doors closed. Wth the delayed shut-off feature actvated and the exteror lamp swtch n poston U before the engne s turned off, the followng lamps wll swtch on after you have removed the SmartKey from the starter swtch or, when usng KEYLESS-O*, turn off the engne and open the drver's door: Parkng lamps Tal lamps Lcense plate lamps Sde marker lamps Front fog lamps If you do not open a door after removng the SmartKey from the starter swtch, the lamps wll swtch off automatcally after approxmately 60 seconds. You can reactvate ths functon wthn ten mnutes by openng a door. Move the selecton marker wth button æ or ç to the Lghtng submenu. Press button j or k repeatedly untl you see Headlamps delayed shut-off n the multfuncton dsplay. The selecton marker s on the current settng. Press button æ or ç to select the desred lamp-on perod. 0 sec., the delayed shut-off feature s deactvated. 15 sec., 30 sec., 45 sec. or 60 sec., select the desred lamp-on perod. Turn the exteror lamp swtch to poston U before turnng off the engne. The headlamps delayed shut-off feature s actvated. You can temporarly deactvate the delayed shut-off feature: Before extng the vehcle, turn the SmartKey n the starter swtch to poston 0. Then turn t to poston 2 and back to poston 0. The delayed shut-off feature s deactvated. It wll reactvate as soon as you rensert the SmartKey n the starter swtch. 162

164 Controls n detal Control system Vehcles wth KEYLESS-O*: Vehcle submenu Press the KEYLESS-O start/stop button on the gear selector lever ( page 35). Settng nteror lghtng delayed shut-off Use ths functon to set whether and how long you would lke the nteror lghtng to reman lt durng darkness after you have removed the SmartKey from the starter swtch. Move the selecton marker wth button æ or ç to the Lghtng submenu. Press button j or k repeatedly untl you see Interor lghtng delayed shut-off n the multfuncton dsplay. Press button æ or ç to select the desred lamp-on perod. You can select: 0 sec., the delayed shut-off feature s deactvated. 5 sec., 10 sec., 15 sec. or 20 sec., the nteror lghtng delayed shut-off feature s actvated wth the desred lamp-on perod. Access the Vehcle submenu va the Settngs menu. Use the Vehcle submenu to make general vehcle settngs. The followng functons are avalable: Functon Page Set automatc lockng 163 Settng automatc lockng Use ths functon to actvate or deactvate the automatc central lockng. Wth the automatc central lockng system actvated, the vehcle s centrally locked at vehcle speeds of approxmately 9 mph (15 km/h). The selecton marker s on the current settng. 163

165 Controls n detal Control system Move the selecton marker wth the æ or ç button to the Vehcle submenu. Press button j or k repeatedly untl you see ths message n the dsplay: Automatc door lock. The selecton marker s on the current settng. Convenence submenu Access the Convenence submenu va the Settngs menu. Use the Convenence submenu to change the settngs for a number of convenence features. The followng functons are avalable: Functon Page Actvate easy-entry/ext feature 164 Set SmartKey-dependency 165 Set parkng poston for exteror 166 rear vew mrror You must make sure no one can become trapped or njured by the movng steerng wheel and drver s seat when the easy-entry/ext feature s actvated. To cancel seat/steerng wheel movement, do one of the followng: Press seat adjustment swtch ( page 30). Move steerng column stalk ( page 40). Press button æ or ç to swtch Automatc door lock on or off. Actvatng easy-entry/ext feature Use ths functon to actvate and deactvate the easy-entry/ext feature ( page 117). Press one of the memory poston buttons or the memory button M ( page 128). Do not leave chldren unattended n the vehcle, or wth access to an unlocked vehcle. Chldren could open the drver s door and unntentonally actvate the easy-entry/ext feature, whch could result n an accdent and/or serous personal njury. 164

166 Controls n detal Control system Move the selecton marker wth the æ or ç button to the Convenence submenu. Press button j or k repeatedly untl you see ths message n the dsplay: Functon Easy-entry feature. The selecton marker s on the current settng. The followng settngs are avalable for the easy-entry/ext feature: off Steerng col. Steerng col. + seat The easy-entry/ext feature s deactvated. Only the steerng column s moved. Both the steerng column and the seat are moved. Settng SmartKey-dependency Use ths functon to set whether the memory settngs for the seats, the steerng wheel, the mrrors and other settngs of the control system should be stored separately for each SmartKey ( page 92). Move the selecton marker wth the æ or ç button to the Convenence submenu. Press button j or k repeatedly untl you see ths message n the dsplay: Key-dependent. Press button æ or ç to change the easy-entry/ext settng. The selecton marker s on the current settng. Press button æ or ç to set SmartKey-dependency to on or off. 165

167 Controls n detal Control system Settng parkng poston for exteror rear vew mrror Use the Mrror adjustment parkng ad functon to select whether the passenger-sde exteror rear vew mrror should be turned downward durng parkng maneuvers when reverse gear R s engaged. For addtonal nformaton, see Actvatng exteror rear vew mrror parkng poston ( page 186). Move the selecton marker to the Convenence submenu usng the æ or ç button. Press button j or k repeatedly untl you see ths message n the dsplay: Mrror adjustment parkng ad. The selecton marker s on the current settng. Press button æ or ç to swtch functon on or off. Dynamc seat* submenu Access the Dynamc Seat submenu va the Settngs menu. Use the Dynamc Seat submenu to change the settngs for the dynamc seats. The followng functons are avalable: Functon Page Adjust drver seat 166 Adjust passenger seat 166 Adjustng the dynamc seat The functon dynamc seat adjustment lets you determne the way the seat adjusts whle drvng. Move the selecton marker wth the æ or ç button to the Dynamc Seat submenu. Press button j or k repeatedly untl you see ths message n the dsplay: Dyn. Mult-cont. Seat, drver for the drver seat or Dyn. Mult-cont. Seat, fr. pass. for the passenger seat. The selecton marker s on the current settng. Press button æ or ç to swtch functon to Level 1 or Level

168 Controls n detal Control system The followng settngs are avalable: Level 1 Level 2 (Comfort) Less lateral support and slow ar pressure buld-up n the ar chambers of the backrest sde bolsters (Sporty) Strong lateral support and fast ar pressure buld-up n the ar chambers of the backrest sde bolsters Trp computer menu Use the trp computer menu to call up statstcal data on your vehcle. The followng nformaton s avalable: Functon Page Fuel consumpton statstcs after 167 start Fuel consumpton statstcs 167 snce last reset Call up range (dstance to empty) 168 Fuel consumpton statstcs after start Press button ÿ or è repeatedly untl you see the frst functon of the Trp computer menu. Press button j or k repeatedly untl you see ths message n the left dsplay: After start. 1 Dstance drven snce start 2 Tme elapsed snce start 3 Average speed snce start 4 Average fuel consumpton snce start Fuel consumpton snce last reset Press button ÿ or è repeatedly untl you see the frst functon of the Trp computer menu. Press button j or k repeatedly untl you see ths message n the dsplay: After reset. 167

169 Controls n detal Control system 1 Dstance drven snce last reset 2 Tme elapsed snce last reset 3 Average speed snce last reset 4 Average fuel consumpton snce last reset All statstcs stored snce the last engne start wll be reset approxmately four hours after the SmartKey n the starter swtch s turned to poston 0 or removed from the starter swtch. Resettng wll not occur f you turn the SmartKey back to poston 1 or 2 wthn ths tme perod. Resettng fuel consumpton statstcs Press button ÿ or è repeatedly untl you see the frst functon of the Trp computer menu. Press button j or k repeatedly untl you see the readng that you want to reset n the dsplay. Press and hold the reset button n the nstrument cluster ( page 24) untl the value s reset to 0. Callng up range (dstance to empty) Press button ÿ or è repeatedly untl you see the frst functon of the Trp computer menu. Press button j or k repeatedly untl you see ths message n the dsplay: Range: In the dsplay you wll see the calculated range based on the current fuel tank level. 168

170 Controls n detal Control system TEL menu* A drver s attenton to the road must always be hs/her prmary focus when drvng. For your safety and the safety of others, we recommend that you pull over to a safe locaton and stop before placng or takng a telephone call. If you choose to use the telephone whle drvng, please use the hands-free devce and only use the telephone when weather, road and traffc condtons permt. Some jursdctons prohbt the drver from usng a cellular telephone whle drvng a vehcle. Bear n mnd that at a speed of just 30 mph (approxmately 50 km/h), your vehcle s coverng a dstance of 44 feet (approxmately 14 m) every second. You can use the functons n the TEL menu to operate your telephone, provded t s connected to a hands-free system and swtched on. Never operate rado transmtters equpped wth a bult-n or attached antenna (.e. wthout beng connected to an external antenna) from nsde the vehcle whle the engne s runnng. Dong so could lead to a malfuncton of the vehcle s electronc system, possbly resultng n an accdent and/or personal njury. Swtch on the telephone and COMAND. Press button ÿ or è on the steerng wheel repeatedly untl you see the Tel menu n the dsplay. Whch messages wll appear n the dsplay feld depends on whether your telephone s swtched on or off: If the telephone s off, the message n the multfuncton dsplay s: PHONE off. If the telephone s on: The telephone wll then search for a network. Durng ths tme the dsplay s empty. As soon as the telephone has found a network, READY appears n the dsplay. Ths standby message ndcates that your telephone s ready for use and you can operate t usng the control system. 169

171 Controls n detal Control system Answerng a call When your telephone s ready to receve calls, you can answer a call at any tme. In the dsplay you wll then see the message: Press button s. You have answered the call. In the dsplay you see the length of the call. If you do not wsh to accept a call, press button t. Dalng a number from the phone book If your telephone s ready to receve calls, you may select and dal a number from the phone book at any tme. Press button ÿ or è repeatedly untl you see the Tel menu n the dsplay. Press button j or k. The control system reads the phone book whch s stored n the telephone. Ths may take up to 30 seconds. In the dsplay you wll see the message Please wat. When the message Please wat dsappears, the phone book has been loaded. Press button j or k repeatedly untl the desred name appears n the dsplay. The stored names are dsplayed n ascendng or descendng alphabetcal order. If you press and hold j or k for longer than one second, the system scrolls rapdly through the lst of names untl you release the button agan. Cancel the quck search mode by pressng t. Endng a call Press button t. You have ended the call. In the dsplay you wll agan see the standby message. 170

172 Controls n detal Control system Press button s. The system dals the selected phone number. If the connecton s successful, the name of the party you called and the duraton of the call wll appear n the dsplay. If no connecton s made, the control system stores the daled number n the redal memory. Redalng The control system stores the most recently daled phone numbers. Ths elmnates the need to search through your entre phone book. Press button ÿ or è repeatedly untl you see the Tel menu n the dsplay. Press button s. In the dsplay you see the frst number n the redal memory. Press button j or k repeatedly untl the desred name appears n the dsplay. Press button s. The control system dals the selected phone number. 171

173 Controls n detal Automatc transmsson For more nformaton on drvng wth an automatc transmsson, see the ettng started secton ( page 46). Your vehcle s transmsson adapts ts gear shftng process to your ndvdual drvng style by contnually adjustng the shft ponts up or down. These shft pont adjustments are performed based on current operatng and drvng condtons. If the operatng condtons change, the automatc transmsson reacts by adjustng ts gear shft program. 172 Durng the bref warm-up, transmsson upshftng s delayed. Ths allows the catalytc converter to reach ts operatng temperature earler. earshft pattern for automatc transmsson The automatc transmsson selects ndvdual gears automatcally, dependng on: the gear selector lever poston D wth gear ranges ( page 175) the selected program mode: (C/S)( page 177) or (M/C/S) (CLS 55 AM only) ( page 182) the poston of the accelerator pedal ( page 178) the vehcle speed 1 Current gear range/gear selector lever poston 2 Current program mode The current gear range/gear selector lever poston and program mode (C/S) or (M/C/S) appear n the multfuncton dsplay. An addtonal ndcaton of the current gear selector lever poston can be found on the cover of the shftng-gate. The ndcators come on when you actvate a swtch (e.g. unlockng the vehcle or openng a door) and go out after approxmately 15 mnutes.

174 Controls n detal Automatc transmsson It s dangerous to shft the gear selector lever out of P or N f the engne speed s hgher than dle speed. If your foot s not frmly on the brake pedal, the vehcle could accelerate quckly forward or reverse. You could lose control of the vehcle and ht someone or somethng. Only shft nto gear when the engne s dlng normally and when your rght foot s frmly on the brake pedal.! Allow engne to warm up under low load use. Do not place full load on the engne untl the operatng temperature has been reached. Shft nto reverse gear R or parkng poston P only when the vehcle s stopped. Avod spnnng of a drve wheel for an extended perod when drvng off on slppery road surfaces. Ths may cause serous damage to the drvetran whch s not covered by the Mercedes-Benz Lmted Warranty. When the gear selector lever s n poston D, you can nfluence transmsson shftng by: lmtng the gear range changng gears manually 173

175 Controls n detal Automatc transmsson One-touch gearshftng Even wth an automatc transmsson you can change the gears manually when the gear selector lever s n poston D. Downshftng Brefly press the gear selector lever to the left n the D- drecton. The transmsson wll shft from the current gear to the next lower gear as permtted by the shft program. Ths acton smultaneously lmts the gear range of the transmsson ( page 175). On slppery road surfaces, never downshft n order to obtan brakng acton. Ths could result n drve wheel slp and reduced vehcle control. Your vehcle s ABS wll not prevent ths type of loss of control. To avod overrevvng the engne when the gear selector lever s moved to the D- drecton, the transmsson wll not shft to a lower gear f the engne s max. speed would be exceeded. Upshftng Brefly press the gear selector lever to the rght n the D+ drecton. The transmsson wll shft from the current gear to the next hgher gear as permtted by the shft program. Ths acton smultaneously extends the gear range of the transmsson. Cancelng gear range lmt Press and hold the gear selector lever n the D+ drecton untl D reappears n the multfuncton dsplay. The transmsson wll shft from the current gear range drectly to gear range D. Shftng nto optmal gear range Press and hold the gear selector lever n the D- drecton. The transmsson wll automatcally select the gear range suted for optmal acceleraton and deceleraton. Ths wll nvolve shftng down one or more gears. 174

176 Controls n detal Automatc transmsson ear ranges Wth the gear selector lever n poston D, you can lmt the transmsson s gear range by pressng the gear selector lever to the left (D-), and reverse the gear range lmt by pressng the gear selector lever to the rght (D+). The selected gear range appears n the multfuncton dsplay. If you press on the accelerator when the engne has reached ts rpm lmt, the transmsson wll upshft beyond any gear range lmt selected. Effect ï The transmsson shfts through sxth gear only (apples only to vehcles wth 7-speed automatc transmsson). î The transmsson shfts through ffth gear only (apples only to vehcles wth 7-speed automatc transmsson). é The transmsson shfts through fourth gear only. è The transmsson shfts through thrd gear only. Wth ths selecton you can use the brakng effect of the engne. Effect ç The transmsson shfts through second gear only. Allows the use of engne s brakng power when drvng on steep downgrades n mountanous regons under extreme operatng condtons æ The transmsson operates n frst gear only. For maxmum use of engne s brakng effect on very steep or lengthy downgrades. 175

177 Controls n detal Automatc transmsson ear selector lever poston Effect ì Park poston ear selector lever poston when the vehcle s parked. Place gear selector lever n poston P only when vehcle s stopped. The park poston s not ntended to serve as a brake when the vehcle s parked. Rather, the drver should always set the parkng brake n addton to placng the gear selector lever n poston P to secure the vehcle. Effect The SmartKey can only be removed from the starter swtch wth the gear selector lever n poston P. Wth the SmartKey removed, the gear selector lever s locked n poston P. If the vehcle s electrcal system s malfunctonng, the gear selector lever could reman locked n poston P ( page 381). í Reverse gear Place gear selector lever n poston R only when vehcle s stopped. Effect ë Neutral No power s transmtted from the engne to the drve axle. When the brakes are released, the vehcle can be moved freely (pushed or towed). To avod damage to the transmsson, never engage N whle drvng. If the ESP s deactvated or malfunctonng: Move gear selector lever to N only f the vehcle s n danger of skddng, e.g. on cy roads. ê Drve The transmsson shfts automatcally. All forward gears are avalable. 176

178 Controls n detal Automatc transmsson! Coastng the vehcle, or drvng for any other reason wth gear selector lever n N can result n transmsson damage that s not covered by the Mercedes-Benz Lmted Warranty. ettng out of your vehcle wth the gear selector lever not fully engaged n poston P s dangerous. Also, poston P alone s not ntended to or capable of preventng your vehcle from movng, possbly httng people or objects. Always set the parkng brake n addton to shftng to poston P ( page 54). When parked on an nclne, turn the front wheels towards the road curb. Do not park ths vehcle n areas where combustble materals such as grass, hay or leaves can come nto contact wth the hot exhaust system, as these materals could be gnted and cause a vehcle fre. When leavng the vehcle, always remove the SmartKey or the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* from the starter swtch, take t wth you, and lock the vehcle. Do not leave chldren unattended n the vehcle, or wth access to an unlocked vehcle. Chldren could move the gear selector lever from poston P, whch could result n an accdent and/or serous personal njury. Automatc shft program The program mode selector swtch s located on the lower part of the center console. 1 Program mode selector swtch C Comfort For comfort drvng S Sport For standard drvng The current gear selector lever poston and the selected program mode (C/S) are ndcated n the multfuncton dsplay ( page 172). 177

179 Controls n detal Automatc transmsson! Never change the program mode when the gear selector lever s out of poston P. Ths could result n a change of drvng characterstcs for whch you may not be prepared. Tracton and drvng stablty are mproved on cy roads. Upshfts occur earler even when you gve more gas. The engne then operates at lower rpms and the wheels are less lkely to spn. Ease on the accelerator when you have reached the desred speed. The transmsson shfts up agan. Stoppng When you stop brefly, e.g. at traffc lghts: The last selected program mode (C or S) s swtched on when the engne s restarted. Press program mode selector swtch 1 repeatedly untl the letter of the desred shft program appears n the multfuncton dsplay. Select C for comfort drvng: The vehcle starts out n second gear (both forward and reverse) for gentler starts. Ths does not apply f full throttle s appled or gear range 1 s selected. Drvng tps Accelerator poston Your drvng style nfluences the transmsson s shftng behavor: Less throttle Earler upshftng More throttle Later upshftng Kckdown Use kckdown when you want maxmum acceleraton. Press the accelerator past the pont of resstance. The transmsson shfts nto a lower gear. Leave the transmsson n gear. Hold the vehcle wth the brake. When you stop longer wth the engne dlng and/or on a hll: Set the parkng brake. Move the gear selector lever to poston P. 178

180 Controls n detal Automatc transmsson Maneuverng When you maneuver n tght areas, e.g. when pullng nto a parkng space: Control the vehcle speed by gradually releasng the brakes. Accelerate gently. Never abruptly step on the accelerator. Workng on the vehcle Steerng wheel gearshft control CLS 500* The steerng wheel gearshft buttons are located to the left and rght of the steerng wheel. You cannot shft wth the steerng wheel gearshft buttons when the gear selector lever s n poston P, N or R. The last selected program mode (C or S) s swtched on when the engne s restarted n the automatc program mode. Downshftng When workng on the vehcle, set the parkng brake and move gear selector lever to poston P. Otherwse the vehcle could roll away. 1 Button, outsde: upshft 2 Button, nsde: downshft On slppery road surfaces, never downshft n order to obtan brakng acton. Ths could result n drve wheel slp and reduced vehcle control. Your vehcle s ABS wll not prevent ths type of loss of control. Press the nsde 2 of one of the buttons on the steerng wheel. 179

181 Controls n detal Automatc transmsson The transmsson wll shft to the next lower gear as permtted by the shft program. Ths acton smultaneously lmts the gear range of the transmsson ( page 175). Upshftng Press the outsde 1 of one of the buttons on the steerng wheel. The transmsson wll shft to the next hgher gear as permtted by the shft program. Ths acton smultaneously extends the gear range of the transmsson. Cancelng gear range lmt Press outsde of one of the buttons 1 ( page 179) on the steerng wheel untl D reappears n the multfuncton dsplay. The transmsson wll shft from the current gear range drectly to gear range D. Shftng nto optmal gear range Press nsde of one of the buttons 2 on the steerng wheel and hold the respectve button ( page 179). The transmsson wll automatcally select the gear range suted for optmal acceleraton and deceleraton. Ths wll nvolve shftng down one or more gears. Steerng wheel gearshft control CLS 55 AM When drvng n the automatc program modes C, S or n the manual program mode M you can change the gears manually on the steerng wheel or by usng the gear selector lever ( page 174). To avod overrevvng the engne when downshftng wth steerng wheel gearshft buttons, the transmsson wll not shft to a lower gear f the engne s max. speed would be exceeded.! Allow engne to warm up under low load use. Do not place full load on the engne untl the operatng temperature has been reached. Shft nto reverse gear R or parkng poston P only when the vehcle s stopped. Avod spnnng of a drve wheel for an extended perod when drvng off on slppery road surfaces. Ths may cause serous damage to the drvetran whch s not covered by the Mercedes-Benz Lmted Warranty. 180

182 Controls n detal Automatc transmsson The steerng wheel gearshft buttons are located to the left and rght of the steerng wheel. 1 Rght button: upshft 2 Left button: downshft You cannot shft wth the steerng wheel gearshft buttons when the gear selector lever s n poston P, N or R. The manual program mode M wll not be stored. When the engne s turned off wth the manual program mode M selected, the transmsson wll go to the automatc program mode (C or S) when the engne s restarted. The last selected program mode (C or S) s swtched on when the engne s restarted n the automatc program mode. Downshftng On slppery road surfaces, never downshft n order to obtan brakng acton. Ths could result n drve wheel slp and reduced vehcle control. Your vehcle s ABS wll not prevent ths type of loss of control. Press button 2 on the left sde of the steerng wheel. The transmsson wll shft to the next lower gear as permtted by the shft program. Ths acton smultaneously lmts the gear range of the transmsson ( page 175) when you are drvng n the automatc program mode (C or S). 181

183 Controls n detal Automatc transmsson Upshftng Press button 1 on the rght sde of the steerng wheel. The transmsson wll shft to the next hgher gear as permtted by the shft program. Ths acton smultaneously extends the gear range of the transmsson when you are drvng n the automatc program mode (C or S). Cancelng gear range lmt Press rght button 1 ( page 180) on the steerng wheel untl D reappears n the multfuncton dsplay. The transmsson wll shft from the current gear range drectly to gear range D. Shftng nto optmal gear range Press left button 2 on the steerng wheel and hold the respectve button ( page 180). The transmsson wll automatcally select the gear range suted for optmal acceleraton and deceleraton. Ths wll nvolve shftng down one or more gears. Manual shft program CLS 55 AM In the manual program mode M you can change the gears manually on the steerng wheel ( page 179) or by usng the gear selector lever ( page 174).! Allow engne to warm up under low load use. Do not place full load on the engne untl the operatng temperature has been reached. Shft nto reverse gear R or parkng poston P only when the vehcle s stopped. Avod spnnng of a drve wheel for an extended perod when drvng off on slppery road surfaces. Ths may cause serous damage to the drve tran whch s not covered by the Mercedes-Benz Lmted Warranty. 182

184 Controls n detal Automatc transmsson The program mode selector swtch s located on the lower part of the center console. 1 Program mode selector swtch M Manual For manual gear shftng C Comfort For comfort drvng S Sport For standard drvng The current gear selector lever poston and the selected program mode (M/C/S) are ndcated n the multfuncton dsplay ( page 172). Actvatng manual shft program Press program mode selector swtch 1 repeatedly untl the M for manual shft program mode M appears n the multfuncton dsplay. The transmsson swtches to the manual program mode M. Automatc shftng s swtched off. The gear range s not lmted. You can change the gears manually when the gear selector lever s n poston D. You can upshft or downshft through the gears n successon. Downshftng On slppery road surfaces, never downshft n order to obtan brakng acton. Ths could result n drve wheel slp and reduced vehcle control. Your vehcle s ABS wll not prevent ths type of loss of control. Brefly press the gear selector lever to the left n the D- drecton ( page 174). or Press button 1 on the left sde of the steerng wheel ( page 179). The transmsson shfts to the next lower gear. When you brake or stop, the transmsson shfts down to a gear from whch you can easly accelerate or take off. 183

185 Controls n detal Automatc transmsson Upshftng! In the manual program mode M, the transmsson wll not upshft, even f the engne has reached ts overrevvng range. Shft up to the next gear before the engne has reached ts overrevvng range. Make absolutely certan that the engne speed does not reach the red markng on the tachometer ( page 24). Otherwse the engne could be damaged whch s not covered by the Mercedes-Benz Lmted Warranty. Brefly press the gear selector lever to the rght n the D+ drecton ( page 174). or Press button 2 on the rght sde of the steerng wheel ( page 179). The transmsson shfts to the next hgher gear. If, nstead of the manual program mode symbol M, the p symbol appears n the multfuncton dsplay ( page 172), shft to the next hgher gear. The fuel supply wll otherwse be nterrupted to prevent the engne from overrevvng. Kckdown Usng the kckdown when drvng n the manual program mode M s not possble. Deactvatng manual shft program Press the program mode selector swtch ( page 177) repeatedly untl C or S appears n the multfuncton dsplay. or Restart the engne. The transmsson wll go to the automatc program mode (C or S). The manual program mode M s not stored. Emergency operaton (Lmp Home Mode) If vehcle acceleraton worsens or the transmsson no longer shfts, the transmsson s most lkely operatng n lmp home (emergency operaton) mode. In ths mode only second gear and reverse gear can be actvated. Stop the vehcle. Move gear selector lever to P. Turn off the engne. Wat at least ten seconds before restartng. Restart the engne. Move gear selector lever to poston D (for second gear) or R. Have the transmsson checked at an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possble. 184

186 ood vsblty For nformaton on wndsheld wpers, see Wndsheld wpers ( page 51). Headlamp cleanng system* The button s located on the left sde of the dashboard. 1 Headlamp washer button Swtch on the gnton ( page 34). Press button 1. The headlamps are cleaned wth a hgh-pressure water jet. The headlamps are cleaned automatcally f: the lghts are swtched on and the wndscreen s wped wth wndscreen washer flud ffteen tmes If the gnton s swtched off, the automatc headlamp cleanng mode s reset and countng s resumed from 0. For more nformaton on fllng up the washer reservor, see the Operaton secton ( page 286). Rear vew mrrors Controls n detal ood vsblty For more nformaton on settng the rear vew mrrors, see Mrrors ( page 41). Auto-dmmng mrrors The reflecton brghtness of the exteror rear vew mrror on the drver s sde and the nteror rear vew mrror wll respond automatcally to glare when the gnton s swtched on and ncomng lght from headlamps falls on the sensor n the nteror rear vew mrror. The rear vew mrrors wll not react f reverse gear s engaged the nteror lghtng s turned on 185

187 Controls n detal ood vsblty The auto-dmmng functon does not react f ncomng lght s not amed drectly at sensors n the nteror rear vew mrror. The nteror rear vew mrror and the exteror rear vew mrror on the drver s sde do not react, for example, f the rear wndow sunshade* s n rased poston. lare can endanger you and others. In case of an accdent, lqud electrolyte may escape from the mrror housng f the mrror glass breaks. Electrolyte has an rrtatng effect. Do not allow the lqud to come nto contact wth eyes, skn, clothng, or respratory system. In case t does, mmedately flush affected area wth water, and seek medcal help f necessary.! Electrolyte drops comng nto contact wth the vehcle pant fnsh can be completely removed only whle n the lqud state by applyng plenty of water. Exercse care when usng the passenger-sde exteror rear vew mrror. The mrror surface s convex (outwardly curved surface for a wder feld of vew). Objects n mrror are closer than they appear. Check your nteror rear vew mrror or glance over your shoulder before changng lanes. Actvatng exteror rear vew mrror parkng poston Follow these steps to actvate the mrror parkng poston so that the passenger-sde exteror rear vew mrror wll be turned downward to the stored poston. The buttons are located on the drver s door. 1 Drver s sde exteror rear vew mrror button 2 Passenger-sde exteror rear vew mrror button 186

188 Controls n detal ood vsblty Make sure you have stored a parkng poston for the passenger-sde exteror rear vew mrror ( page 129). Make sure the Mrror adjustment parkng ad functon n the Convenence submenu of the control system s swtched to on ( page 166). Swtch on the gnton ( page 34). Press button 2 for the passenger-sde exteror rear vew mrror. Place the gear selector lever n reverse gear R. The passenger-sde exteror rear vew mrror wll be turned downward to the stored poston. The exteror rear vew mrror returns to ts prevously stored drvng poston: ten seconds after you put the gear selector lever out of poston R mmedately once you exceed a vehcle speed of approx. 6 mph (10 km/h) mmedately when you press button 1 for drver s sde mrror. Sun vsors The sun vsors protect you from sun glare whle drvng. Do not use the vanty mrror whle drvng. Keep the mrrors n the sun vsors closed whle vehcle s n moton. Reflected glare can endanger you and others. Swng sun vsors 1 down when you experence glare. 1 Sun vsor 2 Mrror cover 3 Mrror lamp 4 Vanty mrror To use mrror, lft up cover 2. Make sure the sun vsor s properly engaged n the mountng. Lamp 3 swtches on. 187

189 Controls n detal ood vsblty If sunlght enters through a sde wndow: Dsengage sun vsor 1 from mountng. Pvot sun vsor to the sde. If you dsengage sun vsor 1 from mountng, the mrror lamp 3 wll swtch off. Rear wndow sunshade* The swtch s located n the center console. Press the swtch brefly at 1 to lower the sunshade. Always rase the sunshade fully for ts support aganst the wndow frame. When operatng the rear wndow sunshade, be sure that there s no danger of anyone beng harmed by the rasng or lowerng procedure. The rasng or lowerng procedure can be mmedately halted by brefly pressng swtch 1. To reverse drecton of movement, press swtch 1 agan. When leavng the vehcle, always remove the SmartKey or the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* from the starter swtch, take t wth you, and lock the vehcle. Do not leave chldren unattended n the vehcle, or wth access to an unlocked vehcle. Unsupervsed use of vehcle equpment can cause an accdent and/or serous personal njury. Swtch on the gnton ( page 34). Press the swtch brefly at 1 to rase the sunshade. 188

190 Controls n detal ood vsblty Rear wndow defroster The rear wndow defroster uses a large amount of power. To keep the battery dran to a mnmum, swtch off the defroster as soon as the rear wndow s clear. The defroster s automatcally deactvated after approxmately 6 to 20 mnutes of operaton dependng on the outsde temperature. Actvatng Press button F ( page 189) or button 1 ( page 193) on the respectve clmate control panel. The ndcator lamp on the button comes on. Deactvatng Press button F ( page 189) or button 1 ( page 193) agan. The ndcator lamp on the button goes out. Any accumulaton of snow and ce should be removed from the rear wndow before drvng. Vsblty could otherwse be mpared, endangerng you and others.! If the rear wndow defroster swtches off too soon and the ndcator lamp starts flashng, ths means that too many electrcal consumers are operatng smultaneously and there s nsuffcent voltage n the battery. The system responds automatcally by deactvatng the rear wndow defroster. As soon as the battery has suffcent voltage, the rear wndow defroster automatcally turns tself back on. 189

191 Controls n detal 4-zone automatc clmate control 190

192 Controls n detal 4-zone automatc clmate control 1 Left sde defroster vent, fxed 2 Left center ar vent, adjustable 3 Thumbwheel for ar volume control for left center ar vent 4 Thumbwheel for ar volume control for rght center ar vent 5 Rght center ar vent, adjustable 6 Rght sde defroster vent, fxed 7 Rght sde ar vent, adjustable 8 Thumbwheel for ar volume control for rght sde ar vent 9 Clmate control panel a Thumbwheel for ar volume control for left sde ar vent b Left sde ar vent, adjustable 1 Left rear center ar vent, adjustable 2 Rght rear center ar vent, adjustable 3 Thumbwheel for ar volume control for rght rear center ar vent 4 Temperature rocker swtch, rght 5 Dsplay 6 Temperature rocker swtch, left 7 Thumbwheel for ar volume control for left rear center ar vent 191

193 Controls n detal 4-zone automatc clmate control Your vehcle s equpped wth ether clmate control panel desgn A (Canada only) or B (USA only). Clmate control panel desgn A (Canada only) 1 Ar dstrbuton, left 2 Defrostng 3 Temperature rocker swtch, left 4 Dsplay 5 Temperature rocker swtch, rght 6 Rear wndow defroster 7 Ar dstrbuton, rght 8 Ar dstrbuton and ar volume, rght (automatc, manual) 9 AC coolng on/off a Rear ar-condtonng remote control b Increase ar volume c Clmate control on/off d Decrease ar volume e Ar recrculaton f Ar dstrbuton and ar volume, left (automatc, manual) 192

194 Controls n detal 4-zone automatc clmate control Clmate control panel desgn B (USA only) 1 Ar dstrbuton, left 7 Ar dstrbuton, rght c Clmate control on/off 2 Defrostng 3 Temperature rocker swtch, left 4 Dsplay 5 Temperature rocker swtch, rght 6 Rear wndow defroster 8 Ar dstrbuton and ar volume, rght (automatc, manual) 9 AC coolng on/off a Rear ar-condtonng remote control b Increase ar volume d e f Decrease ar volume Ar recrculaton Ar dstrbuton and ar volume, left (automatc, manual) 193

195 Controls n detal 4-zone automatc clmate control When operatng the clmate control, the ar that enters the passenger compartment through the ar vents n the footwell can be very hot or very cold (dependng on the set temperature). Ths may cause burn or frostbte to unprotected skn n the mmedate area of the ar vents. Always keep suffcent dstance between unprotected parts of the body and the footwell ar vents. If necessary change the ar flow usng the ar dstrbuton controls ( page 193) to drect the ar away from the footwell ar vents. The clmate control s a 4-zone ntellgent clmate control system. Your vehcle nteror s dvded nto 4 zones. Wth the help of a sun sensor, the clmate control determnes the relaton of the sun to the vehcle and automatcally adjusts the nsde temperature for every ndvdual zone. You can set the temperature for each of the 4 zones separately. These settngs can be assgned to a SmartKey and stored n memory ( page 165). The clmate control s operatonal whenever the engne s runnng. It cools the vehcle s nteror accordng to the angle and ntensty of the sun s rays, the outsde temperature and the selected temperature. You can operate the clmate control system n ether the automatc or manual mode. 194

196 Controls n detal 4-zone automatc clmate control Nearly all dust partcles, pollutants and odors are fltered out before outsde ar enters the passenger compartment through the ar dstrbuton system. The ar condtonng wll not engage (no coolng) f the A/C mode ( page 192) or ( page 193) s deactvated. Follow the recommended settngs for heatng and coolng gven on the followng pages. Otherwse the wndows could fog up, mparng vsblty and endangerng you and others. Severe condtons (e.g. strong ar polluton) may requre replacement of the flter before ts scheduled nterval. A clogged flter wll reduce the ar volume to the nteror. If the vehcle nteror s hot, ventlate the nteror before drvng off. Keep the ar ntake grlle n front of the wndsheld free of snow and debrs. Do not obstruct ar flow by placng objects on the ar flow-through exhaust slots below the rear wndow. Deactvatng the 4-zone automatc clmate control system Deactvatng It s possble to deactvate the clmate control system. Press button ( page 192) or ( page 193) untl the dsplay s cleared. The clmate control system s deactvated. Reactvatng When the ar condtonng s swtched off, the outsde ar supply and crculaton are also swtched off. Only choose ths settng for a short tme. Otherwse the wndows could fog up. Press button ( page 192) or ( page 193) agan. 195

197 Controls n detal 4-zone automatc clmate control Settng the temperature Use temperature control rocker swtches 3 and 5 ( page 192) or ( page 193) to separately adjust the ar temperature on each sde of the passenger compartment. You should rase or lower the temperature settng n small ncrements, preferably startng at 72 F (22 C). When operatng the clmate control system n automatc mode, you wll only rarely need to adjust the temperature, ar volume and ar dstrbuton. Increasng Push top of temperature control rocker swtch 3 and/or 5 ( page 192) or ( page 193). The clmate control system wll correspondngly adjust the nteror ar temperature. Decreasng Push bottom of temperature control rocker swtch 3 and/or 5 ( page 192) or ( page 193). The clmate control system wll correspondngly adjust the nteror ar temperature. Adjustng ar dstrbuton Use the ar dstrbuton controls 1 and 7 ( page 192) or ( page 193) or to separately adjust the ar dstrbuton on each sde of the passenger compartment. The followng symbols are found on the controls: Symbol a Z X Y Functon Drects ar through the center, sde and rear passenger compartment ar vents Drects ar to the wndows Drects ar nto the entre vehcle nteror Drects ar to the footwells 196

198 Controls n detal 4-zone automatc clmate control Adjustng manually Turn ar dstrbuton controls on each sde of the passenger compartment to the desred symbol. The ndcator lamp n the U button goes out. Adjustng automatcally Press left or rght U button ( page 192) or ( page 193). The ndcator lamp n the U button llumnates. The ar dstrbuton s adjusted automatcally. Wndsheld fogged on the outsde Swtch the wndsheld wpers on. Press the left or rght U button ( page 192) or ( page 193). Adjustng ar volume Adjustng manually Nne blower speeds are avalable. Press to decrease or Q ( page 192) or ( page 193) to ncrease ar volume to the desred level. The AUTO dsplay dsappears and the automatc mode s swtched off. The selected blower speed s shown n the dsplay. Adjustng automatcally Press left or rght U button ( page 192) or ( page 193). The AUTO dsplay appears and the ar volume s adjusted automatcally. Defrostng Actvatng Press button P ( page 192) or button 0 ( page 193). The ndcator lamp on the button comes on. The ar condtonng swtches automatcally to the followng functons: These settngs should only be selected for a short tme. maxmum blowng and heatng power ar flows onto the wndsheld and the front sde wndows the ar recrculaton mode s swtched off 197

199 Controls n detal 4-zone automatc clmate control Deactvatng Press button P ( page 192) or button 0 ( page 193). The ndcator lamp on the button goes out. Defrostng s turned off. Maxmum coolng MAX COOL If the left and rght ar dstrbuton controls as well as the arflow volume control are set to U and there s a hgh need for coolng, the dsplay MAX COOL appears n the front and rear dsplay. Ths provdes the fastest possble coolng of the vehcle nteror (when wndows and tlt/sldng sunroof are closed). Ar recrculaton mode Swtch to ar recrculaton mode to prevent unpleasant odors from enterng the vehcle from the outsde. Ths settng cuts off the ntake of outsde ar and recrculates the ar n the passenger compartment. Actvatng When the outsde temperature s below 41 F (5 C), only swtch to ar recrculaton mode for short perods to prevent wndow foggng. Wndow foggng may mpar vsblty and endanger you and others. Press button O ( page 192) or ( page 193). The ndcator lamp on the button comes on. Press and hold button O for approx. two seconds. The sde wndows and tlt/sldng roof* wll close. You can release button O once the closng procedure has begun. The wndows and tlt/sldng sunroof contnue closng untl they are fully closed. Never operate the sde wndows and tlt/sldng sunroof f there s the possblty of anyone beng harmed by the openng or closng procedure. In case the procedure causes potental danger: Vehcles wth tlt/sldng sunroof: The closng of the sde wndows can be mmedately halted by pressng or pullng the respectve wndow swtch. The closng of the tlt/sldng sunroof can be mmedately halted by movng the swtch for the tlt/sldng sunroof n any drecton. The closng of the sde wndows and the tlt/sldng sunroof can be reversed by agan pressng and holdng the O button. 198

200 Controls n detal 4-zone automatc clmate control Deactvatng The ar recrculaton mode s actvated automatcally: at hgh outsde temperatures f the concentraton of carbon monoxde and ntrogen oxde n the outsde ar ncreases, for example n a tunnel If you have turned off the ar condtonng ( page 193) or the outsde temperature s below 41 F (5 C), the ar recrculaton mode wll not swtch on automatcally. Press button O ( page 192) or ( page 193). The ndcator lamp on the button goes out. Press and hold button O for approx. two seconds. The sde wndows and tlt/sldng sunroof wll return to ther prevous poston. You can release button O once the openng procedure has begun. The wndows and tlt/sldng sunroof contnue openng untl they have reached ther prevous poston. A wndow or tlt/sldng sunroof wll only return to ts prevous poston f t has not been moved to another poston usng the respectve wndow swtch or tlt/sldng sunroof swtch after t was closed wth button O. A wndow or tlt/sldng sunroof that has been moved wll reman n ts current poston f button O s used to re-open the remanng wndows or tlt/sldng sunroof. The ar recrculaton mode s deactvated automatcally: after fve mnutes f the outsde temperature s below approxmately 41 F (5 C) after fve mnutes f the ar condtonng s turned off after 30 mnutes f the outsde temperature s above approxmately 41 F (5 C) At outsde temperatures above 79 F (26 C) the system wll not automatcally swtch back to outsde ar. A quantty of outsde ar s added after approxmately 30 mnutes. 199

201 Controls n detal 4-zone automatc clmate control Combnaton flter wth pollutant-senstve ar-recrculaton mode The combnaton flter reduces pollutants and unpleasant odors n the outsde ar. The pollutant-senstve ar-recrculaton mode automatcally swtches off the supply of outsde ar when pollutants are detected n the ar. Ar condtonng The ar condtonng s operatonal whle the engne s runnng and cools the nteror ar to the temperature set by the operator. 200 The pollutant-senstve ar-recrculaton mode s not possble f you have swtched off the ar condtonng or f the temperature falls below 41 F (5 C). Deactvatng It s possble to deactvate the ar condtonng (coolng) functon of the clmate control system. The ar n the vehcle wll then no longer be cooled or dehumdfed. Condensaton may drp out from underneath the vehcle. Ths s normal and not an ndcaton of a malfuncton. Press button 2 ( page 192)or ( page 193). If you turn off the coolng functon, the vehcle wll not be cooled when weather condtons are warm. The wndows can fog up more quckly. Wndow foggng may mpar vsblty and endanger you and others. The ndcator lamp on the button goes out. The coolng functon s swtched off. Actvatng Most ar can fog up the wndows. You can dehumdfy the ar wth the ar condtonng. Press button 2 ( page 192)or ( page 193) agan. The ndcator lamp on the button comes on. The ar condtonng uses the refrgerant R134a. Ths refrgerant s free of CFCs whch are harmful to the ozone layer.! If the ar condtonng cannot be turned on agan, ths ndcates that the ar condtonng s losng refrgerant. The compressor has turned tself off. Have the ar condtonng checked at the nearest authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center.

202 Controls n detal 4-zone automatc clmate control Resdual heat and ventlaton (avalable on 4-zone automatc clmate control panel desgn A, Canada only) Wth the engne swtched off, t s possble to contnue to heat or ventlate the nteror for up to 30 mnutes. Ths feature makes use of the resdual heat produced by the engne. Actvatng Turn the SmartKey n the starter swtch to poston 0 or 1, or remove t from the starter swtch. Press button T ( page 192). REST n the dsplay comes on. Deactvatng Press button T ( page 192). REST n the dsplay goes out. The resdual heat s automatcally turned off when the gnton s swtched on after about 30 mnutes f the battery voltage drops How long the system wll provde heatng depends on the coolant temperature and the temperature set by the operator. The blower wll run at speed settng 1 regardless of the ar dstrbuton control settng. Rear ar condtonng 1 Left rear center ar vent, adjustable 2 Rght rear center ar vent, adjustable 3 Thumbwheel for ar volume control for rght rear center ar vent 4 Temperature rocker swtch, rght 5 Dsplay 6 Temperature rocker swtch, left 7 Thumbwheel for ar volume control for left rear center ar vent 201

203 Controls n detal 4-zone automatc clmate control Adjustng the rear settngs wth the front control panel The normal dsplay wll appear when the or 5 button s pressed agan. Dsplay 1 Temperature, left 2 Temperature, rght Basc settngs We recommend settng the temperature on both the left- and rght-hand sdes to 72 F (22 C). Ths ensures a pleasant temperature n the rear of the vehcle. The temperatures for the left- and rght-hand sdes can be set usng temperature rocker swtches 4 and 6. Dsplay Press the button ( page 192) or 5 ( page 193). The dsplay swtches over. The temperature for the rear left- and rght-hand sdes of the vehcle can be set wth temperature rocker swtches 3 and 5 ( page 192) or ( page 193). The temperature dsplay dsappears approxmately fve seconds after the last SmartKey confrmaton and swtches back to the normal dsplay. 202

204 Power wndows Openng and closng the wndows The sde wndows are opened and closed electrcally. The swtches for all of the sde wndows are on the drver s door. The swtches for the respectve wndows are on the front passenger door and the rear doors. 1 Rear wndow overrde swtch ( page 77) 2 Rght front wndow 3 Rght rear wndow 4 Left rear wndow 5 Left front wndow When closng the wndows, make sure that there s no danger of anyone beng harmed by the closng procedure. The closng of the door wndows can be mmedately halted by releasng the swtch or, f swtch was pulled past the resstance pont and released, by ether pressng or pullng the respectve swtch. The door wndows are equpped wth the express-close and automatc reversal functon. If the wndow encounters an obstructon that blocks ts path n a crcumstance where you pulled the swtch past the resstance pont and released t to close the wndow, the automatc reversal functon wll stop the wndow and open t slghtly. Controls n detal Power wndows If the wndow encounters an obstructon that blocks ts path n a crcumstance where you are closng the wndow by pullng and holdng the swtch, by pressng and holdng button on the SmartKey, by pressng and holdng the lock button (vehcles wth KEYLESS-O*) on the door handle, or by pressng and holdng the O button on the clmate control panel, the automatc reversal functon wll not operate. When leavng the vehcle, always remove the SmartKey or SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* from the starter swtch, take t wth you, and lock the vehcle. Do not leave chldren unattended n the vehcle, or wth access to an unlocked vehcle. Unsupervsed use of vehcle equpment can cause an accdent and/or serous personal njury. 203

205 Controls n detal Power wndows You can also open or close the wndows usng the SmartKey, see Summer openng feature ( page 206) and Convenence closng feature ( page 206). You can close and reopen the wndows usng the ar recrculaton button O n the control panel of the clmate control ( page 193). Operatng the wndows from the rear s not possble f you actvate the overrde swtch ( page 77). Wth the SmartKey n starter swtch poston 0 or removed from the starter swtch, the power wndows can be operated: untl you open the drver s or front passenger s door for at least fve mnutes. Swtch on the gnton ( page 34). Openng the wndows Press swtch 2 to 5 to the resstance pont. The correspondng wndow wll move downwards untl you release the swtch. Closng the wndows Pull swtch 2 to 5 to the resstance pont. The correspondng wndow wll move upwards untl you release the swtch. Warnng If you pull and hold the swtch up when closng the wndow, and upward movement of the wndow s blocked by some obstructon ncludng but not lmted to arms, hands, fngers, etc., the automatc reversal wll not operate. 204

206 Controls n detal Power wndows Fully openng the wndows (Express-open) Press swtch 2 to 5 past the resstance pont and release. The correspondng wndow opens completely. Fully closng the wndows (Express-close) Pull swtch 2 to 5 past the resstance pont and release. The correspondng wndow closes completely. Drver s door only: If wthn fve seconds swtch s agan pulled past the resstance pont and released, the automatc reversal wll not operate. Stoppng wndows durng Express-operaton! If the upward movement of the wndow s blocked durng the closng procedure, the wndow wll stop and open slghtly. Remove the obstructon, pull the respectve power wndow swtch agan past the resstance pont and release. If the wndow stll does not close when there s no obstructon, pull and hold the respectve power wndow swtch. The sde wndow wll then close wthout the obstructon sensor functon. Press or pull the respectve power wndow swtch agan. Synchronzng power wndows The power wndows must be synchronzed after the battery has been dsconnected f the power wndows cannot be fully opened (Express-open) or closed (Express-close) Synchronzng Close all doors. Swtch on the gnton ( page 34). Pull swtch 2 to 5 untl the sde wndows are completely closed. Hold on to swtches 2 to 5 for approxmately one second. The power wndows are synchronzed. 205

207 Controls n detal Power wndows Summer openng feature If the weather s warm, you can ventlate the vehcle before drvng off by smultaneously: openng the sde wndows openng the tlt/sldng sunroof turnng on the seat ventlaton* for the drver s seat The seat ventlaton* for the drver s seat s automatcally set to the hghest level f actvated va summer openng feature. SmartKey Wth the vehcle unlocked, am transmtter eye of the SmartKey or Smart- Key wth KEYLESS-O* at the drver s outsde door handle. The SmartKey or SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* must be n close proxmty to the drver s outsde door handle. Press and hold button Πuntl the wndows and the tlt/sldng sunroof have reached the desred poston. Release button Πto nterrupt procedure. Convenence closng feature When you lock the vehcle, you can close the wndows, tlt/sldng sunroof smultaneously. Am transmtter eye of the SmartKey at the drver s outsde door handle ( page 206). The SmartKey or Smart- Key wth KEYLESS-O* must be n close proxmty to the drver s outsde door handle. Press and hold button untl the wndows, the tlt/sldng sunroof are completely closed. 206

208 Controls n detal Power wndows Vehcles wth KEYLESS-O*: 1 Lock button on the door handle Press and hold the lock button 1 at the outsde door handle untl the wndows, the tlt/sldng sunroof are completely closed. Release the lock button 1 at the outsde door handle to nterrupt procedure. When closng the wndows and the tlt/sldng sunroof, make sure that there s no danger of anyone beng harmed by the closng procedure. If potental danger exsts, proceed as follows: Release button to stop the closng procedure. To open, press and hold button Œ. To contnue the closng procedure after makng sure that there s no danger of anyone beng harmed by the closng procedure, press and hold button. Vehcles wth KEYLESS-O*: Release the lock button ( page 57) on the exteror drver s door handle to stop the closng procedure. Pull on the exteror drver s door handle and hold frmly. The sde wndows and the tlt/sldng sunroof wll open for as long as the door handle s held but the door not opened. 207

209 Controls n detal Power tlt /sldng sunroof Openng and closng the power tlt/sldng sunroof The tlt/sldng sunroof can be opened and closed electrcally. The swtch for the tlt/sldng sunroof s on the overhead control panel. Sunroof swtch 1 Push back to slde sunroof open 2 Push forward to slde sunroof closed 3 Push up to rase sunroof at rear 4 Pull down to lower sunroof at rear Wth the sunroof closed or tlted open, a screen can be sld nto the sunroof openng to guard aganst sun rays. When sldng the sunroof open, the screen wll also retract. When closng the tlt/sldng sunroof, make sure there s no danger of anyone beng harmed by the closng procedure. The openng/closng procedure of the tlt/sldng sunroof can be mmedately halted by releasng the swtch or, f the swtch was moved past the resstance pont and released, by movng the swtch n any drecton. The tlt/sldng sunroof s made out of glass. In the event of an accdent, the glass may shatter. Ths may result n an openng n the roof. In a vehcle rollover, occupants not wearng ther seat belts or not wearng them properly may be thrown out of the openng. Such an openng also presents a potental for njury for occupants wearng ther seat belts properly as entre body parts or portons of them may protrude from the passenger compartment. 208

210 Controls n detal Power tlt /sldng sunroof When leavng the vehcle, always remove the SmartKey or the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* from the starter swtch, take t wth you, and lock the vehcle. Do not leave chldren unattended n the vehcle, or wth access to an unlocked vehcle. Unsupervsed use of vehcle equpment can cause an accdent and/or serous personal njury.! To avod damagng the seals, do not transport any objects wth sharp edges whch can stck out of the tlt/sldng sunroof. Do not open the tlt/sldng sunroof f there s snow or ce on the roof, as ths could result n malfunctons. The tlt/sldng sunroof can be opened or closed manually should an electrcal malfuncton occur ( page 383). You can also open or close the tlt/sldng sunroof usng the SmartKey (summer openng/convenence closng feature) ( page 206). You can close and reopen the tlt/sldng sunroof usng the ar recrculaton button O n the control panel of the clmate control ( page 193). Swtch on the gnton ( page 46). Openng and closng the power tlt/sldng sunroof To open, close, rase or lower the tlt/sldng sunroof, move the sunroof swtch to resstance pont n the requred drecton of arrows 1 to 4. Release the sunroof swtch when the tlt/sldng sunroof has reached the desred poston. Fully openng (Express-open) and closng (Express-close) the power tlt/sldng sunroof To open or close the tlt/sldng sunroof, move the sunroof swtch past the resstance pont n the drecton of arrow 1 to 2 and release. The tlt/pop up roof opens or closes completely. 209

211 Controls n detal Power tlt /sldng sunroof Stoppng the power tlt/sldng sunroof durng Express-operaton Move the sunroof swtch n any drecton. If the movement of the tlt/sldng sunroof s blocked durng the closng procedure, the tlt/sldng sunroof wll stop and reopen slghtly. Synchronzng the power tlt/sldng sunroof The tlt/sldng sunroof must be synchronzed after the battery has been dsconnected or dscharged after the tlt/sldng sunroof has been closed manually ( page 383) after a malfuncton f the tlt/sldng sunroof does not open smoothly Move and hold the sunroof swtch n the drecton of arrow 3 untl the tlt/sldng sunroof s fully rased at the rear. Keep holdng the sunroof swtch n the drecton of arrow 3 for approxmately one second. Check the Express-open feature ( page 209). If the tlt/sldng sunroof opens completely, the roof s synchronzed. Otherwse repeat the above steps. Remove the respectve fuse from the man fuse box ( page 412). Rensert the fuse n the man fuse box. Swtch on the gnton ( page 34). 210

212 Drvng systems The followng drvng systems are explaned on the followng pages: Cruse control and Dstronc*, wth whch the vehcle can mantan a preset speed Armatc DC adjusts the vehcle suspenson characterstcs automatcally and controls the vehcle level Parktronc system*, whch asssts the drver durng parkng maneuvers The BAS, ABS, ESP and SBC are descrbed n the Safety and Securty secton ( page 79). Cruse control The cruse control automatcally mantans the speed you set for your vehcle. Use of cruse control s recommended for drvng at a constant speed for extended perods of tme. You can set or resume cruse control at any speed above 20 mph (30 km/h). The cruse control functon s operated by means of the cruse control lever. The cruse control lever s the uppermost lever on the left-hand sde of the steerng column ( page 22). Controls n detal Drvng systems The cruse control s a convenence system desgned to assst the drver durng vehcle operaton. The drver s and must always reman responsble for the vehcle speed and for safe brake operaton. Only use the cruse control f the road, traffc, and weather condtons make t advsable to travel at a steady speed. The use of cruse control can be dangerous on wndng roads or n heavy traffc because condtons do not allow safe drvng at a steady speed. The use of cruse control can be dangerous on slppery roads. Rapd changes n tre tracton can result n wheel spn and loss of control. Deactvate the cruse control when drvng n fog. The Resume functon should only be operated f the drver s fully aware of the prevously set speed and wshes to resume ths partcular preset speed. 211

213 Controls n detal Drvng systems 1 Set current or hgher speed 2 Set current or lower speed 3 Cancel cruse control 4 Resume at last set speed Settng current speed Accelerate or decelerate to the desred speed. Brefly lft 1 or depress 2 the cruse control lever. The current speed s set. Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal. Cruse control s actvated. The selected speed appears n the multfuncton dsplay for approxmately fve seconds, and the correspondng speedometer segments from the selected speed to the vehcle maxmum speed are llumnated. On uphll or downhll grades, the cruse control may not be able to mantan the set speed. Once the grade eases, the set speed wll be resumed. On downhll grades, the cruse control mantans the set speed wth actve brakng acton. In addton, on longer downhll grades the automatc transmsson wll automatcally downshft. The cruse control brakes automatcally so that the set speed s not exceeded. Keep n mnd that the cruse control s a convenence system desgned to assst the drver durng vehcle operaton. The drver s and must reman at all tmes responsble for the vehcle speed and for safe brake operaton. 212

214 Controls n detal Drvng systems Cancelng cruse control There are several ways to cancel the cruse control: Step on the brake pedal. The cruse control s canceled. The last speed set s stored for later use. or Brefly push the cruse control lever n drecton of arrow 3 ( page 212). The cruse control s canceled. The last speed set s stored for later use. The last stored speed s canceled when you turn off the engne. The cruse control automatcally swtches off, f you step on the brake pedal. you depress the parkng brake pedal. In ths case the segments n the multfuncton dsplay ( page 143) go out and no warnng sounds. the vehcle speed s below 20 mph (30 km/h). the ESP s n operaton or swtched off wth the ESP swtch ( page 83). you move the gear selector lever to poston N whle drvng. The segments n the multfuncton dsplay ( page 143) go out, and an acoustc warnng sounds.! Movng the gear selector lever to poston N whle drvng also cancels the cruse control. However, the gear selector lever should not be moved to poston N whle drvng except to coast when the vehcle s n danger of skddng (e.g. on cy roads). Depressng the accelerator pedal does not deactvate the cruse control. After bref acceleraton (e.g. for passng), the cruse control wll resume the last speed set. 213

215 Controls n detal Drvng systems Settng a hgher speed Lft the cruse control lever n drecton of arrow 1 ( page 212) and hold t up untl the desred speed s reached. Release the cruse control lever. The new speed s set. Settng a lower speed Depress the cruse control lever n drecton of arrow 2 ( page 212) and hold t down untl the desred speed s reached. Release the cruse control lever. The new speed s set. When you use the cruse control lever to decelerate, the brake system wll automatcally brake the vehcle f the engne s brakng power does not brake the vehcle suffcently. Fne adjustment n 1 mph (Canada: 1 km/h) ncrements Faster Brefly tp the cruse control lever n drecton of arrow 1 ( page 212). Slower Brefly tp the cruse control lever n drecton of arrow 2 ( page 212). Settng to last stored speed ( Resume functon) The speed stored n memory should only be set agan f prevalng road condtons permt. Possble acceleraton or deceleraton dfferences arsng from returnng to the preset speed could cause an accdent and/or serous njury to you and others. Brefly pull the cruse control lever to poston 4 ( page 212). The cruse control resume the last set speed. Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal. The selected speed appears n the multfuncton dsplay for approxmately fve seconds, and the correspondng speedometer segments from the selected speed to the vehcle maxmum speed are llumnated. 214

216 Controls n detal Drvng systems Dstronc* When actvated, the Dstronc adaptve cruse control system ncreases drvng convenence afforded by the cruse control durng travel on expressways and other major roads. If the Dstronc dstance sensor detects a slower movng vehcle drectly ahead, your vehcle speed wll be reduced so that you follow that vehcle at a preset dstance. If there s no vehcle drectly ahead of you, Dstronc wll functon n the same way as cruse control ( page 212). Dstronc adaptve cruse control s no substtute for actve drvng nvolvement. It does not react to statonary objects, nor recognze or predct the curvature and lane layout or the movement of vehcles ahead. Dstronc can only apply a maxmum of 20% of the vehcle s brakng power. It s the drver s responsblty at all tmes to be attentve to road, traffc, and weather condtons and to provde the steerng, brakng and other drvng nputs necessary to retan control of the vehcle. Dstronc s a convenence system. Its speed adjustment reducton capablty s ntended to make cruse control more effectve and usable when traffc speeds vary. It s not however, ntended to, nor does t, replace the need for extreme care. The responsblty for the vehcle speed and the dstance to the vehcle ahead, ncludng most mportantly brake operaton to assure safe stoppng dstance, always rests wth the drver. Dstronc cannot take street and traffc condtons nto account. Dstronc requres famlarty wth ts operatonal characterstcs. We strongly recommend that you revew the followng nformaton carefully before operatng the system. USA only: Ths devce comples wth Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operaton s subject to the followng two condtons: (1) Ths devce may not cause harmful nterference, and (2) ths devce must accept any nterference receved, ncludng nterference that may cause undesred operaton. Any unauthorzed modfcaton to ths devce could vod the user s authorty to operate the equpment. 215

217 Controls n detal Drvng systems Canada only: Ths devce comples wth RSS-210 of Industry Canada. Operaton s subject to the followng two condtons: (1) Ths devce may not cause nterference, and (2) ths devce must accept any nterference receved, ncludng nterference that may cause undesred operaton of the devce. Any unauthorzed modfcaton to ths devce could vod the user s authorty to operate the equpment. Dstronc cannot take street and traffc condtons nto account. Only use Dstronc f the road, weather and traffc condtons make t advsable to travel at a steady speed. Use of Dstronc can be dangerous on slppery roads. Rapd changes n tre tracton can result n wheel spn and loss of control. Dstronc does not act upon adverse sght dstance condtons. Do not use Dstronc durng condtons of fog and heavy ran, snow or sleet. Close attenton to road and traffc condtons s mperatve at all tmes, regardless of whether or not Dstronc s actvated. Use of Dstronc can be dangerous on wndng roads or n heavy traffc because condtons do not allow safe drvng at a steady speed. Dstronc wll not react to statonary objects n the roadway (e.g. a stopped vehcle n a traffc jam or a dsabled vehcle). Dstronc wll also not respond to oncomng vehcles. Swtch off Dstronc: when changng from the left to the rght lane f vehcles are movng more slowly n the left lane when enterng a turn lane or hghway off ramp n complex drvng stuatons, such as n hghway constructon zones In these stuatons, Dstronc wll contnue to mantan the set speed unless deactvated. Dstronc s desgned and ntended only to mantan a set speed and keep a set dstance from movng objects n front of t. The Resume functon should only be operated f the drver s fully aware of the prevously set speed and wshes to resume ths partcular preset speed. 216

218 Controls n detal Drvng systems Dstronc dsplays n the speedometer dal 1 Set speed If Dstronc s actvated, one or two segments come on around the set speed. The vehcle speed dsplayed on the speedometer can brefly vary from the speed settng on the Dstronc system. 1 Segments If Dstronc detects a vehcle drectly ahead, the segments (representng the dfference) from the speed of the vehcle ahead to the set speed come on. If Dstronc calculates that there s a danger of collson: The dstance warnng lamp l n the nstrument cluster comes on red. An ntermttent warnng sounds. Immedately brake the vehcle to avod a collson. Under no crcumstances should the drver awat the ntermttent warnng sound before brakng. See the followng warnng note. The ntermttent warnng sound ceases and the red dstance warnng lamp l goes out when the necessary dstance to the vehcle ahead s agan establshed. 217

219 Controls n detal Drvng systems An ntermttent warnng sounds and the dstance warnng lamp l n the nstrument cluster s llumnated f the Dstronc system calculates that the dstance to the vehcle ahead and your vehcle s current speed ndcate that Dstronc wll not be capable of slowng the vehcle suffcently to mantan the preset followng dstance, whch creates a danger of a collson. Immedately brake the vehcle to ncrease the dstance to the vehcle n front of you. The warnng sound s ntended as a fnal cauton that you have not nterceded wth your own brakng nputs to avod a potentally dangerous stuaton. Do not wat for the operaton of the warnng sgnal to ntercede wth your own brakng, as that wll result n potentally dangerous emergency brakng whch wll not always result n an mpact beng avoded. Talgatng ncreases the rsk of an accdent. Dstronc brakes your vehcle wth a maxmum deceleraton of 6.5 ft/s 2 (2 m/s 2 ). Ths corresponds to about 20% of the maxmum deceleraton ablty of your vehcle. Dstronc brakes the vehcle n an effort to restore the preset dstance or to mantan the speed. Dstronc menu n the control system In the Dstronc menu you can read the current settngs for Dstronc. What appears n the dsplay depends on whether Dstronc and the dstance warnng functon are turned on or off. Press button è or ÿ repeatedly untl you see one of the followng dsplays. 218

220 Controls n detal Drvng systems Dstronc deactvated When Dstronc s deactvated you wll see the standard dsplay n the multfuncton dsplay. Dstronc actvated If you turn Dstronc on, you wll see the set speed n the multfuncton dsplay for about fve seconds. When Dstronc s actvated, you wll see the followng dsplay n the multfuncton dsplay. Cruse control lever The Dstronc system s operated by means of the cruse control lever. The cruse control lever s the uppermost lever on the left-hand sde of the steerng column. 1 Vehcle ahead, f detected 2 Actual dstance to vehcle ahead 3 Preset dstance threshold to vehcle ahead 4 Your vehcle 5 Symbol for actvated dstance warnng functon 1 Dstronc actvated 1 Set current or hgher speed 2 Set current or lower speed 3 Deactvate Dstronc 4 Resume at last set speed 219

221 Controls n detal Drvng systems Actvatng Dstronc You can actvate Dstronc f: you are drvng between 20 mph (30 km/h) and 110 mph (180 km/h) the ESP s actvated ( page 81) If Dstronc has not been actvated after pressng the cruse control lever you wll see the message --- n the multfuncton dsplay. In the followng cases you cannot actvate Dstronc: up to two mnutes after startng the engne when you brake f you have set the parkng brake f the gear selector lever s n poston P, R or N f the ESP s swtched off Settng the current speed Accelerate or decelerate to the desred speed. Brefly lft or depress the cruse control lever. Dstronc s actvated and the current speed s set. Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal. If you do not take your foot off the accelerator completely, the followng message wll appear n the multfuncton dsplay: Dstronc overrde. The dstance to a slower movng vehcles n front of you wll not be set. Your vehcle speed wll then be determned only by the accelerator pedal poston. Settng a hgher speed Brefly tp the cruse control lever n the drecton of arrow 1 ( page 219) to ncrease vehcle speed n ncrements of 5 mph (Canada: 10 km/h). The new speed s set. The stored speed s dsplayed n the multfuncton dsplay for approxmately fve seconds ( page 219), and one or two segments around the stored speed come on, on the speedometer ( page 217). Depressng the accelerator pedal does not deactvate Dstronc. After bref acceleraton (e.g. for passng), the cruse control wll resume the last speed set. 220

222 Controls n detal Drvng systems Settng a lower speed Brefly tp the cruse control lever n the drecton of arrow 2 ( page 219) to decrease vehcle speed n ncrements of 5 mph (Canada: 10 km/h). The new speed s set. The stored speed s dsplayed n the multfuncton dsplay for approxmately fve seconds ( page 219), and one or two segments around the stored speed come on, on the speedometer ( page 217). When you use the cruse control lever to decelerate, the brakes wll be appled to support deceleraton. In addton, the transmsson wll automatcally downshft on long downhll grades. Fne adjustment n 1 mph (Canada: 1 km/h) ncrements Faster Brefly tp the cruse control lever n the drecton of arrow 4 ( page 219). Settng stored speed ( Resume functon) The speed stored n memory should only be set agan f prevalng road condtons permt. Possble acceleraton or deceleraton dfferences arsng from returnng to the preset speed could cause an accdent and/or serous njury to you and others. Brefly tp the cruse control lever n the drecton of arrow 4 ( page 219). Dstronc s actvated and set to the last stored speed. Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal. 221

223 Controls n detal Drvng systems Deactvatng Dstronc There are several ways to deactvate the Dstronc system: Brefly tp the cruse control lever n the drecton of arrow 3 ( page 219). or Step on the brake pedal. Dstronc wll be deactvated. The last speed set wll be stored n memory. The followng message wll appear n the multfuncton dsplay for approxmately fve seconds: Dstronc off. The last stored speed s deleted when you turn off the engne. Dstronc deactvates automatcally when: you set the parkng brake you drve slower than 20 mph (30 km/h) the ESP s actve ( page 81) or you deactvate the ESP you move the gear selector lever nto poston N A sgnal wll sound. The Dstronc off message appears n the multfuncton dsplay for approxmately fve seconds. Dstronc swtches off and releases the brakes when the vehcle decelerates below the mnmum speed of approxmately 20 mph (30 km/h) by operaton of the system. At that tme the drver must apply the brakes n order to reduce vehcle speed further or brng t to a stop. Settng the followng dstance n Dstronc You can set the specfed followng dstance for Dstronc by varyng the tme settng between 1.0 and 2.0 seconds. Usng ths tme settng and the current speed of your vehcle, Dstronc calculates and sets the requred followng dstance to the vehcle ahead. The set dstance wll be shown n the multfuncton dsplay feld. The thumbwheel for makng the tme settng s located on the lower secton of the center console. It s up to the drver to exercse dscreton to select the approprate settng gven road condtons, traffc, drver s preferred drvng style and applcable laws and drvng recommendatons for safe followng dstance. 222

224 Controls n detal Drvng systems 1 Dstance warnng functon on/off swtch 2 Control lamp 3 Thumbwheel for settng dstance Increasng dstance Increasng the dstance settng tells Dstronc to mantan a greater followng dstance to the vehcle ahead. Turn thumbwheel 3 towards. Decreasng dstance Decreasng the dstance settng tells Dstronc to mantan a shorter followng dstance to the vehcle ahead. Turn thumbwheel 3 towards. Dstance warnng functon When Dstronc s deactvated, ths functon wll contnue to warn you when recognzng a statonary obstacle or a slower vehcle movng n the vehcle s path and the danger of a collson exsts: The dstance warnng lamp l n the nstrument cluster comes on. An ntermttent warnng wll sound f necessary. If these warnngs are ssued, you must brake manually to mantan a safe dstance and avod a collson wth the vehcle ahead. When pressng the brake pedal, the warnng sound ceases. The warnng sound wll also cease when the dstance to the vehcle ahead s suffcent agan wthout applyng the brakes. In ths case, the dstance warnng lamp also go out. If the dstance warnng lamp l n the nstrument cluster comes on whle drvng and/or an ntermttent warnng sounds, mmedate attenton on the part of the drver s requred. As requred by the traffc stuaton, apply the brakes and navgate around a possble obstacle. However, do not drve by relyng on the dstance warnng functon, as ths wll result n an emergency brakng applcaton. Especally dependng on road surface condtons and drver reacton, ths wll not always enable you to avod a collson. 223

225 Controls n detal Drvng systems Complex drvng stuatons are not always fully recognzed by Dstronc. Ths could result n wrong or mssng dstance warnngs. Actvatng Press swtch 1. The ndcator lamp 2 on the swtch comes on. A loudspeaker symbol appears n the multfuncton dsplay ( page 219). Deactvatng Press swtch 1. The ndcator lamp 2 on the swtch goes out. No loudspeaker symbol appears n the multfuncton dsplay. Drvng wth Dstronc Ths secton descrbes a number of drvng stuatons where specal precauton s requred on the part of the drver. Be prepared to brake n such stuatons. Ths wll deactvate the Dstronc system. Dstronc works to mantan the speed selected by the drver unless a movng obstacle proceedng drectly ahead of t n the same travel drecton s detected (e.g. followng another vehcle ahead of you at a dstance set by Dstronc). Ths means that: Your vehcle can pass another vehcle after you change lanes. Whle n a sharp turn or f the vehcle n front s n a sharp turn, Dstronc could lose sght of a vehcle travelng n front of t, then your vehcle could accelerate to the prevously selected speed. Dstronc regulates only the dstance between your vehcle and those drectly ahead of t, but does not regster statonary objects n the road, e.g.: a stopped vehcle n a traffc jam a dsabled vehcle an oncomng vehcle The drver must always be on the alert, observe all traffc and ntercede as requred by steerng or brakng the vehcle. Dstronc should not be used n snowy or cy road condtons. 224

226 Controls n detal Drvng systems The most lkely cause for a malfunctonng system s a drty sensor (located behnd the hood grlle), especally at tmes of snow and ce or heavy ran. In such a case, Dstronc wll swtch off, and the message Dstronc Currently unavalable See Operator s Manual appears n the multfuncton dsplay. For cleanng and care of the Dstronc sensor, see Cleanng the Dstronc system sensor ( page 330). If the message Dstronc Currently unavalable See Operator s Manual dsappears durng drvng and the last speed stored flashes for approxmately fve seconds, the drt (e.g. slush) has dssolved; Dstronc works agan. Turns and bends In turns or bends, Dstronc may not detect a movng vehcle n front, or t may detect one too soon. Ths may cause your vehcle to brake late or unexpectedly. 225

227 Controls n detal Drvng systems Offset drvng Lane changng Narrow vehcles A vehcle travelng n your lane but offset from your drect lne of travel may not be detected by Dstronc. There wll be nsuffcent dstance to the vehcle ahead. Dstronc has not yet detected the vehcle changng lanes. There wll be nsuffcent dstance to the lane-changng vehcle. Because of ther narrow profle, the vehcles travelng near the outer edges of the lane have not yet been detected by Dstronc. There wll be nsuffcent dstance to the vehcles ahead. 226

228 Controls n detal Drvng systems Armatc DC (Dual Control) Armatc automatcally selects the optmum suspenson tunng and rde heght for your vehcle. The Armatc conssts of two components: Adaptve Dampng System (ADS) Vehcle level control The ADS automatcally selects the optmum dampng for the respectve drvng condtons. At the same tme the suspenson s set to ether sporty or comfort. The followng suspenson styles are avalable: Comfortable Both ndcator lamps 2 are off. Sporty I One ndcator lamp 2 s on. Sporty II Both ndcator lamps 2 are on. Start the engne. Press the dampng button 1 untl the desred suspenson style s set. The selected suspenson style s stored n memory, even after the SmartKey s removed from the starter swtch. In the sporty suspenson style the vehcle s lowered up to 0.6 n (15 mm). Suspenson tunng The suspenson tunng s set accordng to: Your drvng style Road surface condtons Your choce of suspenson style, sporty I, sporty II or comfortable, whch you select usng the dampng button. 1 Dampng button 2 Indcator lamps 227

229 Controls n detal Drvng systems Vehcle level control Your vehcle automatcally adjusts ts rde heght to reduce fuel consumpton ncrease vehcle safety The followng vehcle chasss rde heghts can be selected: Normal Rased Lowered The vehcle chasss rde heght s rased or lowered accordng to the selected level settng and to the vehcle speed: At a speed above approxmately 68 mph (110 km/h). At the sporty suspenson style selected ( page 227), rde heght s reduced automatcally by up to approxmately 0.6n (15mm). If you have selected the comfortable suspenson style ( page 227) and you lock the vehcle wth the engne swtched off. These heght adjustments are so small that you may not notce any change. Select the Rased level only when requred by current drvng condtons. Otherwse fuel consumpton may ncrease handlng may be mpared To help avod personal njury, keep hands and feet away from wheel housng area, and stay away from under the vehcle when lowerng the vehcle chasss. 228

230 Controls n detal Drvng systems The followng vehcle level settngs can be selected when the vehcle s statonary and the engne s runnng: Vehcle level when statonary Use for Rde heght ncrease over normal Automatc lowerng Indcator lamp ( page 229) Normal Normal operaton None Max. approx. 0.6 n (15 mm) Lamp off Rased Drvng wth snow chans or very rough road surface condtons Approx. 0.8 n (20 mm) Max. approx. 1.4 n (35 mm) Lamp on The button s located n the lower secton of the center console. Brefly press button 1 to change from Normal level to Rased level. When vehcle s at Rased level, pressng the swtch wll return the vehcle to Normal level. At a speed of approxmately above 75 mph (120 km/h) or f the speed amounts to between 50 mph (80 km/h) and 75 mph (120 km/h) for approxmately fve mnutes, the settng Rased s canceled. The message Levelng cancelled appears n the multfuncton dsplay. If you do not drve n ths speed range, the Rased level remans stored even f the SmartKey s removed from the starter swtch. 1 Vehcle level control button 2 Indcator lamp 229

231 Controls n detal Drvng systems Parktronc system (Parkng assst)* Parktronc s a supplemental system. It s not ntended to, nor does t replace, the need for extreme care. The responsblty durng parkng and other crtcal maneuvers always rests wth the drver. Specal attenton must be pad to objects wth smooth surfaces or low slhouettes (e.g. traler couplngs, panted posts, or road curbs). Such objects may not be detected by the system and can damage the vehcle. The operatonal functon of the Parktronc system can be affected by drty sensors, especally at tmes of snow and ce, see Cleanng the Parktronc system* sensors ( page 330). Interference caused by other ultrasonc sgnals (e.g. workng jackhammers, car wash or the ar brakes of trucks) can cause the system to send erratc ndcatons, and should be taken nto consderaton. Make sure no persons or anmals are n the area n whch you are maneuverng. You could otherwse njure them. The Parktronc system s an electronc ad desgned to assst the drver durng parkng maneuvers. It vsually and audbly ndcates the relatve dstance between the vehcle and an obstacle. The Parktronc system s automatcally actvated when you swtch on the gnton, release the parkng brake, and placed the gear selector lever n poston D, R,orN. The Parktronc system deactvates at speeds over approxmately 11 mph (18 km/h). At lower speeds the Parktronc system turns on agan. The Parktronc system also deactvates when you place the gear selector lever n poston P or depress the parkng brake pedal. The Parktronc system montors the surroundngs of your vehcle wth sx sensors n the front bumper and four sensors n the rear bumper. 1 Sensors n the front bumper Range of the sensors To functon properly, the sensors must be free of drt, ce, snow and slush. Clean the sensors regularly, beng careful not to scratch or damage the sensors, see Cleanng the Parktronc system* sensors ( page 330). 230

232 Controls n detal Drvng systems Front sensors Mnmum dstance Center approx. 40 n (100 cm) Center approx. 8 n (20 cm) Corners approx. 24 n (60 cm) Corners approx. 6 n (15 cm) Rear sensors Center Corners approx. 48 n (120 cm) approx. 32 n (80 cm)! Durng parkng maneuvers, pay specal attenton to objects located above or below the heght of the sensors (e.g. planters or traler htches). The Parktronc system wll not detect such objects at close range and damage to your vehcle or the object may result. Ultrasonc sgnals from outsde sources (e.g. truck ar brakes, car wash or jackhammers) may mpar the operaton of the Parktronc system. If the system detects an obstacle n ths range, all the dstance warnng segments llumnate and you hear a warnng sgnal. If the obstacle s closer than the mnmum dstance, the actual dstance mght no longer be ndcated by the system. 231

233 Controls n detal Drvng systems Warnng ndcators Vsual sgnals ndcate to the drver the relatve dstance between the sensors and an obstacle. The warnng ndcator for the front area s located above the center ar vents n the dashboard. The warnng ndcator for the rear area s ntegrated n the rear trm. Front area warnng ndcator 1 Left sde of the vehcle 2 Rght sde of the vehcle 3 Readness ndcators Each warnng ndcator s dvded nto fve yellow and two red segments for ether sde of the vehcle. The Parktonc system s operatonal when the yellow readness ndcators 3 are llumnated. The poston of the gear selector lever determnes whch warnng ndcators wll be actvated. ear selector lever poston D R or N P Warnng ndcator Front area actvated Front and rear area actvated Nether actvated As your vehcle approaches an object, one or more segments wll come on, dependng on the dstance. When the seventh segment llumnates, you have reached the mnmum dstance. Front area: An ntermttent acoustc warnng wll sound as the frst red dstance segment llumnates and a constant acoustc warnng lastng a maxmum of two seconds wll sound for the second red dstance segment. The sgnal s canceled when the gear selector lever s placed n poston P or the parkng brake s actvated. Rear area: An ntermttent acoustc warnng wll sound as the frst red dstance segment llumnates and a constant acoustc warnng lastng a maxmum of two seconds wll sound for the second red dstance segment. The sgnal s canceled when the gear selector lever s placed n poston D, P or the parkng brake s actvated. 232

234 Controls n detal Drvng systems Swtchng the Parktronc system on/off The Parktronc system can be swtched off manually. The Parktronc swtch s located n the lower part of the center console ( page 28). 1 Parktronc swtch 2 Indcator lamp Swtchng off the Parktronc system Press Parktronc swtch 1. Indcator lamp 2 comes on. Swtchng on the Parktronc system Press Parktronc swtch 1 agan. Indcator lamp 2 goes out. The Parktronc system s automatcally swtched on when the gnton s swtched on ( page 34). Parktronc system malfuncton If only the red dstance segments llumnates and an acoustc warnng sounds, there s a malfuncton n the Parktronc system. The Parktronc system wll automatcally swtch off after 20 seconds and the ndcator lamp n the Parktronc swtch comes on. Have the Parktronc system checked by an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possble. If only the red dstance segments llumnates and no acoustc warnng sounds, the Parktronc system sensors are drty or there s an nterference from other rado or ultrasonc sgnals. The Parktronc system wll automatcally swtch off after 20 seconds and the ndcator lamp n the Parktronc swtch comes on. Swtch off the gnton ( page 34). Clean the Parktronc system sensors ( page 330). Swtch on the gnton. or Check the Parktronc system operaton at another locaton to rule out nterference from outsde rado or ultrasonc sgnals. 233

235 Controls n detal Loadng Roof rack* 1 Trm Only use roof racks approved by Mercedes-Benz for your vehcle model to avod damage to the vehcle. Follow manufacturer s nstallaton nstructons.! Preparng roof rack nstallaton Open trm 1 at the trm strps n the roof. Secure the roof rack accordng to manufacturer s nstructons for nstallaton. Load the roof rack n such a way that the vehcle cannot be damaged whle drvng. Make sure you can fully rase the tlt/sldng sunroof you can fully open the trunk Loadng nstructons The total load weght ncludng vehcle occupants and luggage/cargo should not exceed the load lmt or vehcle capacty weght ndcated on the correspondng placard located on the drver s door B-pllar. The handlng characterstcs of a fully loaded vehcle depend greatly on the load dstrbuton. It s therefore recommended to load the vehcle accordng to the llustratons shown, wth the heavest tems beng placed towards the front of the vehcle. Always place tems beng carred aganst front or rear seat backrests, and fasten them as securely as possble. The heavest porton of the cargo should always be kept as low as possble snce t nfluences the handlng characterstcs of the vehcle. 234

236 Controls n detal Loadng Always fasten tems beng carred as securely as possble. In an accdent, durng hard brakng or sudden maneuvers, loose tems wll be thrown around nsde the vehcle and can cause njury to vehcle occupants unless the tems are securely fastened n the vehcle. To help avod personal njury durng a collson or sudden maneuver, exercse care when transportng cargo. Put luggage or cargo n the trunk f possble. Do not ple luggage or cargo hgher than the seat backs. Do not place anythng on the rear-wndow shelf. Never drve vehcle wth trunk open. Deadly carbon monoxde (CO) gases may enter vehcle nteror, resultng n unconscousness and death. Sk sack* Unfoldng and loadng Fold rear armrest down (arrow). 1 Cover 2 Catch Pull catches 2 n drecton of arrows. Open the cover 1 downwards n the drecton of the arrow. 1 Hook and loop fastener Unfasten hook and loop fastener 1. Pull sk sack nto passenger compartment and unfold. Open the front storage compartment n the rear center console ( page 244). Remove the cup holder ( page 244). 235

237 Controls n detal Loadng 1 Button Open the trunk ld. Press button 1. The flap opens n drecton of arrow. From trunk, slde sks nto sk sack. 1 Strap The sk sack s desgned for up to four pars of sks. Do not load the sk sack wth other objects. Always fasten the sk sack securely. In an accdent, an unfastened sk sack can cause njury to vehcle occupants. Tghten strap 1 by pullng at the loose end (arrow) untl the sks n the sk sack are tghtly secured. 236

238 Controls n detal Loadng 1 Cover Wth nsert or cup holder removed, fold cover 1 upward. 1 Hook 2 Eye Connect hook 1 to eye 2 located n the front storage compartment n the rear center console. Tghten strap by pullng at the loose end (arrow). Unloadng and foldng Loosen both straps. Dsconnect hook 1 from eye 2. Unload sks. Close flap n trunk. Fold and flatten sk sack lengthwse. Place folded sk sack nsde recess of backrest. Fasten hook and loop fastener Close sk sack compartment cover. 237

239 Controls n detal Loadng Removal of sk sack For removal of the sk sack, we recommend that you contact an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Never drve vehcle wth trunk open whle the sk sack s removed. Deadly carbon monoxde (CO) gases may enter vehcle nteror, resultng n unconscousness and death. Cargo te-down hooks Four hooks are located n the trunk. Carefully secure cargo by applyng even load on all hooks wth rope of suffcent strength to hold down the cargo. Always follow loadng nstructons ( page 234). To prevent unauthorzed persons from access to the trunk, always close the cover. 238

240 Useful features Storage compartments Parcel net n front passenger footwell love box Controls n detal Useful features To help avod personal njury durng a collson or sudden maneuver, exercse care when storng objects n the vehcle. Put luggage or cargo n the trunk f possble. Do not ple luggage or cargo hgher than the seat backs. Do not place anythng on the shelf below the rear wndow. Luggage nets cannot secure hard or heavy objects. Keep compartment lds closed. Ths wll help to prevent stored objects from beng thrown about and njurng vehcle occupants durng an accdent. A small convenence parcel net s located n the front passenger footwell. It s for small and lght tems, such as road maps, mal, etc. The parcel net s ntended for storng lght-weght tems only. Heavy objects, objects wth sharp edges or fragle objects may not be transported n the parcel net. The parcel net cannot protect transported goods n the event of an accdent. 1 Unlocked 2 Locked 3 love box ld release Lockng the glove box Insert mechancal key ( page 379) nto the glove box lock. Turn the mechancal key to poston

241 Controls n detal Useful features Unlockng the glove box Insert mechancal key ( page 379) nto the glove box lock. Turn the mechancal key to poston 1. Openng the glove box Press glove box ld release 3. The glove box ld opens downward. Closng the glove box Push ld up to close. Storage compartment n the center console (no CD changer* nstalled) 1 Openng/closng button Press button 1 to open. The control panel swngs out upwards and the storage compartment extends out. The storage compartment closes automatcally after approxmately 30 seconds. Never place any medcatons n the storage compartment. If there s a power falure, the storage compartment cannot be opened. Press button 1 to close. 240

242 Controls n detal Useful features Storage compartment under center armrest 1 Button to open storage compartment 2 Storage compartment Openng Press button 1 rght or left and fold the cover 2 sdeward. Front center console storage compartment ventlaton The front center console storage compartment under the armrest has ts own ar vent. The ar temperature s about the same as that of the dashboard ar vents. The lever s located n the front center vent. 1 Lever To open ar vent slde the lever 1 up. To close ar vent slde the lever 1 down. The compartment can get very warm due to ts confned space. When storng heat senstve objects (e.g. groceres) n the compartment, close the ar vent whle heatng the passenger compartment 241

243 Controls n detal Useful features Rear storage compartment n the rear center console Storage compartment n the rear armrest Storage compartment under the drver s seat 1 Socket ( page 247) 2 Cover Slde cover 2 back. Press the handle upwards and fold the rear armrest up. 1 Tab Pull tab 1 upward. Fold the coverng forward. 242

244 Controls n detal Useful features Ruffled storage bags Ruffled storage bags are located on the back of the front seats. The ruffled storage bag s ntended for storng lght-weght tems only. Heavy objects, objects wth sharp edges or fragle objects may not be transported n the ruffled storage bag. The ruffled storage bag cannot protect transported goods n the event of an accdent. Cup holders In order to help prevent spllng lquds on vehcle occupants and/or vehcle equpment, only use contaners that ft nto the cup holder. Use lds on open contaners and do not fll contaners to a heght where the contents, especally hot lquds, could spll durng brakng, vehcle maneuvers, or n an accdent. Lquds splled on vehcle occupants may cause serous njury. Lquds splled on vehcle equpment may cause damage not covered by the Mercedes-Benz Lmted Warranty. When not n use, keep the cup holder closed. An open cup holder may cause njury to you or others when contacted durng brakng, vehcle maneuvers, or n an accdent. Cup holder n the center console Extendng the cup holder Keep n mnd that objects placed n the cup holder may come loose durng brakng, vehcle maneuvers, or n an accdent and be thrown around n the vehcle nteror. Objects thrown around n the vehcle nteror may cause an accdent and/or serous personal njury. Brefly press mark on cup holder. The cup holder automatcally extends. 243

245 Controls n detal Useful features Retractng the cup holder 244 Press mark on cup holder and push cup holder n untl t engages. Removng the cup holder Extend cup holder ( page 243). Press mark on cup holder and remove cup holder by pullng t upward. Renstallng the cup holder Insert cup holder nto openng. The cup holder can be removed for cleanng. Clean the cup holder wth clear, lukewarm water. Make sure that the cup holder s correctly postoned n the gude whle you are renstallng t. Press mark on cup holder and press cup holder downward untl t engages. Cup holder n the rear center console 1 Cover Slde cover 1 forward. Removng cup holder 1 Cup holder 2 Lockng pn The cup holder can be removed for cleanng. Clean the cup holder wth clear, lukewarm water. Move pn 2 n drecton of arrow to unlock the cupholder. Wth the cup holder unlocked, take cup holder 1 out upwards.

246 Controls n detal Useful features Renstallng cup holder Insert cup holder 1. Move pn 2 aganst drecton of arrow to lock the cupholder. Cup holder n the rear seat armrest Ashtrays Center console ashtray Removng ashtray nsert Remove front ashtray only wth vehcle standng stll. Set the parkng brake to secure vehcle from movement. Move gear selector lever to poston N. Wth gear selector lever n poston N, turn off the engne. 1 Cover 2 Sldng button Secure vehcle from movement by settng the parkng brake. Move the gear selector lever to poston N. Now you have more room to take out the nsert. Brefly press the front of the rear armrest. The cup holder extends automatcally. Openng ashtray Brefly press the markng on the bottom of cover 1. The ashtray opens automatcally. Push sldng button 2 to the rght and hold. rp and remove nsert from ashtray frame. 245

247 Controls n detal Useful features Renstallng ashtray nsert Install nsert by pushng t back nto frame untl t engages agan. Rear door ashtray Openng rear seat ashtray Brefly press the top of the ashtray 1. The ashtray opens. Removng ashtray nsert Push sldng button 1 and remove nsert 2 upwards from ashtray frame. Renstallng ashtray nsert Install nsert by pushng t back nto ashtray frame untl t engages agan. Cgarette lghter The cgarette lghter s located n the center console compartment n front of the center armrest ( page 28). 1 Sldng button 2 Insert sldes out 3 Ashtray 1 Cgarette lghter Swtch on the gnton ( page 34). Push n cgarette lghter 1. The lghter wll pop out automatcally when hot. 246

248 Controls n detal Useful features Never touch the heatng element or sdes of the lghter; they are extremely hot. Hold the knob only. When leavng the vehcle, always remove the SmartKey or the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* from the starter swtch, take t wth you, and lock the vehcle. Do not leave chldren unattended n the vehcle, or wth access to an unlocked vehcle. Unsupervsed use of vehcle equpment may cause an accdent and/or serous personal njury. The lghter socket can be used to accommodate electrcal accessores up to a maxmum 85 W. 12-V socket The socket s located n the rear storage compartment n the rear center console. 1 Socket 2 Cover Slde cover 2 back. The socket 1 can be used to accommodate electrcal accessores up to a maxmum 180 W. Floormats 1 Retaner pns 2 Eyelets Removng Pull floormats off of retaner pns 1. An addtonal socket s located on the left sde n the trunk ld. Remove the floormats. 247

249 Controls n detal Useful features Installng 248 Lay down the floormat. Press the floormat eyelets 2 onto retaner pns 1. Whenever you are usng floormats, make sure there s enough clearance and that the floormats are securely fastened. Floormats should always be securely fastened usng eyelets 2 and retaner pns 1. Before drvng off, check that the floormats are securely n place and adjust them f necessary. A loose floormat could slp and hnder proper functonng of the pedals. Telephone* Never operate rado transmtters equpped wth a bult-n or attached antenna (.e. wthout beng connected to an external antenna) from nsde the vehcle whle the engne s runnng. Dong so could lead to a malfuncton of the vehcle s electronc system, possbly resultng n an accdent and/or serous personal njury. Rado transmtters, such as a portable telephone or a ctzens band unt, should only be used nsde the vehcle f they are connected to an antenna that s nstalled on the outsde of the vehcle. The external antenna must be approved by Mercedes-Benz. Please contact an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center for nformaton on the nstallaton of an approved external antenna. Refer to the rado transmtter operaton nstructons regardng use of an external antenna. Please do not forget that your prmary responsblty s to drve the vehcle. A drver s attenton to the road must always be hs/her prmary focus when drvng. For your safety and the safety of others, we recommend that you pull over to a safe locaton and stop before placng or takng a telephone call. If you choose to use the telephone 1 whle drvng, please use the hands-free devce and only use the telephone when road, weather and traffc condtons permt. Some jursdctons prohbt the drver from usng a cellular telephone whle drvng a vehcle. Only operate the COMAND (Cockpt Management and Data System) f road, weather and traffc condtons permt. Bear n mnd that at a speed of just 30 mph (approxmately 50 km/h), your vehcle s coverng a dstance of 44 feet (approxmately 14 m) every second. 1 Observe all legal requrements.

250 Controls n detal Useful features You can take and place telephone calls usng the s and t buttons on the steerng wheel. To carry out other telephone functons, use the control system ( page 169). See separate operatng manual for nstructons on how to use the telephone. Tele Ad* The Tele Ad system (Telematc Alarm Identfcaton on Demand) The Tele Ad system conssts of three types of response:! The ntal actvaton of the Tele Ad system may only be performed by completng the subscrber agreement and placng an acquantance call usng the button. Falure to complete ether of these steps wll result n a system that s not actvated. If you have any questons regardng actvaton, please call the Response Center at (n the USA) or (n Canada). automatc and manual emergency roadsde assstance and nformaton The Tele Ad system s operatonal provdng that the vehcle s battery s charged, properly connected, not damaged and cellular and PS coverage s avalable. The speaker volume of a Tele Ad call can be adjusted when usng the volume control on the multfuncton steerng wheel. To rase, press button æ and to lower, press button ç or use the volume knob on your COMAND headunt. To actvate, press the SOS button, the Roadsde Assstance button or the Informaton button, dependng on the type of response requred. The SOS button s located above the nteror rear vew mrror. The Roadsde Assstance button and the Informaton button are located below the center armrest cover. 249

251 Controls n detal Useful features Shortly after the completon of your Tele Ad acquantance call, you wll receve a user ID and password. By vstng and selectng Tele Ad (USA only), you wll have access to account nformaton, remote door unlock and more. The Tele Ad system utlzes the cellular network for communcaton and the PS (lobal Postonng System) satelltes for vehcle locaton. If ether of these sgnals are unavalable, the Tele Ad system may not functon and f ths occurs, assstance must be summoned by other means. System self-check Intally, after swtchng on the gnton, malfunctons are detected and ndcated (the ndcator lamps n the SOS button, the Roadsde Assstance button and the Informaton button stay on longer than ten seconds or do not come on). The message TELE AID malfuncton Drve to workshop appears n the multfuncton dsplay. If the ndcator lamps n the SOS button, n the Roadsde Assstance button and/or n the Informaton button reman llumnated constantly n red and/or the message TELE AID malfuncton Drve to workshop s dsplayed n the multfuncton dsplay after the system self-check, a malfuncton n the system has been detected. If a malfuncton s ndcated as outlned above, the system may not operate as expected. Have the system checked at the nearest Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possble. 250

252 Controls n detal Useful features Emergency calls An emergency call s ntated automatcally followng an accdent n whch the emergency tensonng devces (ETDs) or ar bags deploy. An emergency call can also be ntated manually by openng the cover next to the nteror rear vew mrror labeled SOS, then brefly pressng the button located under the cover. See ( page 252) for nstructons on ntatng an emergency call manually. Once the emergency call s n progress, the ndcator lamp n the SOS button wll begn to flash. The message Connectng call appears n the multfuncton dsplay and the audo system s muted. When the connecton s establshed, the message Call connected appears n the multfuncton dsplay. All nformaton relevant to the emergency, such as the locaton of the vehcle (determned by the PS satellte locaton system), vehcle model, dentfcaton number and color are generated. A voce connecton between the Response Center and the occupants of the vehcle wll be establshed automatcally soon after the emergency call has been ntated. The Response Center wll attempt to determne more precsely the nature of the emergency provded they can speak to an occupant of the vehcle. The Tele Ad system s avalable f t has been actvated and s operatonal. Actvaton requres a subscrpton for montorng servces, connecton and cellular ar tme the relevant cellular phone network and PS sgnals are avalable and pass the nformaton on to the Response Center Locaton of the vehcle on a map s only possble f the vehcle s able to receve sgnals from the PS satellte network and pass the nformaton on to the Response Center. If the ndcator lamp n the SOS button s flashng contnuously and there was no voce connecton to the Response Center establshed, then the Tele Ad system could not ntate an emergency call (e.g. the relevant cellular phone network s not avalable). The message Call faled appears n the multfuncton dsplay for approxmately ten seconds. Should ths occur, assstance must be summoned by other means. 251

253 Controls n detal Useful features Intatng an emergency call manually 1 Cover 2 SOS button Brefly press on cover 1. The cover wll open. Press SOS button 2 brefly. The ndcator lamp n SOS button 2 wll flash untl the emergency call s concluded. Wat for a voce connecton to the Response Center. Close cover after the emergency call s concluded. If you feel at any way n jeopardy when n the vehcle (e.g. smoke or fre n the vehcle, vehcle n a dangerous road locaton), please do not wat for voce contact after you have pressed the emergency button. Carefully leave the vehcle and move to a safe locaton. The Response Center wll automatcally contact local emergency offcals wth the vehcle s approxmate locaton f they receve an automatc SOS sgnal and cannot make voce contact wth the vehcle occupants. Roadsde Assstance button Located below the center armrest cover s the Roadsde Assstance button. Press and hold the button (for longer than two seconds). A call to a Mercedes-Benz Roadsde Assstance dspatcher wll be ntated. The button wll flash whle the call s n progress. The message Connectng call wll appear n the multfuncton dsplay and the audo system s muted. When the connecton s establshed, the message Call connected appears n the multfuncton dsplay. The Tele Ad system wll transmt data generatng the vehcle dentfcaton number, model, color and locaton (subject to avalablty of cellular and PS sgnals). 252

254 Controls n detal Useful features A voce connecton between the Roadsde Assstance dspatcher and the occupants of the vehcle wll be establshed. Descrbe the nature of the need for assstance. The Mercedes-Benz Roadsde Assstance dspatcher wll ether dspatch a qualfed Mercedes-Benz techncan or arrange to tow your vehcle to the nearest authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. For servces such as labor and/or towng, charges may apply. Refer to the Roadsde Assstance manual for more nformaton. The followng s only avalable n the USA: Sgn and Drve servces: Servces such as a jump start, a few gallons of fuel or the replacement of a flat tre wth the vehcle spare tre are obtanable. The ndcator lamp on the Roadsde Assstance button remans llumnated n red for approxmately ten seconds durng the system self-check after swtchng on the gnton (together wth the SOS button and the Informaton button ). See system self-check ( page 250) when the ndcator lamp does not come on n red or stays on longer than approxmately ten seconds. If the ndcator lamp on the Roadsde Assstance button s flashng contnuously and there was no voce connecton to the Response Center establshed, then the Tele Ad system could not ntate a Roadsde Assstance call (e.g. the relevant cellular phone network s not avalable). The message Call faled appears n the multfuncton dsplay. Roadsde Assstance calls can be termnated usng the t button on the multfuncton steerng wheel or the respectve button for endng a telephone call on the COMAND headunt. Informaton button The Informaton button s located below the center armrest cover. Press and hold button (for longer than two seconds). A call to the Customer Assstance Center wll be ntated. The button wll flash whle the call s n progress. The message Connectng call wll appear n the multfuncton dsplay and the audo system s muted. When the connecton s establshed, the message Call connected appears n the multfuncton dsplay. The Tele Ad system wll transmt data generatng the vehcle dentfcaton number, model, color and locaton (subject to avalablty of cellular and PS sgnals). 253

255 Controls n detal Useful features A voce connecton between the Customer Assstance Center representatve and the occupants of the vehcle wll be establshed. Informaton regardng the operaton of your vehcle, the nearest authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center or Mercedes-Benz USA products and servces s avalable to you. For more detals concernng the Tele Ad system, please vst and use your ID and password (sent to you separately) to learn more (USA only). The ndcator lamp on the Informaton button remans llumnated n red for approxmately ten seconds durng the system self-check after swtchng on the gnton (together wth the SOS button and the Roadsde Assstance button ). See system self-check ( page 250) when the ndcator lamp does not come on n red or stays on longer than approxmately ten seconds. If the ndcator lamp on the Informaton button s flashng contnuously and there was no voce connecton to the Response Center establshed, then the Tele Ad system could not ntate an Informaton call (e.g. the relevant cellular phone network s not avalable). The message Call faled appears n the multfuncton dsplay. Informaton calls can be termnated usng the t button on the multfuncton steerng wheel or the respectve button for endng a telephone call on the COMAND headunt.! If the ndcator lamps do not start flashng after pressng one of the buttons or reman llumnated (n red) at any tme, the Tele Ad system has detected a malfuncton or the servce s not currently actve, and may not ntate a call. Vst an Mercedes-Benz Center and have the system checked or contact the Response Center at (n the USA) or (n Canada) as soon as possble. 254

256 Controls n detal Useful features Call prorty If other servce calls such as a Roadsde Assstance call or Informaton call are actve, an Emergency call s stll possble. In ths case, the Emergency call wll take prorty and overrde all other actve calls. The ndcator lamp n the respectve button flashes untl the call s concluded. Calls can only be termnated by a Response Center or Customer Assstance Center representatve except Roadsde Assstance and Informaton calls, whch can also be termnated by pressng button t on the multfuncton steerng wheel or the respectve button for endng a telephone call on the COMAND headunt.! If the ndcator lamp contnues to flash or the system does not reset, contact the Response Center at (n the USA) or (n Canada), or Mercedes-Benz Customer Assstance at FOR-MERCedes ( ) n the USA or Customer Servce at n Canada. When a Tele Ad call has been ntated, the COMAND system audo s muted and the selected mode (rado or CD) pauses. The optonal cellular phone (f nstalled) swtches off. If you must use ths phone, the vehcle must be parked. Dsconnect the coled cord and place the call. The COMAND navgaton* system (f engaged) wll contnue to run. The dsplay n the nstrument cluster s avalable for use, and spoken commands are only avalable by pressng the RPT button on the COMAND unt. A pop-up wndow wll appear n the COMAND dsplay to ndcate that a Tele Ad call s n progress. 255

257 Controls n detal Useful features Remote door unlock In case you have locked your vehcle unntentonally (e.g. SmartKey nsde vehcle), and the reserve SmartKey s not handy: Contact the Mercedes-Benz Response Center at (n the USA) or (n Canada). You wll be asked to provde your password whch you provded when you completed the subscrber agreement. Then return to your vehcle and pull the trunk recessed handle for a mnmum of 20 seconds untl the SOS button s flashng. The message Call connected appears n the multfuncton dsplay. As an alternatve, you may unlock the vehcle va Internet usng the ID and password sent to you shortly after the completon of your acquantance call. The Response Center wll then unlock your vehcle wth the remote door unlockng feature. 256 The remote door unlock feature s avalable f the relevant cellular phone network s avalable. The SOS button wll flash and the message Call connected wll appear n the multfuncton dsplay to ndcate recept of the door unlock command. Once the vehcle s unlocked, a Response Center specalst wll attempt to establsh voce contact wth the vehcle occupants. If the trunk recessed handle was pulled for more than 20 seconds before door unlock authorzaton was receved by the Response Center, you must wat 15 mnutes before pullng the trunk recessed handle agan. Stolen Vehcle Recovery servces In the event your vehcle was stolen: Report the ncdent to the polce. The polce wll ssue a numbered ncdent report. Pass ths number on to the Mercedes-Benz Response Center along wth your password ssued to you when you subscrbed to the servce. The Response Center wll then attempt to covertly contact the vehcle s Tele Ad system. Once the vehcle s located, the Response Center wll contact the local law enforcement and you. The vehcle s locaton wll only be provded to law enforcement. When the ant-theft alarm or the tow-away alarm stays on for more than 30 seconds, a call s ntated automatcally to the Response Center. See ant-theft alarm system ( page 87) and tow-away alarm ( page 88).

258 Controls n detal Useful features arage door opener The bult-n remote control s capable of operatng up to three separately controlled devces, for example garage door openers, gate openers, or other devces compatble wth HomeLnk or some other systems. You can program the sgnal transmtter buttons. Remote control ntegrated nto the overhead control panel Sgnal transmtter button 4 Indcator lamp 5 Hand-held transmtter button 6 Hand-held remote control transmtter (not part of the vehcle equpment) Before programmng the ntegrated remote control to a garage door opener or gate operator, make sure that people and objects are out of the way of the devce to prevent potental harm or damage. When programmng a garage door opener, the door moves up or down. When programmng a gate operator, the gate opens or closes. Do not use the ntegrated remote control wth any garage door opener that lacks safety stop and reverse features as requred by U.S. federal safety standards (ths ncludes any garage door opener model manufactured before Aprl 1, 1982). A garage door that cannot detect an object - sgnalng the door to stop and reverse - does not meet current U.S. federal safety standards. 257

259 Controls n detal Useful features Certan types of garage door openers are ncompatble wth the ntegrated opener. If you should experence dffcultes wth programmng the transmtter, contact an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center, or call Mercedes-Benz Customer Assstance Center (n the USA only) at FOR-MERCedes, or Customer Servce (n Canada) at USA only: Ths devce comples wth Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operaton s subject to the followng two condtons: (1) Ths devce may not cause harmful nterference, and (2) ths devce must accept any nterference receved, ncludng nterference that may cause undesred operaton. Any unauthorzed modfcaton to ths devce could vod the user s authorty to operate the equpment. Canada only: Ths devce comples wth RSS-210 of Industry Canada. Operaton s subject to the followng two condtons: (1) Ths devce may not cause nterference, and (2) ths devce must accept any nterference receved, ncludng nterference that may cause undesred operaton of the devce. Any unauthorzed modfcaton to ths devce could vod the user s authorty to operate the equpment. 258

260 Controls n detal Useful features Programmng or reprogrammng the ntegrated remote control Step 1: Swtch on the gnton ( page 34). Step 2: If you have prevously programmed an ntegrated sgnal transmtter button and wsh to retan ts programmng, proceed to step 3. Otherwse, press and hold the two outer sgnal transmtter buttons 1 and 3 and release them only when the ndcator lamp 4 begns to flash after approxmately 20 seconds (do not hold the button for longer than 30 seconds). Ths procedure erases any prevous settngs for all three channels and ntalzes the memory. If you later wsh to program a second and/or thrd hand-held transmtter to the remanng two sgnal transmtter buttons, do not repeat ths step and begn drectly wth step 3. Step 3: Hold the end of the hand-held remote control transmtter 6 of the devce you wsh to tran approxmately 2 to 5 n (5 to12 cm) away from the surface of the ntegrated remote control located on the nteror rear vew mrror, keepng the ndcator lamp 4 n vew. Step 4: Usng both hands, smultaneously press the hand-held transmtter button 5 and the desred ntegrated sgnal transmtter button (1, 2 or 3). Do not release the buttons untl completng step 5. The ndcator lamp 4 on the ntegrated remote control wll flash, frst slowly and then rapdly. The ndcator lamp 4 flashes the frst tme the sgnal transmtter button s programmed. If ths button has already been programmed, the ndcator lamp wll only start flashng after 20 seconds. Step 5: When the ndcator lamp 4 flashes rapdly, release both buttons. Step 6: Press and hold the just-traned ntegrated sgnal transmtter button and observe the ndcator lamp 4. If the ndcator lamp 4 stays on constantly, programmng s complete and your devce should actvate when the ntegrated sgnal transmtter button s pressed and released. 259

261 Controls n detal Useful features Step 7: If the ndcator lamp 4 blnks rapdly for about two seconds and then turns to a constant lght, contnue wth programmng steps 8 through 12 as your garage door opener may be equpped wth the rollng code feature. To program the remanng two buttons, repeat the steps above startng wth step 3. Rollng code programmng To tran a garage door opener (or other rollng code devces) wth the rollng code feature, follow these nstructons after completng the Programmng porton (steps 1 through 6) of ths text. (A second person may make the followng tranng procedures qucker and easer.) Step 8: Locate tranng button on the garage door opener motor head unt. Exact locaton and color of the button may vary by garage door opener brand. Dependng on manufacturer, the tranng button may also be referred to as learn or smart button. If there s dffculty locatng the transmttng button, refer to the garage door opener operator s manual. Step 9: Press tranng button on the garage door opener motor head unt. The tranng lght s actvated. You have 30 seconds to ntate the followng step. Step 10: Frmly press, hold for two seconds and release the programmed ntegrated sgnal transmtter button (1, 2 or 3). Step 11: Press, hold for two seconds and release same button a second tme to complete the tranng process. Some garage door openers (or other rollng code equpped devces) may requre you to perform ths procedure a thrd tme to complete the tranng. Step 12: Confrm the garage door operaton by pressng the programmed ntegrated sgnal transmtter button (1, 2 or 3). Step 13: To program the remanng two buttons, repeat the steps above startng wth step

262 Controls n detal Useful features ate operator/canadan programmng Canadan rado-frequency laws requre transmtter sgnals to tme-out (or qut) after several seconds of transmsson whch may not be long enough for the ntegrated sgnal transmtter to pck up the sgnal durng programmng. Smlar to ths Canadan law, some U.S. gate operators are desgned to tme-out n the same manner. If you lve n Canada or f you are havng dffcultes programmng a gate operator (regardless of where you lve) by usng the programmng procedures, replace step 4 wth the followng: Step 4: Contnue to press and hold the ntegrated sgnal transmtter button (1, 2 or 3) whle you press and re-press ( cycle ) your hand-held remote control transmtter 6 every two seconds untl the frequency sgnal has been learned. Upon successful tranng, the ndcator lamp 4 wll flash slowly and then rapdly after several seconds. Proceed wth programmng step 5 and step 6 to complete. Operaton of ntegrated remote control Swtch on the gnton ( page 34). Select and press the approprate ntegrated sgnal transmtter button (1, 2 or 3) to actvate the remote controlled devce. The ntegrated remote control transmtter contnues to send the sgnal as long as the button s pressed up to 20 seconds. Erasng the ntegrated remote control memory Swtch on the gnton ( page 34). Smultaneously hold down the sgnal transmtter buttons 1 and 3, for approxmately 20 seconds, untl the ndcator lamp 4 blnks rapdly. Do not hold for longer than 30 seconds. The codes of all three channels are erased. If you sell your vehcle, erase the codes of all three channels. 261

263 Controls n detal Useful features Reprogrammng a sngle ntegrated sgnal transmtter button To program a devce usng a sgnal transmtter button prevously traned, follow these steps: Press and hold the desred sgnal transmtter button (1, 2 or 3). Do not release the button. The ndcator lamp wll begn to flash after 20 seconds. Wthout releasng the ntegrated sgnal transmtter button, proceed wth programmng startng wth step

264 Operaton The frst 1000 mles (1500 km) Drvng nstructons At the gas staton Engne compartment Tres and wheels Wnter drvng Mantenance Vehcle care 263

265 Operaton The frst 1000 mles (1500 km) In the Operaton secton you wll fnd detaled nformaton on operatng, mantanng and carng for your vehcle. The more cautously you treat your vehcle durng the break-n perod, the more satsfed you wll be wth ts performance later on. Drve your vehcle durng the frst 1000 mles (1500 km) at varyng but moderate vehcle and engne speeds. Durng ths perod, avod heavy loads (full throttle drvng) and excessve engne speeds (no more than 2 / 3 of maxmum rpm n each gear). Avod acceleratng by kck-down. Do not attempt to slow the vehcle down by shftng to a lower gear usng the selector lever. Select postons 3, 2 or 1 only when drvng at moderate speeds (for hll drvng). Select C as the preferred shft program ( page 177) for the frst 1000 mles (1500 km). After 1000 mles (1500 km) you may gradually ncrease vehcle and engne speeds to the permssble maxmum.! Addtonal nstructons for AM vehcles: Durng the frst 1000 mles (1500 km), do not exceed a speed of 85 mph (140 km/h). Durng ths perod, avod engne speeds above 4500 rpm n each gear. All of the above, as may apply to your vehcle type, also apply when drvng the frst 1000 mles (1500 km) after the engne or the rear dfferental has been replaced. Always obey applcable speed lmts. 264

266 Drvng nstructons Drve sensbly save fuel Drnkng and drvng Pedals Operaton Drvng nstructons Fuel consumpton, to a great extent, depends on drvng habts and operatng condtons. To save fuel you should: Keep tres at the recommended nflaton pressures. Remove unnecessary loads. Remove roof rack when not n use. Allow engne to warm up under low load use. Avod frequent acceleraton and deceleraton. Have all mantenance work performed at the ntervals specfed n the Mantenance Booklet and as requred by the Mantenance System. Contact an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Fuel consumpton s also ncreased by drvng n cold weather, n stop-and-go traffc, on short trps and n hlly area. Drnkng and drvng and/or takng drugs and drvng are very dangerous combnatons. Even a small amount of alcohol or drugs can affect your reflexes, perceptons and judgment. The possblty of a serous or even fatal accdent are greatly ncreased when you drnk or take drugs and drve. Do not drnk or take drugs and drve or allow anyone to drve who has been drnkng or takng drugs. Keep drver s foot area clear at all tmes. Objects stored n ths area may mpar pedal movement. 265

267 Operaton Drvng nstructons Power assstance The brake system requres electrcal energy for operaton. A malfuncton n the vehcle s power supply or electrcal system may mpar brake system operaton and swtch t nto ts emergency operaton mode. In such a case, the red brake warnng lamp ( page 338) and warnng messages n the nstrument cluster ( page 345) come on whle drvng. To brake, the drver must then apply sgnfcantly greater brake pedal pressure and depress the pedal much further to obtan the expected brakng effect. If necessary, apply full pressure to the brake pedal. Brakes may only be appled to the front wheels. Stoppng dstance s ncreased! If there s a malfuncton n the SBC brake system, we recommend that the vehcle be transported wth all wheels off the ground usng flatbed or approprate wheel lft/dolly equpment. A tow bar must be used f crcumstances do not permt the use of the recommended towng methods and the vehcle requres towng wth all four wheels on the ground. Towng the vehcle wth all four wheels on the ground s only permssble for dstances up to 30 mles (50 km) and at a speed not to exceed 30 mph (50 km/h). For more nformaton, refer to Towng the vehcle ( page 408). For more nformaton, see SBC brake system ( page 84). Wth the engne not runnng, there s no power assstance for the brake and steerng systems. In ths case, t s mportant to keep n mnd that a consderably hgher degree of effort s necessary to brake and steer the vehcle. Brakes After drvng n heavy ran for some tme wthout applyng the brakes or through water deep enough to wet brake components, the frst brakng acton may be somewhat reduced and ncreased pedal pressure may be necessary to obtan expected brakng effect. Mantan a safe dstance from vehcles n front. Restng your foot on the brake pedal wll cause excessve and premature wear of the brake pads. It can also result n the brakes overheatng, thereby sgnfcantly reducng ther effectveness. It may not be possble to stop the vehcle n suffcent tme to avod an accdent. 266

268 Operaton Drvng nstructons To help prevent brake dsk corroson after drvng on wet road surfaces (partcularly salted roads), t s advsable to brake the vehcle wth consderable force pror to parkng. The heat generated serves to dry the brakes. If your brake system s normally only subjected to moderate loads, you should occasonally test the effectveness of the brakes by applyng above-normal brakng pressure at hgher speeds. Ths wll also enhance the grp of the brake pads.! Be very careful not to endanger other road users when you apply the brakes. Refer to the descrpton of the Brake Assst System (BAS) ( page 81). If the parkng brake s released and the brake warnng lamp n the nstrument cluster stays on, there s a malfuncton n the SBC brake system ( page 84) or the brake flud level n the reservor s too low. Brake pad wear or a leak n the system may be the reason for low brake flud n the reservor. Have the brake system nspected by qualfed techncans mmedately. Contact an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. All checks and servce work on the brake system should be carred out by qualfed techncans only. Contact an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Only nstall brake pads and brake flud recommended by Mercedes-Benz. If other than recommended brake pads are nstalled, or other than recommended brake flud s used, the brakng propertes of the vehcle can be degraded to an extent that safe brakng s substantally mpared. Ths could result n an accdent. Be certan to read and observe the warnng notces on brake pad replacement ( page 354).! When drvng down long and steep grades, releve the load on the brakes by shftng nto a lower gear to use the engne s brakng power. Ths helps prevent overheatng of the brakes and reduces brake pad wear. After hard brakng, t s advsable to drve on for some tme, rather than mmedately park, so that the ar stream wll cool down the brakes faster. 267

269 Operaton Drvng nstructons Drvng off Apply the brakes to test them brefly after drvng off. Perform ths procedure only when the road s clear of other traffc. Warm up the engne smoothly. Do not place full load on the engne untl the operatng temperature has been reached. When startng off on a slppery surface, do not allow a drve wheel to spn for an extended perod wth the ESP swtched off. Dong so may cause serous damage to the drve tran whch s not covered by the Mercedes-Benz Lmted Warranty.! Smultaneously depressng the accelerator pedal and applyng the brake reduces engne performance and causes premature brake and drvetran wear. Parkng! Set the parkng brake whenever parkng or leavng the vehcle. In addton, move gear selector lever to poston P. When parkng on hlls, always set the parkng brake and turn front wheel aganst road curb. Do not park ths vehcle n areas where combustble materals such as grass, hay or leaves can come nto contact wth the hot exhaust system, as these materals could be gnted and cause a vehcle fre. To reduce the rsk of personal njury as a result of vehcle movement, before turnng off the engne and leavng the vehcle always: Keep rght foot on brake pedal. Frmly depress parkng brake pedal. Move the selector lever to poston P. Tres Slowly release brake pedal. When parked on an nclne, turn front wheel towards the road curb. Turn the SmartKey n the starter swtch to poston 0 and remove the SmartKey from the starter swtch, or press KEYLESS-O* start/stop button (vehcles wth KEYLESS-O*). Take the SmartKey or the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* wth you and lock vehcle when leavng. If you feel a sudden sgnfcant vbraton or rde dsturbance, or you suspect that possble damage to your vehcle has occurred, you should turn on the hazard warnng flashers, carefully slow down, and drve wth cauton to an area whch s a safe dstance from the road. 268

270 Operaton Drvng nstructons Inspect the tres and the vehcle underbody for possble damage. If the vehcle or tres appear unsafe, have t towed to the nearest Mercedes-Benz Center or tre dealer for repars. Treadwear ndcators (TWI) are requred by law. These ndcators are located n sx places on the tread crcumference and become vsble at a tread depth of approxmately 1 / 16 n (1.6 mm), at whch pont the tre s consdered worn and should be replaced. The treadwear ndcator appears as a sold band across the tread. Although the applcable federal motor vehcle safety laws consder a tre to be worn when the treadwear ndcators (TWI) become vsble at approxmately 1 / 16 n (1.6 mm), we recommend that you do not allow your tres to wear down to that level. As tread depth approaches 1 / 8 n (3 mm), the adheson propertes on a wet road are sharply reduced. Dependng upon the weather and/or road surface (condtons), the tre tracton vares wdely. Specfed tre nflaton pressures must be mantaned. Ths apples partcularly f the tres are subjected to hgh loads (e.g. hgh speeds, heavy loads, hgh ambent temperatures). Hydroplanng Do not drve wth a flat tre. A flat tre affects the ablty to steer or brake the vehcle. You may lose control of the vehcle. Contnued drvng wth a flat tre or drvng at hgh speed wth a flat tre wll cause excessve heat buld-up and possbly a fre. Dependng on the depth of the water layer on the road, hydroplanng may occur, even at low speeds and wth new tres. Reduce vehcle speed, avod track grooves n the road and apply brakes cautously n the ran. 269

271 Operaton Drvng nstructons Tre tracton The safe speed on a wet, snow covered or cy road s always lower than on a dry road. You should pay partcular attenton to the condton of the road whenever the outsde temperatures are close to the freezng pont. If ce has formed on the road, tre tracton wll be substantally reduced. Under such weather condtons, drve, steer and brake wth extreme cauton. Mercedes-Benz recommends wnter tres ( page 319) wth a mnmum tread depth of approxmately 1 / 6 n (4 mm) on all four wheels for the wnter season to make sure normal balanced handlng characterstcs. On packed snow, they can reduce your stoppng dstance compared to summer tres. Stoppng dstance, however, s stll consderably greater than when the road s not covered wth snow or ce. Exercse approprate cauton.! Avod spnnng of a drve wheel. Ths may cause serous damage to the drvetran whch s not covered by the Mercedes-Benz Lmted Warranty. Tre speed ratng Regardless of the tre speed ratng, local speed lmts should be obeyed. Use prudent drvng speeds approprate to prevalng condtons. Even when permtted by law, never operate a vehcle at speeds greater than the maxmum speed ratng of the tres. Exceedng the maxmum speed for whch tres are rated can lead to sudden tre falure, causng loss of vehcle control and possbly resultng n an accdent and/or personal njury and possble death, for you and for others. 270

272 Operaton Drvng nstructons CLS 500, CLS 500 (Sport Package*) Your vehcle s factory equpped wth Y -rated tres, whch have a speed ratng of up to 186 mph (300 km/h). An electronc speed lmter prevents your vehcle from exceedng a speed of 130 mph (210 km/h). CLS 55 AM Your vehcle s factory equpped wth Y -rated tres, whch have a speed ratng of up to 186 mph (300 km/h). An electronc speed lmter prevents your vehcle from exceedng a speed of 155 mph (250 km/h). For nformaton on speed ratng for wnter tres, see Wnter drvng ( page 319). For addtonal general nformaton on tre speed markngs on tre sdewall, see Tre speed ratng ( page 307). 271

273 Operaton Drvng nstructons Wnter drvng nstructons The most mportant rule for slppery or cy roads s to drve sensbly and to avod abrupt acceleraton, brakng and steerng maneuvers. Do not use the cruse control system under such condtons. When the vehcle s n danger of skddng, move gear selector lever to poston N. Try to keep the vehcle under control by correctve steerng acton. 272 For more nformaton on drvng wth snow chans, see Snow chans ( page 320). On slppery road surfaces, never downshft n order to obtan brakng acton. Ths could result n drve wheel slp and reduced vehcle control. Your vehcle s ABS wll not prevent ths type of control loss. Road salts and chemcals can adversely affect brakng effcency. Increased pedal force may become necessary to produce the normal brakng effect. Depressng the brake pedal perodcally when travelng at length on salt-strewn roads can brng road-salt-mpared brakng effcency back to normal. If the vehcle s parked after beng drven on salt-treated roads, the brakng effcency should be tested as soon as possble after drvng s resumed. Make sure not to endanger any other road users when carryng out these brakng maneuvers. If the vehcle becomes stuck n snow, make sure that snow s kept clear of the exhaust ppe and from around the vehcle wth the engne runnng. Otherwse, deadly carbon monoxde (CO) gases may enter vehcle nteror resultng n unconscousness and death. To assure suffcent fresh ar ventlaton, open a wndow slghtly on the sde of the vehcle not facng the wnd. The outsde temperature ndcator s not desgned to serve as an ce-warnng devce and s therefore unsutable for that purpose. Indcated temperatures just above the freezng pont do not guarantee that the road surface s free of ce. For more nformaton, see Wnter drvng ( page 319)

274 Operaton Drvng nstructons Standng water! Do not drve through flooded areas or water of unknown depth. Before drvng through water, determne ts depth. Never accelerate before drvng nto water. The bow wave could force water nto the engne and auxlary equpment, thus damagng them. If you must drve through standng water, drve slowly to prevent water from enterng the passenger compartment or the engne compartment. Water n these areas could cause damage to electrcal components or wrng of the engne or transmsson, or could result n water beng ngested by the engne through the ar ntake causng severe nternal engne damage. Any such damage s not covered by the Mercedes-Benz Lmted Warranty. Passenger compartment Drvng abroad Always fasten tems beng carred as securely as possble. In an accdent, durng hard brakng or sudden maneuvers, loose tems wll be thrown around nsde the vehcle, and cause njury to vehcle occupants unless the tems are securely fastened n the vehcle. The trunk s the preferred place to carry objects. Abroad, there s an extensve Mercedes-Benz servce network at your dsposal. If you plan to drve nto areas whch are not lsted n the ndex of your Mercedes-Benz Center drectory, you should request pertnent nformaton from your authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Control and operaton of rado transmtter COMAND, rado and telephone* Please do not forget that your prmary responsblty s to drve the vehcle safely. Only operate the COMAND (Cockpt Management and Data System), rado or telephone 1 f road, weather and traffc condtons permt. Bear n mnd that at a speed of just 30 mph (approxmately 50 km/h), your vehcle s coverng a dstance of 44 feet (approxmately 14 m) every second. 1 Observe all legal requrements 273

275 Operaton Drvng nstructons Telephones and two-way rados Rado transmtters, such as a portable telephone or a ctzens band unt should only be used nsde the vehcle f they are connected to an antenna that s nstalled on the outsde of the vehcle. Refer to the rado transmtter operaton nstructons regardng use of an external antenna. Catalytc converter Your Mercedes-Benz s equpped wth monolthc-type catalytc converters, an mportant element n conjuncton wth the Never operate rado transmtters equpped oxygen sensors to acheve substantal control of the pollutants n the exhaust ems- wth a bult-n or attached antenna (.e. wthout beng connected to an external antenna) sons. Keep your vehcle n proper from nsde the vehcle whle the engne s operatng condton by followng our recommended mantenance nstructons as runnng. Dong so could lead to a malfuncton of the vehcle s electronc system, possbly resultng n an accdent and/or outlned n your Mantenance Booklet. personal njury.! To prevent damage to the catalytc converters, only use premum unleaded gasolne n ths vehcle. Any notceable rregulartes n engne operaton should be repared promptly. Otherwse, excessve unburned fuel may reach the catalytc converter, causng t to overheat, whch could potentally start a fre. As wth any vehcle, do not dle, park or operate ths vehcle n areas where combustble materals such as grass, hay or leaves can come nto contact wth the hot exhaust system, as these materals could be gnted and cause a vehcle fre. 274

276 Operaton Drvng nstructons Emsson control Certan systems of the engne serve to keep the toxc components of the exhaust gases wthn permssble lmts requred by law. These systems, of course, wll functon properly only when mantaned strctly accordng to factory specfcatons. Any adjustments on the engne should, therefore, be carred out only by qualfed Mercedes-Benz Center authorzed techncans. Engne adjustments should not be altered n any way. Moreover, the specfed servce jobs must be carred out regularly accordng to Mercedes-Benz servcng requrements. For detals refer to the Mantenance Booklet. Coolant temperature Inhalaton of exhaust gas s hazardous to your health. All exhaust gas contans carbon monoxde, and nhalng t can cause unconscousness and lead to death. Do not run the engne n confned areas (such as a garage) whch are not properly ventlated. If you thnk that exhaust gas fumes are enterng the vehcle whle drvng, have the cause determned and corrected mmedately. If you must drve under these condtons, drve only wth at least one wndow fully open at all tmes. Durng severe operatng condtons and stop-and-go cty traffc, the coolant temperature may rse close to approxmately 248 F (120 C). The engne should not be operated wth the coolant temperature over 248 F (120 C). Dong so may cause serous engne damage whch s not covered by the Mercedes-Benz Lmted Warranty. Drvng when your engne s badly overheated can cause some fluds, whch may have leaked nto the engne compartment, to catch fre. You could be serously burned. Steam from an overheated engne can cause serous burns and can occur just by openng the engne hood. Stay away from the engne f you see or hear steam comng from t. Turn off the engne, get out of the vehcle and do not stand near the vehcle untl the engne has cooled down. 275

277 Operaton At the gas staton Refuelng Remove the SmartKey from the starter swtch. Open the fuel fller flap by pushng at the pont ndcated by the arrow 1. asolne fuel s hghly flammable and posonous. It burns volently and can cause serous njury. Whenever you are around gasolne fuel, avod nhalng fumes and skn contact, extngush all smokng materals. Never allow sparks, flame or smokng materals near gasolne fuel! The fuel fller flap s located on the rght-hand sde of the vehcle towards the rear. Lockng/unlockng the vehcle wth the remote control automatcally locks/unlocks the fuel fller flap. 1 To open the fuel fller flap 2 Fuel fller cap 3 To nsert the fuel fller cap Turn the engne off by turnng the SmartKey to poston 0. by pressng the KEYLESS-O* start/stop button. Open the drver s door (wth the drver s door open, starter swtch s now n poston 0, same as SmartKey removed from starter swtch). The fuel fller flap sprngs open. Turn the fuel cap to the left and hold on to t untl possble pressure s released. Take off the cap and set t n drecton of arrow 2 n the recess 3 on the fuel fller flap. To prevent fuel vapors from escapng nto open ar, fully nsert fller nozzle unt. Only fll your tank untl the fller nozzle unt cuts out do not top up or overfll. 276

278 Operaton At the gas staton Replace fuel cap by turnng t clockwse untl t audbly engages. Close the fuel fller flap. Overfllng of the fuel tank may create pressure n the system whch could cause a gasolne fuel dscharge. Ths could cause the gasolne fuel to spray back out when removng the fuel pump nozzle, whch could cause personal njury. Leavng the engne runnng and the fuel cap open can cause the yellow fuel tank reserve warnng lamp to flash and the ú malfuncton ndcator lamp (USA only) or the ± malfuncton ndcator lamp (Canada only) to llumnate. See also Practcal hnts secton ( page 342). Only use premum unleaded gasolne wth a mnmum Posted Octane Ratng of 91 (average of 96 RON/86 MON). Informaton on gasolne qualty can normally be found on the fuel pump. For more nformaton on gasolne, see the Factory Approved Servce Products pamphlet. Check regularly and before a long trp 1 Wndsheld washer and headlamp cleanng system* For more nformaton on refllng the reservor, see Wndsheld washer system and headlamp cleanng system* ( page 286). 2 Brake flud For more nformaton on brake flud, see Brake flud ( page 432). 3 Coolant level For more nformaton on the coolant level, see Coolant level ( page 283). 277

279 Operaton At the gas staton! If you fnd that the brake flud n the brake flud reservor has fallen to the mnmum mark or below, have the brake system checked for brake pad thckness and leaks mmedately. Notfy an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center mmedately. Do not add brake flud as ths wll not solve the problem. For more nformaton, see Practcal hnts ( page 338). Engne ol level For more nformaton on engne ol level, see Engne ol ( page 280). Vehcle lghtng Check functon and cleanlness. For more nformaton on replacng lght bulbs, see the Practcal hnts secton ( page 387). For more nformaton, see Exteror lamp swtch ( page 130). Tre nflaton pressure For more nformaton, see Checkng tre nflaton pressure ( page 299). 278

280 Engne compartment Hood Do not pull the release lever whle the vehcle s n moton. Otherwse the hood could be forced open by passng ar flow. Pull lever 1 downwards. The hood s unlocked. Operaton Engne compartment Push lever 1 on the hood upwards. Pull up on the hood and then release t. The hood wll be automatcally held open at shoulder heght by gas-flled struts.! To avod damage to the wndsheld wpers or hood, never open the hood f the wper arms are folded forward away from the wndsheld. Openng 1 Hood release 1 Lever for openng the hood To help prevent personal njury, stay clear of movng parts when the hood s open and the engne s runnng. Make sure the hood s properly closed before drvng. When closng the hood, use extreme cauton not to catch hands or fngers. The radator fan may contnue to run for approxmately 30 seconds or even restart after the engne has been turned off. Stay clear of fan blades. 279

281 Operaton Engne compartment If you see flames or smoke comng from the engne compartment, or f the coolant temperature gauge ndcates that the engne s overheated, do not open the hood. Move away from vehcle and do not open the hood untl the engne has cooled. If necessary, call the fre department. The engne s equpped wth a transstorzed gnton system. Because of the hgh voltage t s dangerous to touch any components (gnton cols, spark plug sockets, dagnostc socket) of the gnton system wth the engne runnng whle startng the engne f gnton s on and the engne s turned manually Closng Be careful that you do not close the hood on anyone. Let the hood drop from a heght of approxmately 1 ft (30 cm). The hood wll lock audbly. Check to make sure the hood s fully closed. If you can rase the hood at a pont above the headlamps, then t s not properly closed. Open t agan and let t drop wth somewhat greater force. Engne ol The amount of ol your engne needs wll depend on a number of factors, ncludng drvng style. Hgher ol consumpton can occur when the vehcle s new the vehcle s drven frequently at hgher engne speeds Engne ol consumpton checks should only be made after the vehcle break-n perod. Do not use any specal lubrcant addtves, as these may damage the drve assembles. Usng specal addtves not approved by Mercedes-Benz may cause damage not covered by the Mercedes-Benz Lmted Warranty. More nformaton on ths subject s avalable at any Mercedes-Benz Center. 280

282 Operaton Engne compartment Checkng engne ol level wth the control system When checkng the ol level the vehcle must be parked on level ground wth the engne at operatng temperature, the vehcle must have been statonary for at least fve mnutes wth the engne turned off wth the engne not at operatng temperature yet, the vehcle must have been statonary for at least 30 mnutes wth the engne turned off To check the engne ol level va the multfuncton dsplay, do the followng: Swtch on the gnton ( page 34). The standard dsplay ( page 143) should appear n the multfuncton dsplay. Press button k or j, on the steerng wheel untl the followng message s seen n the multfuncton dsplay: One of the followng messages wll subsequently appear n the ndcator: Engne ol level ok Add 1.0 Qt. to reach max. ol level (Canada: 1.0 Lter) Add 1.5 Qts. to reach max. ol level to reach max. ol level (Canada: 1.5 Lters) Add 2.0 Qts. to reach max. ol level to reach max. ol level (Canada: 2.0 Lters) If you want to nterrupt the checkng procedure, press the k or j button on the multfuncton steerng wheel. If necessary, add engne ol. For addng engne ol, see ( page 282). For more nformaton on engne ol, see the Techncal data secton ( page 429) and ( page 432). Other dsplay messages If the SmartKey or KEYLESS-O start/stop button* s not n poston 2, the followng message wll appear: Swtch on gnton to check engne ol level Swtch on the gnton ( page 34). If you see the message: Observe watng perod 281

283 Operaton Engne compartment If engne s at normal operatng temperature, wat fve mnutes before repeatng check procedure. If engne s not at operatng temperature yet, wat 30 mnutes before repeatng check procedure. If you see the message: Engne ol level Not when engne on Turn off the engne. If the engne s at normal operatng temperature, wat fve mnutes before checkng ol. If the engne s not yet at normal operatng temperature, you must wat 30 mnutes before checkng ol. If there s excess engne ol wth the engne at normal operatng temperature, the followng message wll appear: Engne ol level Reduce ol level Have excess ol sphoned or draned off. Contact an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center.! Excess ol must be sphoned or draned off. It could cause damage to the engne and catalytc converter not covered by the Mercedes-Benz Lmted Warranty. For more nformaton on messages n the dsplay concernng engne ol, see the Practcal hnts secton ( page 361). Addng engne ol! Only use approved engne ols and ol flters requred for vehcles wth Mantenance System (U.S. vehcles) or FSS PLUS (Canada vehcles). For a lstng of approved engne ols and ol flters, refer to the Factory Approved Servce Products pamphlet n your vehcle lterature portfolo, or contact an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Usng engne ols and ol flters of specfcaton other than those expressly requred for the Mantenance System (U.S. vehcles) or FSS PLUS (Canada vehcles), or changng of ol and ol flter at change ntervals longer than those called for by the Mantenance System (U.S. vehcles) or FSS PLUS (Canada vehcles) wll result n engne damage not covered by the Mercedes-Benz Lmted Warranty. 282

284 Operaton Engne compartment CLS 500, CLS 55 AM 1 Fller cap Unscrew fller cap 1 from fller neck. Add engne ol as requred. Be careful not to overfll wth ol. Be careful not to spll any ol when addng. Avod envronmental damage caused by ol enterng the ground or water.! Excess ol must be sphoned or draned off. It could cause damage to the engne and catalytc converter not covered by the Mercedes-Benz Lmted Warranty. Screw fller cap 1 back on fller neck. For more nformaton on engne ol, see the Techncal data secton ( page 429) and ( page 432). Transmsson flud level The transmsson flud level does not need to be checked. If you notce transmsson flud loss or gear shftng malfunctons, have an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center check the transmsson. Coolant level The engne coolant s a mxture of water and antcorroson/antfreeze. To check the coolant level, the vehcle must be parked on level ground and the engne must be cool. 283

285 Operaton Engne compartment In order to avod any possbly serous burns: Use extreme cauton when openng the hood f there are any sgns of steam or coolant leakng from the coolng system, or f the coolant temperature gauge ndcates that the coolant s overheated. Do not remove pressure cap on coolant reservor f coolant temperature s above 158 F (70 C). Allow engne to cool down before removng cap. The coolant reservor contans hot flud and s under pressure. Usng a rag, slowly open the cap approxmately 1 / 2 turn to releve excess pressure. If opened mmedately, scaldng hot flud and steam wll be blown out under pressure. Do not spll antfreeze on hot engne parts. Antfreeze contans ethylene glycol whch may burn f t comes nto contact wth hot engne parts. The coolant expanson tank s located on the drver s sde of the engne compartment. Coolant expanson tank Usng a rag, turn the cap slowly approxmately one half turn to the left to release any excess pressure. Contnue turnng the cap to the left and remove t. The coolant level s correct f the level: for cold coolant: reaches the black top part of the reservor for warm coolant: s approxmately 0.6 n (1.5 cm) hgher Add coolant as requred. Replace and tghten cap. For more nformaton on coolant, see the Techncal data secton ( page 434). 284

286 Operaton Engne compartment Battery Your vehcle s equpped wth two batteres: Auxlary battery (located n the engne compartment). Man battery (starter and electrcal consumers; located n the trunk) ( page 402). The batteres should always be suffcently charged n order to acheve ther rated servce lfe. Refer to Mantenance Booklet for battery mantenance ntervals. If you use your vehcle mostly for short-dstance trps, you wll need to have the battery charge checked more frequently. When replacng the battery, always use batteres approved by Mercedes-Benz. If you do not ntend to operate your vehcle for an extended perod of tme, consult an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center about steps you need to observe. Observe A Rsk D Keep B Battery all safety nstructons and precautons when handlng automotve batteres. of exploson. flames or sparks away from battery. Do not smoke. acd s caustc. Do not allow t to come nto contact wth skn, eyes or clothng. In case t does, mmedately flush affected area wth clean water and seek medcal help f necessary. E Wear C Keep F Follow eye protecton. chldren away. the nstructons n ths Operator's Manual. Batteres contan materals that can harm the envronment f dsposed of mproperly. Recyclng of batteres s the preferred method of dsposal. Many states requre sellers of batteres to accept old batteres for recyclng. 285

287 Operaton Engne compartment Wndsheld washer system and headlamp cleanng system* The wndsheld washer reservor s located n the engne compartment. 1 Washer flud reservor Flud for the wndsheld washer system and the headlamp cleanng system s suppled from the wndsheld washer reservor. It has a capacty of: 286 Vehcles wthout headlamp cleanng system: approxmately 4.8 US qt (4.5 l). Vehcles wth headlamp cleanng system: approxmately 7.4 US qt (7 l). Durng all seasons, add MB Wndsheld Washer Concentrate S to water. Premx the wndsheld washer flud n a sutable contaner. Refll the reservor wth MB Wndsheld Washer Concentrate and water (or commercally avalable premxed wndsheld washer solvent/antfreeze, dependng on ambent temperatures). Always use washer solvent/antfreeze where temperatures may fall below freezng pont. Falure to do so could result n damage to the washer system/reservor. Washer solvent/antfreeze s hghly flammable. Do not spll washer solvent/ antfreeze on hot engne parts, because t may gnte and burn. You could be serously burned.! Only use washer flud whch s sutable for plastc lenses. Improper washer flud can damage the plastc lenses of the headlamps. For more nformaton, see Wndsheld and headlamp washer flud mxng rato ( page 437).

288 Tres and wheels See an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center for nformaton on tested and recommended rms and tres for summer and wnter operaton. They can also offer advce concernng tre servce and purchase. Replace rms or tres wth the same desgnaton, manufacturer and type as shown on the orgnal part. See an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center for further nformaton. If ncorrectly szed rms and tres are mounted: The wheel brakes or suspenson components can be damaged The correct operatng clearance of the wheels and the tres are no longer guaranteed Worn, old tres can cause accdents. If the tre tread s badly worn, or f the tres have sustaned damage, replace them. When replacng rms, only use genune Mercedes-Benz wheel bolts specfed for the partcular rm type. Falure to do so can result n the bolts loosenng and possbly an accdent. Retreaded tres are not tested or recommended by Mercedes-Benz, snce prevous damage cannot always be recognzed on retreads. Mercedes-Benz can therefore not assure the operatng safety of the vehcle when such tres are used. See an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center for nformaton on tested and recommended rms and tres for summer and wnter operaton. Important gudelnes Operaton Tres and wheels Only use sets of tres and rms of the same type and make. Tres must be of the correct sze for the rm. Break n new tres for approxmately 60 mles (100 km) at moderate speeds. Regularly check the tres and rms for damage. Dented or bent rms can cause tre nflaton pressure loss and damage to the tre beads. If vehcle s heavly loaded, check tre nflaton pressure and correct as requred. Do not allow your tres to wear down too far. Adheson propertes on wet roads are sharply reduced at tread depths under 1 / 8 n (3 mm). 287

289 Operaton Tres and wheels The wheels on the front and rear axles are dfferent. For ths reason, pay attenton to the markngs on the nsde of the wheel rms. Wheels marked REAR AXLE ONLY on the nsde of the rm may only be ftted on the rear axle. When replacng ndvdual tres, you should mount new tres on the front wheels frst (on vehcles wth same-szed wheels all around). Tre care and mantenance Regularly check the tres for damage. Damaged tres can cause tre nflaton pressure loss. As a result, you could lose control of your vehcle. Worn, old tres can cause accdents. If the tre tread s badly worn, or f the tres have sustaned damage, replace them. Regularly check your tre nflaton pressure at least once a month. For more nformaton on checkng tre nflaton pressure see Recommended tre nflaton pressure ( page 297). Tre nspecton Every tme you check your tre nflaton pressure, you should also nspect your tres for the followng: excessve treadwear ( page 289) cord or fabrc showng through the tre s rubber bumps, bulges, cuts, cracks or splts n the tread or sde of the tre Replace the tre f you fnd any of the above condtons. Make sure you also nspect the spare tre perodcally for condton and nflaton. Spare tres wll age and become worn over tme even f never used, and thus should be nspected and replaced when necessary. Lfe of tre The servce lfe of a tre s dependent upon varyng factors ncludng but not lmted to: Drvng style Tre nflaton pressure Dstance drven Tres and spare tre should be replaced after sx years, regardless of the remanng tread. 288

290 Operaton Tres and wheels Tread depth Do not allow your tres to wear down too far. Adheson propertes on wet roads are sharply reduced at tread depths under 1 8 n (3 mm). Tread wear ndcators (TWI) are requred by law. These ndcators are located n sx places on the tread crcumference and become vsble at a tread depth of approxmately 1 / 16 n (1.6 mm), at whch pont the tre s consdered worn and should be replaced. Recommended mnmum tre tread depth: Summer tres 1 / 8 n (3 mm) Wnter tres 1 / 6 n (4 mm) Although the applcable federal motor safety laws consder a tre to be worn when the treadwear ndcators (TWI) become vsble at approxmately 1 / 16 n (1.6 mm), we recommend that you do not allow your tres to wear down to that level. As tread depth approaches 1 / 8 n (3 mm), the adheson propertes on a wet road are sharply reduced. Dependng upon the weather and/or road surface (condtons), the tre tracton vares wdely. 1 TWI (Tread Wear Indcator) The treadwear ndcator appears as a sold band across the tread. Storng tres! Keep unmounted tres n a cool, dry place wth as lttle exposure to lght as possble. Protect tres from contact wth ol, grease and gasolne. Cleanng tres! Never use a round nozzle to power wash tres. The ntense jet of water can result n damage to the tre. Always replace a damaged tre. 289

291 Operaton Tres and wheels Drecton of rotaton Undrectonal tres offer added advantages, such as better hydroplanng performance. To beneft, however, you must make sure the tres rotate n the drecton specfed. An arrow on the sdewall ndcates the ntended drecton of rotaton (spnnng) of the tre. Spare wheels may be mounted aganst the drecton of rotaton (spnnng) even wth a undrectonal tre for temporary use only untl the regular drve wheel has been repared or replaced. Always observe and follow applcable temporary use restrctons and speed lmtatons ndcated on the spare wheel. Loadng the vehcle Two labels on your vehcle show how much weght t may properly carry. The Tre and Loadng Informaton placard (Example A) or the Vehcle Tre Informaton placard (Example B) can be found on the drver s door B-pllar. Ths placard tells you mportant nformaton about the number of people that can be n the vehcle and the total weght that can be carred n the vehcle. It also contans nformaton on the proper sze and recommended tre nflaton pressures for the orgnal equpment tres on your vehcle. The Certfcaton label, also found on the drver s door B-pllar tells you about the gross weght capacty of your vehcle, called the ross Vehcle Weght Ratng (VWR). The VWR ncludes the weght of the vehcle, all occupants, fuel and cargo. The Certfcaton label also tells you about the front and rear axle weght capacty, called the ross Axle Weght Ratng (AWR). The AWR s the total allowable weght that can be carred by a sngle axle (front or rear). Never exceed the VWR or AWR for ether the front axle or rear axle. 290

292 Operaton Tres and wheels 1 Drver s door B-pllar Followng s a dscusson on how to work wth the nformaton contaned on the two placards wth regards to loadng your vehcle. Tre and Loadng Informaton Do not overload the tres by exceedng the specfed load lmt or vehcle capacty weght as ndcated on the placard on the drver s door B-pllar. Overloadng the tres can overheat them, possbly causng a blowout. Overloadng the tres can also result n handlng or steerng problems, or brake falure. Your vehcle s equpped wth ether the Tre and Loadng Informaton placard (Example A) or the Vehcle Tre Informaton placard (Example B). Data shown on placard examples are for llustraton purposes only. Load lmt data are specfc to each vehcle and may vary from data shown n the llustratons below. Refer to placard on vehcle for actual data specfc to your vehcle. Placard (Example A) 1 Load lmt nformaton on the Tre and Loadng Informaton placard 291

293 Operaton Tres and wheels The placard showng the load lmt nformaton s located on the drver s door B-pllar. If your vehcle s equpped wth the Tre and Loadng Informaton placard (Example A), locate the statement The combned weght of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX klograms or XXX lbs. on ths placard. The combned weght of all occupants, cargo/luggage and traler tongue load (f applcable) should never exceed the weght referenced n that statement. Placard (Example B) 1 Load lmt nformaton on the Vehcle Tre Informaton placard The placard showng the load lmt nformaton s located on the drver s door B-pllar. If your vehcle s equpped wth the Vehcle Tre Informaton placard (Example B), locate the headng Vehcle Capacty Weght on ths placard. The combned weght of all occupants, cargo/luggage and traler tongue (f applcable) should never exceed the weght lsted next to vehcle capacty weght. Seatng capacty The seatng capacty gves you mportant nformaton on the number of occupants that can be n the vehcle. Observe front and rear seatng capacty. Your vehcle s equpped wth ether placard Example A or placard Example B located on the drver s door B-pllar ( page 291). Data shown on placard examples are for llustraton purposes only. Seatng data are specfc to each vehcle and may vary from data shown n the llustratons below. Refer to placard on vehcle for actual data specfc to your vehcle. 292

294 Operaton Tres and wheels Placard (Example A) 1 Seatng capacty Placard (Example B) 1 Seatng capacty Steps for determnng correct load lmt The followng steps have been developed as requred of all manufacturers under Ttle 49, Code of U.S. Federal Regulatons, Part 575 pursuant to the Natonal Traffc and Motor Vehcle Safety Act of Step 1 (Vehcles equpped wth placard Example A) Locate the statement The combned weght of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs. on your vehcle s placard. Step 1 (Vehcles equpped wth placard Example B) Locate the headng Vehcle Capacty Weght on your vehcle s placard. Step 2 Determne the combned weght of the drver and passengers that wll be rdng n your vehcle. Step 3 Subtract the combned weght of the drver and passengers from XXX klograms or XXX lbs. Step 4 The resultng fgure equals the avalable amount of cargo and luggage load capacty. For example, f the XXX amount equals 1400 lbs. and there wll be fve 150 lbs. passengers n your vehcle, the amount of avalable cargo and luggage load capacty s 650 lbs. ( (5 x150) = 650 lbs.) Step 5 Determne the combned weght of luggage and cargo beng loaded on the vehcle. That weght may not safely exceed the avalable cargo and luggage load capacty calculated n step

295 Operaton Tres and wheels Step 6 (f applcable) If your vehcle wll be towng a traler, load from your traler wll be transferred to your vehcle. Consult ths manual to determne how ths reduces the avalable cargo and luggage load capacty of your vehcle ( page 296). The followng table shows examples on how to calculate total and cargo load capactes wth varyng seatng confguratons and number and sze of occupants. The followng examples use a load lmt of 1500 lbs. Ths s for llustraton purposes only. Make sure you are usng the actual load lmt for your vehcle stated on the vehcle s placard ( page 291). 294

296 Operaton Tres and wheels Example Combned weght lmt of occupants and cargo from placard Number of occupants (drver and passengers) The hgher the weght of all occupants, the less cargo and luggage load capacty s avalable. For more nformaton, see Traler tongue load ( page 296). Seatng confguraton front: 2 rear: front: 1 rear: 2 Occupants weght Occupant 1: 150 lbs Occupant 2: 180 lbs Occupant 3: 160 lbs Occupant 4: 140 lbs Occupant 1: 200 lbs Occupant 2: 190 lbs Occupant 3: 150 lbs Combned weght of all occupants Avalable cargo/luggage and traler tongue weght (total load lmt or vehcle capacty weght from placard mnus combned weght of all occupants) 630 lbs 1500 lbs lbs = 870 lbs 540 lbs 1500 lbs lbs = 960 lbs front:1 Occupant 1: 150 lbs 150 lbs 1500 lbs lbs = 1350 lbs 295

297 Operaton Tres and wheels Certfcaton label Even after careful determnaton of the combned weght of all occupants, cargo and the traler tongue load (f applcable) ( page 296) as to not exceed the permssble load lmt, you must make sure that your vehcle never exceeds the ross Vehcle Weght Ratng (VWR) and the ross Axle Weght Ratng (AWR) for ether the front or rear axle. You can obtan the VWR and AWR from the Certfcaton label. The Certfcaton Label can be found on the drver s door B-pllar, see Techncal data ( page 418). ross Vehcle Weght Ratng (VWR): The total weght of the vehcle, all occupants, all cargo, and the traler tongue load ( page 296) must never exceed the VWR. ross Axle Weght Ratng (AWR): The total allowable weght that can be carred by a sngle axle (front or rear). To assure that your vehcle does not exceed the maxmum permssble weght lmts (VWR and AWR for front and rear axle), have the loaded vehcle (ncludng drver, passengers and all cargo and, f applcable, traler fully loaded) weghed on a sutable commercal scale. Traler tongue load The tongue load of any traler s an mportant weght to measure because t affects the load you can carry n your vehcle. If a traler s towed, the tongue load must be added to the weght of all occupants rdng and any cargo you are carryng n the vehcle. The tongue load typcally s ten percent of the traler weght and everythng loaded n t. Your Mercedes-Benz has been desgned prmarly to carry passengers and ther cargo. Mercedes-Benz does not recommend traler towng wth your vehcle. 296

298 Operaton Tres and wheels Recommended tre nflaton pressure Follow recommended tre nflaton pressures. Do not undernflate tres. Undernflated tres wear excessvely and/or unevenly, adversely affect handlng and fuel economy, and are more lkely to fal from beng overheated. Do not overnflate tres. Overnflated tres can adversely affect handlng and rde comfort, wear unevenly, ncrease stoppng dstance, and result n sudden deflaton (blowout) because they are more lkely to become punctured or damaged by road debrs, potholes etc. Your vehcle s equpped wth ether the Tre and Loadng Informaton placard (Example A) or the Vehcle Tre Informaton placard (Example B) located on the drver s door B-pllar ( page 291). The tre nflaton pressure should be checked regularly and should only be adjusted on cold tres. The tres can be consdered cold f the vehcle has been parked for at least three hours or drven less than one mle (1.6 km). Follow recommended cold tre nflaton pressures lsted on placard. Keepng the tres properly nflated provdes the best handlng, tread lfe and rdng comfort. In addton to the tre placard on the drver s door B-pllar, also consult the fuel fller flap for any addtonal nformaton pertanng to specal drvng stuatons. For more nformaton, see Important notes on tre nflaton pressure ( page 298). Data shown on placard examples are for llustraton purposes only. Tre data are specfc to each vehcle and may vary from data shown n the llustratons below. Refer to placard on vehcle for actual data specfc to your vehcle. Placard (Example A) 1 Tre and Loadng Informaton placard wth recommended cold tre nflaton pressures Placard (Example A) lsts the recommended cold tre nflaton pressures for maxmum loaded vehcle weght. The tre nflaton pressures lsted apply to the tres nstalled as orgnal equpment. 297

299 Operaton Tres and wheels Placard (Example B) 1 Vehcle Tre Informaton placard wth recommended cold tre nflaton pressures Placard (Example B) lsts the recommended cold tre nflaton pressures for maxmum loaded vehcle weght. The tre nflaton pressures lsted apply to the tres nstalled as orgnal equpment. Placard (Example B) may lst recommended cold tre nflaton pressures for dfferent vehcle loads. Important notes on tre nflaton pressure If the tre nflaton pressure repeatedly drops: Check the tres for punctures from foregn objects. Check to see whether ar s leakng from the valves or from around the rm. Tre temperature and tre nflaton pressure are also ncreased whle drvng, dependng on the drvng speed and the tre load. If you wll be drvng your vehcle at hgh speeds of 100 mph (160 km/h) or hgher, where t s legal and condtons allow, consult the placard on the nsde of the fuel fller flap on how to adjust the cold tre nflaton pressure. If you do not adjust the tre nflaton pressure, excessve heat can buld up and result n sudden tre falure. Be sure to readjust the tre nflaton pressure for normal drvng speeds. You should wat untl the tres are cold before adjustng the tre nflaton pressure. Some vehcles may have supplemental tre nflaton pressure nformaton for vehcle loads less than the maxmum loaded vehcle condton. If such nformaton s provded, t can be found on the placard located on the nsde of the fuel fller flap. Tre nflaton pressure changes by approxmately 1.5 ps (0.1 bar) per 18 F (10 C) of ar temperature change. Keep ths n mnd when checkng tre nflaton pressure where the temperature s dfferent from the outsde temperature. 298

300 Operaton Tres and wheels Checkng tre nflaton pressure Regularly check your tre nflaton pressure at least once a month. Check and adjust the tre nflaton pressure when the tres are cold. The tres can be consdered cold f the vehcle has been parked for at least three hours or drven less than one mle (1.6 km). If you check the tre nflaton pressure when the tres are warm (the vehcle has been drven for several mles or sttng less than three hours), the readng wll be approxmately 4 ps (0.3 bar) hgher than the cold readng. Ths s normal. Do not let ar out to match the specfed cold tre nflaton pressure. Otherwse, the tre wll be undernflated. Potental problems assocated wth undernflated and overnflated tres Undernflated tre nflaton pressure Undernflated tres can: cause excessve and uneven tre wear adversely affect fuel economy lead to tre falure from beng overheated adversely affect handlng characterstcs Follow recommended tre nflaton pressures. Do not undernflate tres. Undernflated tres wear excessvely and/or unevenly, adversely affect handlng and fuel economy, and are more lkely to fal from beng overheated. 299

301 Operaton Tres and wheels Overnflated tre nflaton pressure Overnflated tres can: adversely affect handlng characterstcs cause uneven tre wear be more prone to damage from road hazards adversely affect rde comfort ncrease stoppng dstance Follow recommended tre nflaton pressures. Do not overnflate tres. Overnflated tres can adversely affect handlng and rde comfort, wear unevenly, ncrease stoppng dstance, and result n sudden deflaton (blowout) because they are more lkely to become punctured or damaged by road debrs, potholes etc. Checkng tre nflaton pressure manually Follow the steps below to acheve correct tre nflaton pressure: Remove the cap from the valve on one tre. Frmly press a tre gauge onto the valve. Read tre nflaton pressure on tre gauge and check aganst the recommended tre nflaton pressure on the placard on the drver s door B-pllar ( page 291) or, f avalable, the nsde of the fuel fller flap. If necessary, add ar to acheve the recommended tre nflaton pressure. If you have overflled the tre, release tre nflaton pressure by pushng the metal stem of the valve wth e.g. a tp of a pen. Then recheck the tre nflaton pressure wth the tre gauge. Install the valve cap. Repeat ths procedure for each tre. 300

302 Operaton Tres and wheels Run Flat Indcator Whle the vehcle s beng drven, the Run Flat Indcator montors the set tre nflaton pressures by evaluatng each wheel s rotatonal speed. Ths allows the system to detect a sgnfcant loss of pressure n a tre. If a wheel s rotatonal speed changes due to fallng tre nflaton pressure, you wll see a correspondng warnng message n the multfuncton dsplay. The Run Flat Indcator may functon n a restrcted manner or wth a delay f: snow chans are mounted to the vehcle wnter road condtons preval you are drvng on a loose surface (e.g. sand or gravel) you are drvng n a very sporty manner (nvolvng rapd acceleraton or hgh speeds n curves) When the multfuncton dsplay shows the message Check tres Then reactvate Run Flat Indcator one or more of your tres s sgnfcantly under-nflated. You should stop and check your tres as soon as possble, and nflate them to the proper tre nflaton pressure as ndcated on the vehcle s tre nformaton placard. Drvng on a sgnfcantly under-nflated tre causes the tre to overheat and can lead to tre falure. Under-nflaton also reduces fuel effcency and tre tread lfe, and may affect the vehcle s handlng and stoppng ablty. Each tre, ncludng the spare, should be checked monthly when cold and set to the recommended tre nflaton pressure as specfed n the vehcle placard and owner s manual. The recommended tre nflaton pressures for your vehcle can be found on the tre placard located on the drver s door B-pllar ( page 291). The tre nflaton pressures are not lsted n the owner s manual. 301

303 Operaton Tres and wheels The Run Flat Indcator does not ndcate a warnng for wrongly selected tre nflaton pressures. Always adjust tre nflaton pressure accordng to the placard on the drver s door B-pllar or fuel fller flap. The Run Flat Indcator does not replace regular checks of the tre nflaton pressures snce a gradual pressure loss n all four tres cannot be detected by the Run Flat Indcator. The Run Flat Indcator s not able to ssue a warnng due to a sudden dramatc loss of tre nflaton pressure (e.g. tre blowout caused by a foregn object). In ths case brng the vehcle to a halt by carefully applyng the brakes and avodng abrupt steerng maneuvers. Follow recommend tre nflaton pressures. Do not undernflate tres. Undernflated tres wear excessvely and/or unevenly, adversely affect handlng and fuel economy, and are more lkely to fal from beng overheated. Do not overnflate tres. Overnflated tres can adversely affect handlng and rde comfort, wear unevenly, ncrease stoppng dstance, and result n sudden deflaton (blowout) because they are more lkely to become punctured or damaged by road debrs, potholes etc. Do not overload the tres by exceedng the specfed load lmt or vehcle capacty weght as ndcated on the placard on the drver s door B-pllar. Overloadng the tres can overheat them, possbly causng a blowout. Reactvatng the Run Flat Indcator The tre nflaton pressure montor must be reactvated n the followng stuatons: If you have changed the tre nflaton pressure If you have replaced the wheels or tres If you have nstalled new wheels or tres Usng the tre placard on the drver s door B-pllar or, f avalable, the nsde of the fuel fller flap, make sure the tre nflaton pressure of all four tres s correct. The Run Flat Indcator can only warn you n a relable manner f you have set the correct tre nflaton pressures for each tre. If an ncorrect tre nflaton pressure was set, the system wll montor the pressure accordng to the ncorrect value. 302

304 Operaton Tres and wheels Swtch on the gnton ( page 34). The standard dsplay menu appears n the multfuncton dsplay ( page 148). Press button k or j repeatedly untl the followng message appears n the multfuncton dsplay: Run Flat Indcator actve Reactvaton possble: + Press button æ. The followng message wll appear n the multfuncton dsplay: Tre pres. now OK? If you wsh to confrm actvaton: Press button æ. The followng message wll appear n the multfuncton dsplay: Run Flat Indcator reactvated After a certan learnng phase, the Run Flat Indcator checks the set pressure values for all four tres. If you wsh to cancel actvaton: Press button ç. or Wat untl the message Tre pressure OK now? dsappears. MOExtended system* The MOExtended system allows you to contnue drvng your vehcle even f there s a total loss of pressure n one or more tres. You may only use the MOExtended system n conjuncton wth the Run Flat Indcator.! The maxmum dstance n emergency mode depends on the vehcle s load. It s 30 mles (50 km) f the vehcle s partally loaded and 18 mles (30 km) f the vehcle s fully loaded. The pont at whch the maxmum drvng dstance begns n emergency mode s when the warnng message appears n the multfuncton dsplay ndcatng that there s a loss of tre nflaton pressure. Do not exceed the maxmum speed of 50 mph (80 km/h). 303

305 Operaton Tres and wheels In emergency mode, your vehcle s drvng characterstcs are dmnshed n such stuatons as: drvng around curves whle brakng whle acceleratng rapdly Therefore, your drvng style must be adapted accordngly. Avod abrupt steerng and drvng maneuvers, as well as drvng over obstacles (road curbs, potholes, or off-road areas). Ths s especally mportant f the vehcle s heavly loaded. The emergency drvng dstance that can be acheved greatly depends on the demands placed on the vehcle. Dependng on speed, load, drvng maneuvers, road condtons, outsde temperature, etc., the dstance can be sgnfcantly shorter or, f the vehcle s drven cautously, somewhat longer. Do not contnue drvng n emergency mode f you notce knockng sounds the vehcle starts to shake smoke develops and you smell rubber ESP s ntervenng contnuously you notce tears on the tre sdewalls After drvng n emergency mode, you must have the rms nspected by an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center to check f they are sutable for further use. The faled tre must be replaced n any case. When replacng ndvdual or all tres on the vehcle, make sure only tres marked wth MOExtended are mounted n the sze specfed for your vehcle. Tre labelng Besdes tre name (sales desgnaton) and manufacturer name, a number of markngs can be found on a tre. Followng are some explanatons for the markngs on your vehcle s tres: 304

306 Operaton Tres and wheels 1 Unform Qualty radng Standards ( page 312) 2 DOT, Tre Identfcaton Number (TIN) ( page 309) 3 Maxmum tre load ( page 311) 4 Maxmum tre nflaton pressure ( page 311) 5 Manufacturer 6 Tre ply materal ( page 314) 7 Tre sze desgnaton, load and speed ratng ( page 305) 8 Load dentfcaton ( page 309) 9 Tre name For llustraton purposes only. Actual data on tres are specfc to each vehcle and may vary from data shown n above llustraton. For more nformaton, see Rms and tres ( page 421). Tre sze desgnaton, load and speed ratng 1 Tre wdth 2 Aspect rato n % 3 Radal tre code 4 Rm dameter 5 Tre load ratng 6 Tre speed ratng For llustraton purposes only. Actual data on tres are specfc to each vehcle and may vary from data shown n above llustraton. eneral: Dependng on the desgn standards used, the tre sze molded nto the sdewall may have no letter or a letter precedng the tre sze desgnaton. No letter precedng the sze desgnaton (as llustrated above): Passenger car tre based on European desgn standards. Letter P precedng the sze desgnaton: Passenger car tre based on U.S. desgn standards. Letter LT precedng the sze desgnaton: Lght Truck tre based on U.S. desgn standards. Letter T precedng the sze desgnaton: Temporary spare tres whch are hgh pressure compact spares desgned for temporary emergency use only. 305

307 Operaton Tres and wheels Tre wdth The tre wdth 1 ( page 305) ndcates the nomnal tre wdth n mm. Aspect rato The aspect rato 2 ( page 305) s the dmensonal relatonshp between tre secton heght and secton wdth and s expressed n percentage. The aspect rato s arrved at by dvdng secton heght by secton wdth. Tre code The tre code 3 ( page 305) ndcates the tre constructon type. The R stands for radal tre type. Letter D means dagonal or bas ply constructon; letter B means belted-bas ply constructon. At the tre manufacturer's opton, any tre wth a speed capablty above 149 mph (240 km/h) can nclude a ZR n the sze desgnaton (for example: 245/40 ZR 18). For addtonal nformaton, see Tre speed ratng ( page 307). Rm dameter The rm dameter 4 ( page 305) s the dameter of the bead seat, not the dameter of the rm edge. Rm dameter s ndcated n nches (n). Tre load ratng The tre load ratng 5 ( page 305) s a numercal code assocated wth the maxmum load a tre can support. For example, a load ratng of 91 corresponds to a maxmum load of 1356 lbs (615 kg) the tre s desgned to support. See also Maxmum tre load ( page 311) where the maxmum load assocated wth the load ndex s ndcated n klograms and lbs. Warnng The tre load ratng must always be at least half of the AWR ( page 315) of your vehcle. Otherwse, tre falure may be the result whch may cause an accdent and/or serous personal njury to you or others. Always replace rms and tres wth the same desgnaton, manufacturer and type as shown on the orgnal part. Do not overload the tres by exceedng the specfed load lmt or vehcle capacty weght as ndcated on the placard located on the drver s door B-pllar. Overloadng the tres can overheat them, possbly causng a blowout. Overloadng the tres can also result n handlng or steerng problems, or brake falure. 306

308 Operaton Tres and wheels For addtonal nformaton on tre load ratng, see Load dentfcaton ( page 309). Tre load ratng 5 ( page 305) and Tre speed ratng 6 ( page 305) are also referred to as servce descrpton. Tre speed ratng The tre speed ratng 6 ( page 305) ndcates the approved maxmum speed for the tre. Even when permtted by law, never operate a vehcle at speeds greater than the maxmum speed ratng of the tres. Exceedng the maxmum speed for whch tres are rated can lead to sudden tre falure, causng loss of vehcle control and possbly resultng n an accdent and/or personal njury and possble death, for you and for others. Tre load ratng 5 ( page 305) and Tre speed ratng 6 ( page 305) are also referred to as servce descrpton. Summer tres Index Q R S T H V W Y (Y) ZR Speed ratng up to 100 mph (160 km/h) up to 106 mph (170 km/h) up to 112 mph (180 km/h) up to 118 mph (190 km/h) up to 130 mph (210 km/h) up to 149 mph (240 km/h) up to 168 mph (270 km/h) up to 186 mph (300 km/h) above 186 mph (300 km/h) above 149 mph (240 km/h) At the tre manufacturer's opton, any tre wth a speed capablty above 149 mph (240 km/h) can nclude a ZR n the sze desgnaton (for example: 245/40 ZR18). To determne the maxmum speed capablty of the tre, the servce descrpton for the tre must be referred to. The servce descrpton 307

309 Operaton Tres and wheels s comprsed of the tre load ratng 5 ( page 305) and the tre speed ratng 6 ( page 305). If your tre ncludes ZR n the sze desgnaton and no servce descrpton 5 and 6 ( page 305) s gven, the tre manufacturer must be consulted for the maxmum speed capablty. If a servce descrpton 5 and 6 ( page 305) s gven, the speed capablty s lmted by the speed symbol n the servce descrpton. Example: 245/40 ZR18 97Y. In ths example, 97Y s the servce descrpton. The letter Y desgnates the speed ratng and the speed capablty of the tre s lmted to 186 mph (300 km/h). Any tre wth a speed capablty above 186 mph (300 km/h) must nclude a ZR n the sze desgnaton AND the servce descrpton must be placed n parenthess. Example: 275/40 ZR 18 (99Y). The (Y) speed ratng n parenthess desgnates the maxmum speed capablty of the tre as beng above 186 mph (300 km/h). Consult the tre manufacturer for the actual maxmum permssble speed of the tre. All-season and wnter tres Index Q M+S 1 Speed ratng up to 100 mph (160 km/h) T M+S 1 up to 118 mph (190 km/h) H M+S 1 up to 130 mph (210 km/h) V M+S 1 up to 149 mph (240 km/h) 1 or M+S.for wnter tres Not all M+S rated tres provde specal wnter performance. Make sure the tres you use show M+S and the mountan/snowflake.markng on the tre sdewall. These tres meet specfc snow tracton performance requrements of the Rubber Manufacturers Assocaton (RMA) and the Rubber Assocaton of Canada (RAC) and have been desgned specfcally for use n snow condtons. 308

310 Operaton Tres and wheels Load dentfcaton 1 Load dentfcaton For llustraton purposes only. Actual data on tres are specfc to each vehcle and may vary from data shown n above llustraton. In addton to tre load ratng, specal load nformaton may be molded nto the tre sdewall followng the letter desgnatng the tre speed ratng 1 ( page 309). No specfcaton gven: absence of any text (lke n above example) ndcates a standard load (SL) tre. XL or Extra Load: desgnates an extra load (or renforced) tre. Lght Load: desgnates a lght load tre. C, D, E: desgnates load range assocated wth the maxmum load a tre can carry at a specfed pressure. DOT, Tre Identfcaton Number (TIN) U.S. tre regulatons requre each new tre manufacturer or tre retreader to mold a TIN nto or onto a sdewall of each tre produced. The TIN s a unque dentfer whch facltates efforts by tre manufactures to notfy purchasers n recall stuatons or other safety matters concernng tres and gves purchasers the means to easly dentfy such tres. The TIN s comprsed of Manufacturer s dentfcaton mark, Tre sze, Tre type code and Date of manufacture. 309

311 Operaton Tres and wheels 1 DOT 2 Manufacturer s dentfcaton mark 3 Tre sze 4 Tre type code (at the opton of the tre manufacturer) 5 Date of manufacture For llustraton purposes only. Actual data on tres are specfc to each vehcle and may vary from data shown n above llustraton. DOT (Department of Transportaton) A tre brandng symbol 1 ( page 310) whch denotes the tre meets requrements of the U.S. Department of Transportaton. Manufacturer s dentfcaton mark The manufacturer s dentfcaton mark 2 ( page 310) denotes the tre manufacturer. New tres have a mark wth two symbols. Retreaded tres have a mark wth four symbols. For more nformaton on retreaded tres, see ( page 287). Tre sze The code 3 ( page 310) ndcates the tre sze. Tre type code The code 4 ( page 310) may, at the opton of the manufacturer, be used as a descrptve code for dentfyng sgnfcant characterstcs of the tre. Date of manufacture The date of manufacture 5 ( page 310) dentfes the week and year of manufacture. The frst two fgures dentfy the week, startng wth 01 to represent the frst full week of the calendar year. The second two fgures represent the year. For example, 3202 represents the 32nd week of

312 Operaton Tres and wheels Maxmum tre load Maxmum tre nflaton pressure 1 Maxmum tre load ratng For llustraton purposes only. Actual data on tres are specfc to each vehcle and may vary from data shown n above llustraton. The maxmum tre load s the maxmum weght the tres are desgned to support. Do not overload the tres by exceedng the specfed load lmt or vehcle capacty weght as ndcated on the placard located on the drver s door B-pllar. Overloadng the tres can overheat them, possbly causng a blowout. Overloadng the tres can also result n handlng or steerng problems, or brake falure. For more nformaton on tre load ratng ( page 306) For nformaton on calculatng total and cargo load capactes ( page 293). 1 Maxmum permssble tre nflaton pressure For llustraton purposes only. Actual data on tres are specfc to each vehcle and may vary from data shown n above llustraton. Ths s the maxmum permssble tre nflaton pressure for the tre. 311

313 Operaton Tres and wheels Always follow the recommended tre nflaton pressure ( page 297) for proper tre nflaton. Never exceed the max. tre nflaton pressure. Follow recommended tre nflaton pressures. Do not undernflate tres. Undernflated tres wear excessvely and/or unevenly, adversely affect handlng and fuel economy, and are more lkely to fal from beng overheated. Do not overnflate tres. Overnflated tres can adversely affect handlng and rde comfort, wear unevenly, ncrease stoppng dstance, and result n sudden deflaton (blowout) because they are more lkely to become punctured or damaged by road debrs, potholes etc. Unform Tre Qualty radng Standards (U.S. vehcles) Tre manufacturers are requred to grade tres based on three performance factors: treadwear, tracton and temperature resstance. 1 Treadwear 2 Tracton 3 Temperature resstance For llustraton purposes only. Actual data on tres are specfc to each vehcle and may vary from data shown n above llustraton. Qualty grades can be found, where applcable, on the tre sdewall between tread shoulder and maxmum secton wdth. For example: Treadwear Tracton Temperature 200 AA A All passenger car tres must conform to federal safety requrements n addton to these grades. 312

314 Operaton Tres and wheels Treadwear The treadwear grade s a comparatve ratng based on the wear rate of the tre when tested under controlled condtons on a specfed government test course. For example, a tre graded 150 would wear one and one-half (1 1 / 2 ) tmes as well on the government course as a tre graded 100. The relatve performance of tres depends upon the actual condtons of ther use, however, and may depart sgnfcantly from the norm due to varatons n drvng habts, servce practces and dfferences n road characterstcs and clmate. Tracton The tracton grades, from hghest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. Those grades represent the tre s ablty to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled condtons on specfed government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tre marked C may have poor tracton performance. The tracton grade assgned to ths tre s based on straght-ahead brakng tracton tests, and does not nclude acceleraton, cornerng, hydroplanng, or peak tracton characterstcs. Temperature The temperature grades are A (the hghest), B, and C, representng the tre s resstance to the generaton of heat and ts ablty to dsspate heat when tested under controlled condtons on a specfed ndoor laboratory test wheel. Sustaned hgh temperature can cause the materal of the tre to degenerate and reduce tre lfe, and excessve temperature can lead to sudden tre falure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performance whch all passenger car tres must meet under the Federal Motor Vehcle Safety Standard No rades B and A represent hgher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the mnmum requred by law. 313

315 Operaton Tres and wheels The temperature grade for ths tre s establshed for a tre that s properly nflated and not overloaded. Excessve speed, undernflaton, or excessve loadng, ether separately or n combnaton, can cause excessve heat buld-up and possble tre falure. Tre ply materal 1 Ples n sdewall 2 Ples under tread For llustraton purposes only. Actual data on tres are specfc to each vehcle and may vary from data shown n above llustraton. Ths markng tells you about the type of cord and number of ples n the sdewall and under the tread. Tre and loadng termnology Accessory weght The combned weght (n excess of those standard tems whch may be replaced) of automatc transmsson, power steerng, power brakes, power wndows, power seats, rado, and heater, to the extent that these tems are avalable as factory-nstalled equpment (whether nstalled or not). Ar pressure The amount of ar nsde the tre pressng outward on each square nch of the tre. Ar pressure s expressed n pounds per square nch (ps), or klopascal (kpa) or bars. Aspect rato Dmensonal relatonshp between tre secton heght and secton wdth expressed n percentage. 314

316 Operaton Tres and wheels Bar Another metrc unt for ar pressure. There are pounds per square nch (ps) to 1 bar; there are 100 klopascals (kpa) to 1 bar. Bead The tre bead contans steel wres wrapped by steel cords that hold the tre onto the rm. Cold tre nflaton pressure Tre nflaton pressure when your vehcle has been sttng for at least three hours or drven no more than one mle (1.6 km). Curb weght The weght of a motor vehcle wth standard equpment ncludng the maxmum capacty of fuel, ol, and coolant, and, f so equpped, ar condtonng and addtonal optonal equpment, but wthout passengers and cargo. DOT (Department of Transportaton) A tre brandng symbol whch denotes the tre meets requrements of the U.S. Department of Transportaton. AWR (ross Axle Weght Ratng) The AWR s the maxmum permssble axle weght. The gross vehcle weght on each axle must never exceed the AWR for the front and rear axle ndcated on the certfcaton label located on the drver s door B-pllar. VW (ross Vehcle Weght) The VW comprses the weght of the vehcle ncludng fuel, tools, spare wheel, nstalled accessores, passengers and cargo and, f applcable, traler tongue load. The WV must never exceed the WVR ndcated on the certfcaton label located on the drver s door B-pllar. VWR (ross Vehcle Weght Ratng) Ths s the maxmum permssble vehcle weght of the fully loaded vehcle (weght of the vehcle ncludng all optons, passengers, fuel, and cargo and, f applcable, traler tongue load). It s ndcated on certfcaton label located on the drver s door B-pllar. Klopascal (kpa) The metrc unt for ar pressure. There are 6.9 kpa to 1 ps; another metrc unt for ar pressure s bars. There are 100 klopascals (kpa) to 1 bar. Maxmum load ratng The maxmum load n klograms and pounds that can be carred by the tre. Maxmum loaded vehcle weght The sum of curb weght, accessory weght, vehcle capacty weght and producton optons weght. 315

317 Operaton Tres and wheels Maxmum tre nflaton pressure Ths number s the greatest amount of ar pressure that should ever be put n the tre under normal drvng condtons. Normal occupant weght The number of occupants the vehcle s desgned to seat, multpled by 68 klograms (150 lbs). Occupant dstrbuton The dstrbuton of occupants n a vehcle at ther desgnated seatng postons. Producton optons weght The combned weght of those nstalled regular producton optons weghng over 5 lbs (2.3 klograms) n excess of those standard tems whch they replace, not prevously consdered n curb weght or accessory weght, ncludng heavy duty brakes, rde levelers, roof rack, heavy duty battery, and specal trm. PSI (Pounds per square nch) A standard unt of measure for ar pressure -> bar, klopascal (kpa). Recommended tre nflaton pressure Recommended tre nflaton pressure lsted on placard located on drver s door B-pllar for normal drvng condtons. Provdes best handlng, tread lfe and rdng comfort. Rm A metal support for a tre or a tre and tube assembly upon whch the tre beads are seated. Sdewall The porton of a tre between the tread and the bead. TIN (Tre Identfcaton Number) Unque dentfer whch facltates efforts by tre manufacturers to notfy purchasers n recall stuatons or other safety matters concernng tres and gves purchases the means to easly dentfy such tres. The TIN s comprsed of Manufacturer's dentfcaton mark, Tre sze, Tre type code and Date of manufacture. Tre load ratng Numercal code assocated wth the maxmum load a tre can support. Tre ply composton and materal used Ths ndcates the number of ples or the number of layers of rubber-coated fabrc n the tre tread and sdewall. Tre manufacturers also must ndcate the ply materals n the tre and sdewall, whch nclude steel, nylon, polyester, and others. 316

318 Operaton Tres and wheels Tre speed ratng Part of tre desgnaton; ndcates the speed range for whch a tre s approved. Tracton Force exerted by the vehcle on the road va the tres. The amount of grp provded. Tread The porton of a tre that comes nto contact wth the road. Treadwear ndcators Narrow bands, sometmes called wear bars that show across the tread of a tre when only 1 / 16 n (1.6 mm) of tread remans. Unform Tre Qualty radng Standards A tre nformaton system that provdes consumers wth ratngs for a tre s tracton, temperature and treadwear. Ratngs are determned by tre manufacturers usng government testng procedures. The ratngs are molded nto the sdewall of the tre. Vehcle capacty weght Rated cargo and luggage load plus 68 klograms (150 lbs) tmes the vehcle s desgnated seatng capacty. Vehcle maxmum load on the tre Load on an ndvdual tre that s determned by dstrbutng to each axle ts share of the maxmum loaded vehcle weght and dvdng t by two. Rotatng tres Rotate front and rear wheels only f they are of the same sze. If your vehcle s equpped wth mxed-sze tres (dfferent tre dmensons front vs. rear), tre rotaton s not possble. Tre rotaton can be performed on vehcles wth tres of the same dmenson all around. If your vehcle s equpped wth tres of the same dmenson all around, tres can be rotated, observng a front-to-rear rotaton pattern that wll mantan the ntended rotaton (spnnng) drecton of the tre ( page 290). In some cases, such as when your vehcle s equpped wth mxed-sze tres (dfferent tre dmenson front vs. rear), tre rotaton s not possble. 317

319 Operaton Tres and wheels If applcable to your vehcle s tre confguraton, tres can be rotated accordng to the tre manufacturer's recommended ntervals n the tre manufacturer's warranty pamphlet located n your vehcle lterature portfolo. If none s avalable, tres should be rotated every 3000 to mles (5000 to km), or sooner f necessary, accordng to the degree of tre wear. The same rotaton (spnnng) drecton must be mantaned ( page 290). Rotate tres before the characterstc tre wear pattern becomes vsble (shoulder wear on front tres and tread center wear on rear tres). Thoroughly clean the mountng face of wheels and brake dsks,.e. the nner sde of the wheels/tres, durng each rotaton. Check for and ensure proper tre nflaton pressure, actvatng the tre pressure montorng system* f necessary.! If your vehcle s equpped wth a tre pressure montorng system*, there are electronc components bult nto the wheel. Do not use mountng tools n the area of the valve as they could damage the electronc components. To prevent damage or ncorrect nstallaton, have the tres changed at an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Have the tghtenng torque checked after changng a wheel. Wheels could become loose f not tghtened wth a torque of 96 lb-ft (130 Nm). Only use genune Mercedes-Benz wheel bolts specfed for your vehcle s rms. For nformaton on wheel change, see the Practcal hnts secton ( page 375) and ( page 395). 318

320 Wnter drvng Before the onset of wnter, have your vehcle wnterzed at an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Ths servce ncludes: Check of antcorroson and antfreeze concentraton Addton of cleanng concentrate to the water of the wndsheld and headlamp cleanng system Add MB Concentrate S to a premxed wndsheld washer solvent/antfreeze whch s formulated for temperatures below freezng pont ( page 435). Battery test Battery capacty drops wth decreasng ambent temperature. A well charged battery helps to make sure that the engne can be started and the SBC brake system wll be fully operatonal, even at low ambent temperatures. Tre change Wnter tres Always use wnter tres at temperatures below 45 F (7 C) and whenever wntry road condtons preval. Not all M+S rated radal ply tres provde specal wnter performance. Make sure the tres you use show the mountan/snowflake.markng on the tre sdewall. These tres meet specfc snow tracton performance requrements of the Rubber Manufacturers Assocaton (RMA) and The Rubber Assocaton of Canada (RAC) and have been desgned specfcally for use n snow condtons. Use of wnter tres s the only way to acheve the maxmum effectveness of the ABS, ESP and SBC n wnter operaton. For safe handlng, make sure that all mounted wnter tres are of the same make and have the same tread desgn. Operaton Wnter drvng Wnter tres wth a tread depth of less than 1 / 6 n (4 mm) must be replaced. They are no longer sutable for wnter operaton. Always observe the speed ratng of the wnter tres nstalled on your vehcle. If the maxmum speed for whch your tres are rated s below the speed ratng of your vehcle, you must place a notce to ths effect where t wll be seen by the drver. Such notces are avalable at your tre dealer or any authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. 319

321 Operaton Wnter drvng Block heater* (Canada only) If you use your spare tre when wnter tres are ftted on the other wheels, be aware that the dfference n tre characterstcs may very well mpar turnng stablty and that overall drvng stablty may be reduced. Adapt your drvng style accordngly. Have the spare tre replaced wth a wnter tre at the nearest authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. The engne s equpped wth a block heater. The electrcal cable may be nstalled at an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Snow chans! When drvng wth snow chans, always select the rased level of the level control system Armatc* ( page 228). Other settngs may result n damage to your vehcle. Snow chans should only be drven on snow-covered roads at speeds not to exceed 30 mph (50 km/h). Remove chans as soon as possble when drvng on roads wthout snow. When drvng wth snow chans, you may wsh to deactvate the ESP ( page 83) before settng the vehcle n moton. Ths wll mprove the vehcle s tracton. Please observe the followng gudelnes when usng snow chans: Use of snow chans s not permssble wth all wheel/tre combnatons. Snow chans should only be used on the rear wheels. Follow the manufacturer's mountng nstructons. Only use snow chans that are approved by Mercedes-Benz. Your authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center wll be glad to advse you on ths subject. Use of snow chans may be prohbted dependng on locaton. Always check local and state laws before nstallng snow chans. 320

322 Operaton Wnter drvng! Some tre szes do not leave adequate clearance for snow chans. To help avod serous damage to your vehcle or tres, use of snow chans s not permssble wth the followng tre szes: 245/40 R18 97V XL (Extra Load) M+S. 285/35 ZR18 97Y 285/35 ZR18 101Y XL (Extra Load) 285/30 ZR19 98Y XL (Extra Load) T 155/70 R17 110M 175/ P 321

323 Operaton Mantenance We strongly recommend that you have your vehcle servced by an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center, n accordance wth the Mantenance Booklet at the tmes called for by the mantenance servce ndcator dsplay. Falure to have the vehcle mantaned n accordance wth the Mantenance Booklet and mantenance servce ndcator at the desgnated tmes/mleage wll result n vehcle damage not covered by the Mercedes-Benz Lmted Warranty. The mantenance servce ndcator wll notfy you when your next mantenance servce s due. Startng approxmately one month before mantenance servce s due, one of the followng messages wll appear n the multfuncton dsplay whle you are drvng or when you swtch on the gnton (example servce A): Servce A n XXXX mles (km) Servce A n XX days Servce A n X day Servce A due now! The mantenance servces wll be ndcated by showng a servce type A through type H n the multfuncton dsplay. Types A through H are classfed based on estmated tme needed to perform the mantenance servce, rangng: from Servce A (approx. one hour) to Servce H (approx. eght hours) When the servce type appears, you can use the vehcle s control system to vew a lst of the servce tems (1-13) that need to be performed at the called for servce type ( page 326). The addtonal + after the type of servce ndcates the degree of wear of the brake pads. The brake pads may reach ther wear lmt n the tme perod up to the next servce nterval. Have the brake pads checked and, f necessary, replaced by an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center durng your next servce appontment. 322

324 Operaton Mantenance Vehcles equpped wth FSS PLUS (Flexble Servce System PLUS) only (Canada vehcles): The nterval between mantenance servces depends on your drvng habts. A gentle drvng style, moderate engne speeds and the avodance of short-dstance trps wll lengthen the nterval between servces. Clearng the mantenance servce ndcator You can clear the mantenance servce ndcator. 1 Reset button Press the reset button 1 on the left sde of the nstrument cluster. The mantenance servce ndcator s cleared and the standard dsplay appears n the multfuncton dsplay. Mantenance servce term exceeded If you have exceeded the suggested mantenance servce term, you wll see the followng message n the multfuncton dsplay: Servce A exceeded by XXXXX mles (km) Servce A exceeded by XXX days Servce A exceeded by X day In addton, a sgnal sounds when the message appears. Any authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center wll reset the mantenance servce ndcator followng a completed mantenance servce. 323

325 Operaton Mantenance Callng up the mantenance servce ndcator Swtch on the gnton ( page 34). The standard dsplay of the control system appears ( page 143). 324 Press button k or j on the multfuncton steerng wheel untl the mantenance servce ndcator wth the servce symbol 9 or and the servce deadlne appears n the multfuncton dsplay. If the battery s dsconnected, the days of dsconnecton wll not be ncluded n the count shown by the mantenance servce ndcator. To arrve at the true mantenance servce deadlne, you wll need to subtract these days from the days shown n the mantenance servce ndcator. Do not confuse the mantenance servce ndcator wth the engne ol level ndcator :. Resettng the mantenance servce ndcator In the event that the mantenance servce on your vehcle s not carred out by an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center, you can have the mantenance servce ndcator reset. The automotve mantenance faclty carryng out the mantenance servce wll fnd the nformaton for resettng the mantenance servce ndcator n the mantenance-relevant nformaton for your vehcle. Such nformaton s avalable from ether your authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center or drectly from Mercedes-Benz. If the mantenance servce ndcator was nadvertently reset, have an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center correct t. Only reset f the proper mantenance servce has been performed. Resettng the system wthout performng the proper servce as called for by the mantenance servce ndcator wll result n engne damage and/or other vehcle damage not covered by the Mercedes-Benz Lmted Warranty.

326 Operaton Mantenance Settng the date for specal works You can enter appontments for exhaust gas analyss and general nspecton usng the mantenance system. Swtch on the gnton ( page 34). Select the Addt. Work menu wth the + or - button. Press the ÿ button. The servce ndcator now dsplays the Addt. Work menu. Press the ÿ button. The servce ndcator now dsplays the Next due date menu. The standard dsplay of the control system appears ( page 143). Press button k or j on the multfuncton steerng wheel untl the mantenance ndcator appears n the multfuncton dsplay. Press the reset button ( page 24) for about fve seconds. The Servce menu appears n the multfuncton dsplay. Select the Exh.-gas analyss or eneral nspecton menu wth the + or - button. Select the Month and Year wth the + or - button. Press button k or j on the multfuncton steerng wheel to set the month and year. Select Confrm wth the + or - button. Press the ÿ button. The new date s set. 325

327 Operaton Mantenance Press the è button on the multfuncton steerng wheel untl the standard dsplay appears n the multfuncton dsplay. The mantenance servce system now recalculates the values. You cannot call up the mantenance servce dsplay or the servce menu durng ths tme. Callng up the mantenance servce data nformaton The mantenance servce ndcator shows the mantenance servce type (letters A-H) n the multfuncton dsplay approxmately one month before the servce appontment s due n mles (dstance crteron) or n days (tme crteron). Ths mantenance servce type s based on the servce tems to be carred out. The servce tems are descrbed n the Mantenance Booklet. The servce tems to be carred out under the correspondng servce type can be dsplayed n the multfuncton dsplay. Callng up the servce tem menu Swtch on the gnton ( page 34). The standard dsplay of the control system appears ( page 143). Press button k or j on the multfuncton steerng wheel untl the mantenance servce ndcator appears n the multfuncton dsplay. Press the reset button ( page 24) for about fve seconds. The Servce menu appears n the multfuncton dsplay ( page 143). Select the Items menu wth the + or - button. Press the ÿ button. The servce ndcator now dsplays the Items menu. The mantenance servce tems to be carred out are shown n ths menu. Please refer to the Mantenance Booklet for a descrpton of each mantenance servce tem. Press button è on the multfuncton steerng wheel untl the standard dsplay appears n the multfuncton dsplay. 326

328 Vehcle care Cleanng and care of vehcle Many cleanng products can be hazardous. Some are posonous, others are flammable. Always follow the nstructons on the partcular contaner. Always open your vehcle s doors or wndows when cleanng the nsde. Never use fluds or solvents that are not desgned for cleanng your vehcle. Whle n operaton, even whle parked, your vehcle s subjected to varyng external nfluences whch, f gone unchecked, can attack the pantwork as well as the underbody and cause lastng damage. Such damage s caused not only by extreme and varyng clmatc condtons, but also by: Ar polluton Road salt Tar ravel and stone chppng To avod pant damage, you should mmedately remove: rease and ol Fuel Coolant Brake flud Brd droppngs Insects Tree resns etc. Frequent washng reduces and/or elmnates the aggressveness and potency of the above adverse nfluences. Operaton Vehcle care More frequent washngs are necessary to deal wth unfavorable condtons: near the ocean n ndustral areas (smoke, exhaust emssons) durng wnter operaton You should check your vehcle from tme to tme for stone chppng or other damage. Any damage should be repared as soon as possble to prevent corroson. In dong so, do not neglect the underbody of the vehcle. A prerequste for a thorough check s a washng of the underbody followed by a thorough nspecton. Damaged areas need to be re-undercoated. Your vehcle has been treated at the factory wth a wax-base rustproofng n the body cavtes whch wll last for the lfetme of the vehcle. Post-producton treatment s nether necessary nor recommended by Mercedes-Benz because of the possblty of ncompatblty between materals used n the producton process and others appled later. 327

329 Operaton Vehcle care We have selected car-care products and compled recommendatons whch are specally matched to our vehcles and whch always reflect the latest technology. You can obtan Mercedes-Benz approved car-care products at an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Scratches, corrosve deposts, corroson or damage due to neglgent or ncorrect care cannot always be removed or repared wth the car-care products recommended here. In such cases t s best to seek ad at an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. The followng topcs deal wth the cleanng and care of your vehcle and gve mportant how-to nformaton as well as references to Mercedes-Benz approved car-care products. Power washer When usng a power wash for cleanng the vehcle, always observe the manufacturer s operatng nstructons. Vehcles wth KEYLESS-O*: If a door handle s ht by a strong jet of water, and a SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* s n close proxmty,.e. wthn approxmately 3 ft (approxmately 1 m), the vehcle could be nadvertently locked or unlocked.! Never use a round nozzle to power-wash tres. The ntense jet of water can result n damage to the tre. Always replace a damaged tre. Always keep the jet of water movng across the surface. Do not am drectly at electrcal parts, electrcal connectors, seals, or other rubber parts. Tar stans Quckly remove tar stans before they dry and become more dffcult to remove. A tar remover s recommended. 328

330 Operaton Vehcle care Pantwork, panted body components Mercedes-Benz approved Pant Care should be appled when water drops on the pant surface do not bead up, normally every three to fve months, dependng on clmate and washng detergent used. Mercedes-Benz approved Pant Cleaner should be appled f the pant surface shows sgns of embedded drt (.e. loss of gloss). Do not apply any of these products or wax f your vehcle s parked n the sun or f the hood s stll hot. Use the approprate MB-Touch-Up Stck for quck and provsonal repars of mnor pant damage (.e. chps from stones, vehcle doors, etc.). Engne cleanng Pror to cleanng the engne compartment, make sure to protect electrcal components and connectors from contact wth water and cleanng agents. Corroson protecton, such as MB Antcorroson Wax should be appled to the engne compartment after every engne cleanng. Before applyng, all control lnkage bushngs and jonts should be lubrcated. The poly-v-belt and all pulleys should be protected from any wax. Vehcle washng Do not use hot water or wash your vehcle n drect sunlght. Only use a mld car wash detergent, such as Mercedes-Benz approved Car Shampoo. Thoroughly spray the vehcle wth a dffused jet of water. Drect only a very weak spray towards the ventlaton ntake. Use plenty of water and rnse the sponge and chamos frequently. Rnse wth clear water and thoroughly dry wth a chamos. Do not allow cleanng agents to dry on the fnsh. Due to the wdth of the vehcle, fold n exteror rear vew mrrors pror to runnng the vehcle through an automatc car wash to prevent damage to the mrrors. In the wnter, thoroughly remove all traces of road salt as soon as possble. When washng the underbody, do not forget to clean the nner sdes of the wheels. Vehcles wth KEYLESS-O*: If a door handle s ht by a strong jet of water, and a SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* s n close proxmty,.e. wthn approxmately 3 ft (approxmately 1 m), the vehcle could be nadvertently locked or unlocked. 329

331 Operaton Vehcle care Ornamental moldngs For regular cleanng and care of very drty chrome-plated parts, use a chrome cleaner. Headlamps, tal lamps, sde markers, turn sgnal lenses Use a mld car wash detergent, such as Mercedes-Benz approved Car Shampoo, wth plenty of water. To prevent scratches, never apply strong force and only use a soft, non-scratchy cloth when cleanng the lenses. Do not attempt to wpe drty lenses wth a dry cloth or sponge. Cleanng the Dstronc* system sensor cover 1 Dstronc system sensor cover Use a mld car wash detergent, such as Mercedes-Benz approved Car Shampoo, wth plenty of water to clean sensor cover 1. To prevent scratches, never apply strong force and use only a soft, non-scratchy cloth when cleanng the sensor cover. Do not attempt to wpe drty sensors wth a dry cloth or sponge. Cleanng the Parktronc system* sensors 1 Parktronc system* sensors Clean the sensors 1 on the bumpers usng a mld car wash detergent, such as Mercedes-Benz approved Car Shampoo, wth plenty of water and a soft, non-scratchy cloth. 330

332 Operaton Vehcle care When usng a steam cleaner or power washer, am nozzle only brefly from a mnmum dstance of 12 n (30 cm) at sensors 1. Do not apply strong pressure to the sensor cover, applyng strong pressure may damage the sensor cover. To prevent scratches, never apply strong force and use only a soft, non-scratchy cloth when cleanng the sensor. Do not attempt to wpe drty sensors wth a dry cloth or sponge. Wper blades! The wndsheld wpers must be n a vertcal poston before foldng them away from the wndsheld. They could otherwse damage the hood. Turn on the wpers and place t n a vertcal poston. For nformaton on placng the wpers n a vertcal poston, see Replacng wper blades ( page 393). Clean the wper blade nserts wth a clean cloth and detergent soluton.! Fold the wndsheld wper arms back onto the wndsheld before turnng the SmartKey n the starter swtch. Hold on to the wper when foldng the wper arm back. If released, the force of the mpact from the tensonng sprng could crack the wndsheld. For safety reasons, swtch off wpers and remove SmartKey from starter swtch (vehcles wth KEYLESS-O*: Make sure the vehcle s on-board electroncs have status 0) before cleanng the wper blades. Otherwse, the wper motor could suddenly turn on and cause njury. 331

333 Operaton Vehcle care Wndow cleanng! The wndsheld wpers must be n a vertcal poston before foldng them away from the wndsheld. They could otherwse damage the hood. Turn on the wpers and place t n a vertcal poston. For nformaton on placng the wpers n a vertcal poston, see Replacng wper blades ( page 393). For safety reasons, swtch off wpers and remove SmartKey from starter swtch (vehcles wth KEYLESS-O*: Make sure the vehcle s on-board electroncs have status 0) before cleanng the wndsheld. Otherwse, the wper motor could suddenly turn on and cause njury. Use a wndow cleanng soluton on all glass surfaces. An automotve glass cleaner s recommended.! Fold the wndsheld wper arms back onto the wndsheld before turnng the SmartKey n the starter swtch. Hold on to the wper when foldng the wper arm back. If released, the force of the mpact from the tensonng sprng could crack the wndsheld. Lght alloy wheels Mercedes-Benz approved Wheel Care should be used for regular cleanng of the lght alloy wheels. If possble, clean wheels once a week wth Mercedes-Benz approved Wheel Care, usng a soft brstle brush and a strong spray of water. Follow the nstructons on the contaner. Only use acd-free cleanng materals. Acd could lead to corroson. Instrument cluster Use a gentle dshwashng detergent or mld detergent for delcate fabrcs as a washng soluton. Wpe wth a cloth mostened n a lukewarm soluton. Do not use scourng agents. 332

334 Operaton Vehcle care Steerng wheel and gear selector lever Wpe wth a damp cloth and dry thoroughly or clean wth Mercedes-Benz approved Leather Care. Cup holder Use a gentle dshwashng detergent or mld detergent for delcate fabrcs as a washng soluton. Wpe wth a cloth mostened n lukewarm soluton. Do not use scourng agents. Hard plastc trm tems Pour Mercedes-Benz approved Interor Care onto a soft, lnt-free cloth and apply wth lght pressure. Headlner and shelf below rear wndow Clean wth a soft brstle brush, or use a dry-shampoo cleaner n case of excessve drt. Seat belts The webbng must not be treated wth chemcal cleanng agents. Use only clear, lukewarm water and soap. Do not dry the webbng at temperatures above 176 F (80 C) or n drect sunlght. Do not bleach or dye seat belts as ths may severely weaken them. In a crash they may not be able to provde adequate protecton. Leather upholstery Usng aftermarket seat covers or wearng clothng that has the tendency to gve off colorng (e.g. when wet, etc.) may cause the upholstery to become permanently dscolored. By lnng the seats wth a proper ntermedate cover, contact-dscoloraton wll be prevented. Wpe leather upholstery wth a damp cloth and dry thoroughly or clean wth Mercedes-Benz approved Leather Care. Exercse partcular care when cleanng perforated leather as ts undersde should not become wet. 333

335 Operaton Vehcle care Nubuck leather upholstery (CLS 55 AM) The nubuck leather upholstery s treated wth a protectve coatng. Wpe nubuck leather upholstery wth damp mcrofber cloth to remove dust and other lght stans. Carefully dab nubuck leather upholstery wth a dry mcrofber cloth to remove ol stans.! Do not use Mercedes-Benz approved Leather Care or any solvents to clean nubuck leather upholstery. Avod hard scrubbng on nubuck leather upholstery. MB Tex upholstery Pour Mercedes-Benz approved Interor Care onto a soft, lnt-free cloth and apply wth lght pressure. Plastc and rubber parts Do not use ol or wax on these parts. Wood trms Dampen cloth usng water and use damp cloth to clean wood trms n your vehcle. Do not use solvents lke tar remover or wheel cleaner nor polshes or waxes as these may be abrasve. 334

336 Practcal hnts What to do f Where wll I fnd...? Unlockng/lockng n an emergency Openng/closng n an emergency Replacng SmartKey batteres Replacng bulbs Replacng wper blades Flat tre Battery Jump startng Towng the vehcle Fuses 335

337 Practcal hnts What to do f Lamps n nstrument cluster eneral nformaton: If any of the followng lamps n the nstrument cluster fals to come on durng the bulb self-check when swtchng on the gnton, have the respectve bulb checked and replaced f necessary. Problem Possble cause Suggested soluton - The yellow ABS ndcator lamp comes on whle drvng. The ABS has detected a malfuncton and has swtched off. The BAS and the ESP are also swtched off (see messages n dsplay). The SBC brake system s stll functonng normally but wthout the ABS avalable. If the ABS control unt s malfunctonng, other systems such as the Parktronc system*, Dstronc*, or the automatc transmsson may also be malfunctonng. The chargng voltage has fallen below 10 volts. The ABS has swtched off. The battery may not be suffcently charged. Contnue drvng wth added cauton. Wheels may lock durng hard brakng, reducng steerng capablty. Read and observe messages n the dsplay ( page 345). Have the system checked at an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possble. Falure to follow these nstructons ncreases the rsk of an accdent. Swtch off electrcal consumers that are currently not needed, e.g. seat heatng. If necessary, have the generator and battery checked. When the voltage s above ths value agan, the ABS s operatonal agan. 336

338 Practcal hnts What to do f Problem Possble cause Suggested soluton v The yellow ABS/ESP warnng The ESP s deactvated. Swtch the ESP back on ( page 84). lamp comes on whle drvng. Rsk of accdent! If the ESP cannot be swtched back on, Adapt your speed and drvng to the prevalng road, weather, and traffc condtons. have the system checked at an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possble. v The yellow ABS/ESP warnng lamp flashes whle drvng. The ABS, ESP or tracton control has come nto operaton because of detected tracton loss n at least one tre. Dstronc* s deactvated. When drvng off, apply as lttle throttle as possble. Whle drvng, ease up on the accelerator. Adapt your speed and drvng to the prevalng road and weather condtons. Do not deactvate the ESP. Exceptons: ( page 84). Falure to follow these nstructons ncreases the rsk of accdents. 337

339 Practcal hnts What to do f Problem Possble cause Suggested soluton You are drvng wth the parkng brake set. Release the parkng brake. ; (USA only) 3 (Canada only) The red brake warnng lamp comes on whle drvng and you hear a warnng sound. ; (USA only) 3 (Canada only) The red brake warnng lamp comes on whle drvng. There s a malfuncton n the SBC brake system. There s nsuffcent brake flud n the reservor. Observe the addtonal message n the dsplay. Rsk of accdent! Do not drve any further. Consult a Mercedes-Benz Servce Center. Under no crcumstances should you top up the brake flud. Ths wll not solve the problem. Drvng wth the brake warnng lamp llumnated can result n an accdent. Have your brake system checked mmedately f the brake warnng lamp stays on. Do not add brake flud before checkng the brake system. Overfllng the brake flud reservor can result n spllng brake flud on hot engne parts and the brake flud catchng fre. You can be serously burned.! If you fnd that the brake flud n the brake flud reservor has fallen to the mnmum mark or below, have the brake system checked for brake pad thckness and leaks. 338

340 Practcal hnts What to do f Problem Possble cause Suggested soluton (USA only) There s a malfuncton n: ú ± (Canada only) The yellow engne malfuncton ndcator lamp comes on whle drvng. The fuel management system The gnton system The emsson control system Systems whch affect emssons Such malfunctons may result n excessve emssons values and may swtch the engne to ts lmp-home (emergency operaton) mode. A loss of pressure has been detected n the fuel system. The fuel cap may not be closed properly or the fuel system may be leaky. Have the vehcle checked as soon as possble by an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. An on-board dagnostc connector s used by the servce staton to lnk the vehcle to the shop dagnostcs system. It allows the accurate dentfcaton of system malfunctons through the readout of dagnostc trouble codes. It s located n the front left area of the footwell next to the parkng brake. Check the fuel cap. If t s not closed properly: Close the fuel cap. If t s closed properly: Have the fuel system checked by an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. 339

341 Practcal hnts What to do f Problem Possble cause Suggested soluton ú (USA only) ± (Canada only) The yellow engne malfuncton ndcator lamp comes on whle drvng. Your fuel tank s empty. After refuellng start, turn off and restart the engne three or four tmes n successon. The lmp-home mode s canceled. You do not need to have your vehcle checked. 340

342 Practcal hnts What to do f Problem Possble cause Suggested soluton D The red coolant warnng lamp comes on when the engne s runnng. There s nsuffcent coolant n the reservor. Immedately add coolant to prevent engne from overheatng ( page 283). D l The red coolant warnng lamp comes on whle drvng and you hear a warnng sound. The red dstance warnng lamp comes on whle drvng. If ths warnng lamp comes on frequently, there s a leak n the coolng system. If the coolant level s correct, the electrc radator fan may be broken. The coolant temperature has exceeded 266 F (130 C). You are too close to the vehcle n front of you to mantan selected speed. Have the coolng system checked. If the coolant temperature s below 266 F (130 C), you can contnue drvng to the nearest authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Avod hgh engne loads (e.g. drvng uphll) and stop-and-go drvng. Stop as soon as possble and allow the engne and coolant to cool down. Apply the brakes mmedately to ncrease the followng dstance. Drvng when your engne s badly overheated can cause some fluds whch may have leaked nto the engne compartment to catch fre. You could be serously burned. Steam from an overheated engne can cause serous burns and can occur just by openng the engne hood. Stay away from the engne f you see or hear steam comng from t. Turn off the engne, get out of the vehcle and do not stand near the vehcle untl the engne has cooled down. 341

343 Practcal hnts What to do f Problem Possble cause Suggested soluton l The red dstance warnng lamp comes on whle drvng and you hear a warnng chme sound. You are ganng too rapdly on the vehcle ahead of you. Apply the brakes mmedately. W The yellow fuel tank reserve warnng lamp comes on whle drvng. < The red seat belt telltale comes on after startng the engne wth all doors closed. The red seat belt telltale flashes and you addtonally hear an ntermttent warnng sgnal wth ncreasng ntensty for a maxmum of 60 seconds when the vehcle s speed exceeds 15 mph (25 km/h). The dstance warnng system has recognzed a statonary obstacle on your probable lne of travel. The fuel level has gone below the reserve mark. The seat belt telltale remnds you and your passengers to fasten your seat belts before drvng off. You and/or your front passenger have forgotten to fasten your seat belts. There are tems placed on the front passenger seat and therefore the system senses the front passenger seat as beng occuped. Carefully observe the traffc stuaton. You may need to brake or maneuver to avod httng an obstacle. Refuel at the next gas staton ( page 276). Fasten your seat belts. Fasten your seat belts. Remove the tems from the front passenger seat and put them n a safe place. 342

344 Practcal hnts What to do f Problem Possble cause Suggested soluton 1 The red SRS ndcator lamp comes on whle drvng. There s a malfuncton n the restrant systems. The ar bags or emergency tensonng devces (ETDs) could deploy unexpectedly or fal to actvate n an accdent. Drve wth added cauton to the nearest authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. In the event a malfuncton of the SRS s ndcated as outlned above, the SRS may not be operatonal. For your safety, we strongly recommend that you vst an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center mmedately to have the system checked; otherwse the SRS may not be actvated when needed n an accdent, whch could result n serous or fatal njury, or t mght deploy unexpectedly and unnecessarly whch could also result n an accdent and/or njury to you or to others. 343

345 Practcal hnts What to do f Lamp n center console Problem Possble cause Suggested soluton 75 The passenger front ar bag off ndcator lamp comes on ( page 73). A BabySmart TM1 chld seat s nstalled on the passenger seat. Therefore the passenger front ar bag s swtched off. The passenger front ar bag off ndcator lamp does not come on wth a BabySmart TM chld seat properly nstalled on the passenger seat. 1 BabySmart TM s a trademark of Semens Automotve Corp. The system s malfunctonng when there s no BabySmart TM chld seat nstalled on the passenger seat. Have the system checked at an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possble. The system s malfunctonng. Make sure there s nothng between seat cushon and chld seat. Check nstallaton of the chld seat ( page 75). If the passenger front ar bag off ndcator lamp remans out: Have the system checked at an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possble. Do not use the BabySmart TM restrant to transport chldren on the front passenger seat untl the system has been repared. 344

346 Practcal hnts What to do f Vehcle status messages n the multfuncton dsplay Warnng and malfuncton messages appear n the multfuncton dsplay located n the nstrument cluster. Certan warnng and malfuncton messages are accompaned by an audble sgnal. Address these messages accordngly and follow the addtonal nstructons gven n ths Operator s Manual. Selectng the vehcle status message memory menu n the control system ( page 143) dsplays both cleared and uncleared messages. Hgh-prorty messages appear n the multfuncton dsplay n red color. Certan messages of hgh prorty cannot be cleared from the multfuncton dsplay usng the reset button ( page 24) or button j, k, è or ÿ on the multfuncton steerng wheel. Other messages of hgh prorty and messages of less mmedate prorty can be cleared from the multfuncton dsplay usng the reset button or button j, k, è or ÿ on the multfuncton steerng wheel. They are then stored n the vehcle status message memory ( page 151). Remember that clearng a message wll only make the message dsappear. Clearng a message wll not correct the condton that caused the message to appear. All categores of messages contan mportant nformaton whch should be taken note of and, where a malfuncton s ndcated, addressed as soon as possble at an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Falure to repar condton noted may cause damage not covered by the Mercedes-Benz Lmted Warranty, or result n property damage or personal njury. No messages wll be dsplayed f ether the nstrument cluster or the multfuncton dsplay s noperatve. Contact the nearest authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. 345

347 Practcal hnts What to do f Swtchng on the gnton causes all nstrument cluster lamps (except hgh beam headlamp ndcator lamp and turn sgnal ndcator lamps unless actvated) as well as the multfuncton dsplay to come on. Make sure the lamps and multfuncton dsplay are n workng order before startng your journey. On the pages that follow, you wll fnd a complaton of the most mportant warnng and malfuncton messages that may appear n the multfuncton dsplay. For your convenence the messages are dvded nto two sectons: Text messages ( page 347) Symbol messages ( page 352) 346

348 Practcal hnts What to do f Text messages Dsplay message Possble cause Possble soluton ABS Cruse control Malfuncton Vst workshop Dsplay malfuncton Vst workshop Drve to workshop The ABS has detected a malfuncton and has swtched off. The ESP and the BAS are also deactvated. The SBC brake system s stll functonng normally but wthout the ABS avalable. The ABS or the ABS dsplay s malfunctonng. Cruse control or Dstronc* s malfunctonng. Contnue drvng wth added cauton. Wheels wll lock durng hard brakng, reducng steerng capablty. Have the system checked at an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possble. Falure to follow these nstructons ncreases the rsk of an accdent. Contnue drvng wth added cauton. Wheels wll lock durng hard brakng, reducng steerng capablty. Vst an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possble. Falure to follow these nstructons ncreases the rsk of an accdent. Have the cruse control or the Dstronc* checked by an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. 347

349 Practcal hnts What to do f Dsplay message Possble cause Possble soluton Dstronc External nterference Reactvate The Dstronc* s swtched off and s temporarly unavalable. Try actvatng the Dstronc* agan later. Drve to workshop Currently unavalable See Operator s Manual The Dstronc* s malfunctonng or the dsplay s malfunctonng. Dstronc* s swtched off f: the Dstronc* cover n the area of the radator grlle s drty the functonalty s mpared by heavy ran or thck fog Vst an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possble. If necessary, clean the Dstronc* cover n the area of the radator grlle ( page 330). Restart the vehcle. or Dstronc* becomes operatonal agan wthout the engne beng restarted when: drt on the grlle falls off whle drvng (e.g. slush or snow) the system recognzes full sensor avalablty (due to lessenng ran or the road surface dryng) the message n the multfuncton dsplay dsappears the speed last stored flashes n the dsplay for fve seconds. You can operate Dstronc* as usual agan. 348

350 Practcal hnts What to do f Dsplay message Possble cause Possble soluton ESP Malfuncton Vst workshop The ESP has detected a malfuncton and swtched off. The ABS may not be operatonal. Contnue drvng wth added cauton. Have the system checked at an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possble. unavalable See Operator s Manual The SBC brake system s stll functonng normally but wthout the ESP avalable. The ESP s deactvated because the power supply was nterrupted. The SBC brake system s stll functonng normally but wthout the ESP avalable. Falure to follow these nstructons ncreases the rsk of an accdent. Synchronze the ESP. Wth the vehcle statonary, turn the steerng wheel completely to the left and then to the rght to synchronze the ESP. If the ESP message does not go out: Contnue drvng wth added cauton. Have the system checked at an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possble. Falure to follow these nstructons ncreases the rsk of an accdent.! When synchronzng the ESP, make sure you can turn the steerng wheel n both drectons as far as t wll go wthout the wheels httng any objects, e.g. a road curb. 349

351 Practcal hnts What to do f Dsplay message Possble cause Possble soluton ESP Dsplay malfuncton The ESP or the ESP dsplay s malfunctonng. Contnue drvng wth added cauton. Vst workshop Have the system checked at an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possble. Falure to follow these nstructons ncreases the rsk of an accdent. P P/N ear selector lever n Park You have attempted to turn off the engne wth the KEYLESS-O* start/stop button wth the gear selector lever not n P. You have opened the drver's door wth the gear selector lever not n P. Shft to Neutral or Park You have attempted to start the engne wth the KEYLESS-O* start/stop button whle the gear selector lever was n poston R or D. Low Battery Conven. functons temporarly unavalable The battery has nsuffcent voltage and can no longer supply convenence functons such as the rear wndow defroster. Place the gear selector lever n poston P. Place the gear selector lever n poston P or N. Make sure the brake pedal s depressed. As soon as the on-board voltage s suffcent, the consumers wll swtch on agan. 350

352 Practcal hnts What to do f Dsplay messages Possble cause Possble soluton Please note: Conven. functons avalable agan Run Flat Indcator nactve Check tres Then reactvate Run Flat Indcator Run Flat Indcator unavalable Tre pressure Check tres On-board voltage s suffcent; the consumers wll swtch on agan. Run Flat Indcator s malfunctonng. There was a warnng message about a loss n tre nflaton pressure and the Run Flat Indcator has not been reactvated yet. The Run Flat Indcator has been swtched off due to an error. The pressure s too low n one or more tres. Have the Run Flat Indcator checked by an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Make sure that the correct tre nflaton pressure s set for each tre. Then reactvate the Run Flat Indcator. Have the Run Flat Indcator checked by an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Carefully brng the vehcle to a halt, avodng abrupt steerng and brakng maneuvers. Observe the traffc stuaton around you. Check and adjust the tre nflaton pressure as requred ( page 300). If necessary, change the wheel ( page 395). Reactvate the Run Flat Indcator after adjustng the tre nflaton pressure values ( page 302). 351

353 Practcal hnts What to do f Symbol messages Dsplay symbol Dsplay messages Possble cause Possble soluton # Undervoltage Swtch off The battery has nsuffcent voltage. Turn off unnecessary electrcal consumers. consumers Vst workshop The battery s no longer chargng. Possble causes: Stop mmedately and check the poly-v-belt. If t s broken: alternator malfunctonng broken poly-v-belt Do not forget that the brake system requres electrcal energy and may be operatng wth restrcted capablty. Consderably greater brake pedal force s requred and the stoppng dstance s ncreased. Do not contnue to drve. Otherwse the engne wll overheat due to an noperatve water pump whch may result n damage to the engne. Notfy an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. If t s ntact: Drve mmedately to the nearest authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Adjust drvng to be consstent wth reduced brakng responsveness. 352

354 Practcal hnts What to do f Dsplay symbol Dsplay messages Possble cause Possble soluton # Battery/Alternator The battery s malfunctonng. Stop vehcle Low voltage Start engne Malfuncton Electrcal consumers swtched off The SBC brake system requres electrcal energy and therefore has only lmted operaton. Consderably greater brake pedal force s requred and the stoppng dstance s ncreased. Stop the vehcle as soon as t s safe to do so. Adjust drvng to be consstent wth reduced brakng responsveness. Notfy an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. The battery has nsuffcent voltage. Start the engne ( page 46). The consumer battery has nsuffcent voltage and can no longer supply the convenence functons such as seat ventlaton*. The electrcal consumers wll come back onlne as soon as on-board voltage s suffcent. 353

355 Practcal hnts What to do f Dsplay symbol Dsplay messages Possble cause Possble soluton 2 Brake wear Vst workshop The brake pads have reached ther wear lmt. Brake pad thckness must be vsually nspected at the ntervals specfed n the Mantenance Booklet. T (USA only) ; (Canada only) 3 Reduced brakng power Depress brake pedal fully Reduced brakng power Start engne The SBC brake system s n emergency operaton mode. Consderably greater brake pedal force s requred and the stoppng dstance s ncreased. The maxmum speed s lmted to 55 mph (90 km/h). The battery has nsuffcent voltage and cannot supply suffcent power to the SBC brake system. Have the brake pads replaced as soon as possble. Do not drve any further. Stop the vehcle and notfy an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Prevent the vehcle from rollng away by blockng the wheels wth wheel chocks or other szable objects. Call for Roadsde Assstance. Start the engne. The message dsappears when suffcent voltage s avalable. 354

356 Practcal hnts What to do f Dsplay symbol Dsplay messages Possble cause Possble soluton Reduced brakng power Contnue drvng wth added cauton. Vst workshop (USA only) ; (Canada only) 3 Servce brake Vst workshop Brake overheated Drve carefully Release parkng brake The SBC brake system s n emergency operaton mode. Consderable brake pedal force s requred and the stoppng dstance s ncreased. There are malfunctons, but the SBC brake system s operatng normally. The brake system s overheated due to an excessve load on the brakes. You are drvng wth the parkng brake set. Adjust drvng to be consstent wth reduced brakng responsveness. Vst an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possble. Vst an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possble. Releve the load on the brake system. Drve more smoothly and thnk ahead to avod unnecessary brakng. When drvng down slopes, shft nto a lower gear to use the engne s brakng power ( page 174). Cautously contnue drvng so that the ar stream wll cool down the brakes. Release the parkng brake ( page 48). 355

357 Practcal hnts What to do f Dsplay symbol Dsplay messages Possble cause Possble soluton (USA only) ; (Canada only) 3 Brake flud Vst workshop There s nsuffcent brake flud n the reservor. Rsk of accdent! Stop the vehcle and notfy an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Do not add brake flud! Ths wll not solve the problem. Drvng wth the messages Brake flud Vst workshop dsplayed can result n an accdent. Have your brake system checked mmedately. If there s a malfuncton n the SBC brake system, we recommend that the vehcle be transported wth all wheels off the ground usng flatbed or approprate wheel lft/dolly equpment. A tow bar must be used f crcumstances do not permt the use of the recommended towng methods and the vehcle requres towng wth all four wheels on the ground. Towng the vehcle wth all four wheels on the ground s only permssble for dstances up to 30 mles (50 km) and at a speed not to exceed 30 mph (50 km/h). For more nformaton, refer to Towng the vehcle ( page 408). If the SBC brake system enters ts emergency operaton mode, the drver must apply sgnfcantly greater brake pedal pressure and depress the pedal much further than normal to obtan brakng effect. If necessary, apply full pressure to the brake pedal. Brakes may only be appled to the front wheels. Stoppng dstance s ncreased! Do not add brake flud before checkng the brake system. Overfllng the brake flud reservor can result n spllng brake flud on hot engne parts and the brake flud catchng fre. You can be serously burned.! If you fnd that the brake flud n the brake flud reservor has fallen to the mnmum mark or below, have the brake system checked for brake pad thckness and leaks. 356

358 Practcal hnts What to do f Dsplay symbol Dsplay messages Possble cause Possble soluton ú (USA only) ± (Canada only) B Vst workshop Coolant Check level There may be a malfuncton n the: fuel njecton system gnton system exhaust system Have the measurng system checked by an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. fuel system The coolant level s too low. Add coolant ( page 283). If you have to add coolant frequently, have the coolng system checked by an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Do not spll antfreeze on hot engne parts. Antfreeze contans ethylene glycol whch may burn f t comes nto contact wth hot engne parts. You can be serously burned.! Do not gnore the low engne coolant level warnng. Extended drvng wth the message and symbol dsplayed may cause serous engne damage not covered by the Mercedes-Benz Lmted Warranty. Do not drve wthout suffcent amount of coolant n the coolng system. The engne wll overheat causng major engne damage. 357

359 Practcal hnts What to do f Dsplay symbol Dsplay messages Possble cause Possble soluton Ï Coolant The coolant s too hot. Stop the vehcle. Stop, engne off Only start the engne agan after the message dsappears. You could otherwse damage the engne. Drvng when your engne s badly overheated can cause some fluds whch may have leaked nto the engne compartment to catch fre. You could be serously burned. Steam from an overheated engne can cause serous burns and can occur just by openng the engne hood. Stay away from the engne f you see or hear steam comng from t. Turn off the engne, get out of the vehcle and do not stand near the vehcle untl the engne has cooled down. Durng severe operaton condtons and stop-and-go cty traffc, the coolant temperature may rse close to 248 F (120 C).! The engne should not be operated wth the coolant temperature above 248 F (120 C). Dong so may cause serous damage whch s not covered by the Mercedes-Benz Lmted Warranty. 358

360 Practcal hnts What to do f Dsplay symbol Dsplay messages Possble cause Possble soluton Ï Coolant Stop, engne off Coolant Vst workshop The poly-v-belt could be broken. The coolng fan for the coolant s malfunctonng. Stop the vehcle and mmedately turn off the engne. Check the poly-v-belt. If t s broken: Do not contnue to drve. Otherwse the engne wll overheat due to an noperatve water pump whch may result n damage to the engne. Notfy an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. If t s ntact: Do not contnue to drve the vehcle wth ths message dsplayed. Dong so could result n serous engne damage that s not covered by the Mercedes-Benz Warranty. Observe the coolant temperature ndcator n the nstrument cluster ( page 24). Drve mmedately to the nearest authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Observe the coolant temperature ndcator n the nstrument cluster ( page 24). Have the fan replaced as soon as possble. 359

361 Practcal hnts What to do f Dsplay symbol Dsplay messages Possble cause Possble soluton Dsplay malfuncton Vst workshop Contnue drvng wth added cauton. ± Dsplay malfuncton Vst workshop Engne servce The dsplays for several systems have malfunctoned. Some systems themselves may also have malfunctoned. Certan electronc systems are unable to relay nformaton to the control system. The followng systems may have faled: Coolant temperature dsplay Tachometer Cruse control dsplay There may be a malfuncton n: the fuel njecton system the gnton system the exhaust system J Doors open You are attemptng to drve wth one or more doors open. When the dsplay s malfunctonng, warnngs and malfuncton messages mght not be dsplayed. Have the electronc systems checked by an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Have the electronc systems checked by an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Have the engne checked as soon as possble by an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Close the doors. 360

362 Practcal hnts What to do f Dsplay symbol Dsplay messages Possble cause Possble soluton : USA only: Add 1 Qt. engne ol at next refuelng Canada only: Add 1 Lter engne ol at next refuelng The engne ol level s too low. Add engne ol ( page 282) and check the engne ol level ( page 281). Engne ol level Stop, engne off Engne ol level Reduce ol level There s no ol n the engne. There s a danger of engne damage. You have added too much engne ol. There s a rsk of damagng: the engne the catalytc converter Carefully brng the vehcle to a halt as soon as possble. Turn off the engne. Add engne ol ( page 282) and check the engne ol level ( page 281). Have ol sphoned or draned off. Observe all legal requrements wth respect to ts dsposal. 361

363 Practcal hnts What to do f Dsplay symbol Dsplay messages Possble cause Possble soluton : Engne ol Vst workshop The engne ol has dropped to a crtcal level. Check the engne ol level ( page 281) and add ol as requred ( page 282). Engne ol level Vst workshop It may be that there s water n the engne ol. The measurng system s malfunctonng. If you must add engne ol frequently, have the engne checked for possble leaks. Have the engne ol checked. Have the measurng system checked by an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. When the Engne ol - Vst workshop message appears whle the engne s runnng and at operatng temperature, the engne ol level has dropped to approxmately the mnmum level. When ths occurs, the warnng wll frst come on ntermttently and then stay on f the ol level drops further. If no ol leaks are noted, contnue to drve to the nearest servce staton where the engne ol should be topped to the requred level wth an approved ol specfed n the Factory Approved Servce Products pamphlet.! The engne ol level warnngs should not be gnored. Extended drvng wth the symbol dsplayed could result n serous engne damage that s not covered by the Mercedes-Benz Lmted Warranty. 362

364 Practcal hnts What to do f Dsplay symbol Dsplay messages Possble cause Possble soluton A Reserve fuel The fuel level has dropped below the reserve mark. Refuel at the next gas staton ( page 276). Check gas cap A loss of pressure has been detected n Check the fuel cap ( page 276). See Operator s Manual the fuel system. The fuel cap may not be closed properly or the fuel system may be If t s not closed properly: leaky. Close the fuel cap. If t s closed properly: Have the fuel system checked by an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Y Hood open You are drvng wth the hood open. Close the hood ( page 279). 363

365 Practcal hnts What to do f Dsplay symbol Dsplay messages Possble cause Possble soluton F Key A SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* left n the Take the SmartKey out of the vehcle. stll n vehcle vehcle was recognzed whle lockng the vehcle from the outsde. Keyless o Check system Do not forget key Remove key Replace key The KEYLESS-O* system s malfunctonng. Ths dsplay appears (for a maxmum of 60 seconds) f the drver s door s opened wth the engne shut off and no SmartKey n the starter swtch. Ths message s only a remnder. You have forgotten to remove the SmartKey. There s no addtonal code avalable for SmartKey or SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O*. Vst an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possble. Insert SmartKey n the starter swtch. Take the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* wth you when leavng the vehcle. Remove the SmartKey from the starter swtch. Vst an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possble. 364

366 Practcal hnts What to do f Dsplay symbol Dsplay messages Possble cause Possble soluton F Key Check battery Key not recognzed Key not recognzed The SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* batteres are dscharged. The SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* s not recognzed whle the engne s runnng because the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* s not n the vehcle there s strong rado-frequency nterference The SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* s momentarly not recognzed. Change the batteres ( page 384). Stop the vehcle as soon as t s safe to do so. Search for the SmartKey. Otherwse the vehcle cannot be centrally locked nor can the engne be started agan after the engne s stopped. Change the poston of the SmartKey n the vehcle. Operate the vehcle wth the SmartKey n the starter swtch f necessary. 365

367 Practcal hnts What to do f Dsplay symbol Dsplay messages Possble cause Possble soluton. Actve Hdlmp. currently unavalable The B-Xenon cornerng lamps system s malfunctonng. Vst an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possble. Actve Hdlmp. malfuncton Drve to workshop Actve Hdlmp. Backup lamp on The B-Xenon cornerng lamps system s malfunctonng. The actve headlamps are malfunctonng. Another lght s beng used. Vst an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possble. Vst an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possble. Backup lamp, left The left reverse lamp s malfunctonng. Replace the bulb as soon as possble. Backup lamp, rght The rght reverse lamp s malfunctonng. Replace the bulb as soon as possble. Brake lamp Drve to workshop Brake lamp, left Substtute bulb on Brake lamp, rght Substtute bulb on 3rd brake lamp Dsplay malfuncton Vst workshop Brake lamp llumnaton s delayed or lamp s permanently on. The left brake lamp s malfunctonng. A substtute bulb s beng used. The rght brake lamp s malfunctonng. A substtute bulb s beng used. The hgh mounted brake lamp s malfunctonng. The dsplay for the lamps or the system s malfunctonng. Vst an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possble. Vst an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possble. Vst an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possble. Vst an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possble. Vst an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possble. 366

368 Practcal hnts What to do f Dsplay symbol Dsplay messages Possble cause Possble soluton. Front foglamp, The left front fog lamp s malfunctonng. Replace the bulb as soon as possble. left Front foglamp, rght The rght front fog lamp s malfunctonng. Replace the bulb as soon as possble. Front Marker lght, left The front left sde marker lamp s malfunctonng. Replace the bulb as soon as possble. Front Marker lght rght Fr. Park. lamp, left Substtute bulb on Fr. Park. lamp, rght Substtute bulb on Hgh beam, left Hgh beam, rght Lcense plate lamp, left Lcense plate lamp, rght The front rght sde marker lamp s malfunctonng. The left front parkng lamp s malfunctonng. A substtute bulb s beng used. The rght front parkng lamp s malfunctonng. A substtute bulb s beng used. The left hgh beam lamp s malfunctonng. The rght hgh beam lamp s malfunctonng. The left lcense plate lamp s malfunctonng. The rght lcense plate lamp s malfunctonng. Replace the bulb as soon as possble. Vst an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possble. Vst an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possble. Replace the bulb as soon as possble. Replace the bulb as soon as possble. Replace the bulb as soon as possble. Replace the bulb as soon as possble. 367

369 Practcal hnts What to do f Dsplay symbol Dsplay messages Possble cause Possble soluton. Lght sensor Drve to workshop The lamp sensor s malfunctonng. The headlamps swtch on automatcally. In the control system, set lamp operaton to manual mode ( page 160). Low beam, left Low beam, rght Swtch on headlamps usng the exteror lamp swtch. The left low beam lamp s malfunctonng. Halogen headlamp: Replace the bulb as soon as possble. B-Xenon* headlamp: Vst an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possble. The rght low beam lamp s malfunctonng. Halogen headlamp: Replace the bulb as soon as possble. B-Xenon* headlamp: Vst an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possble. 368

370 Practcal hnts What to do f Dsplay symbol Dsplay messages Possble cause Possble soluton. Parkng lamp, left front The left front parkng lamp s malfunctonng. Vst an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possble. Parkng lamp, rght front Rear foglamp left Rear foglamp rght Rear foglamp Substtute bulb on Swtch off lamps Tallamp, left Substtute bulb on Tallamp, rght Substtute bulb on The rght front parkng lamp s malfunctonng. Vst an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possble. The left rear fog lamp s malfunctonng. Vst an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possble. The rght rear fog lamp s malfunctonng. Vst an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possble. The rear fog lamp s malfunctonng. A substtute bulb s beng used. Lamps have been turned on although the SmartKey n the starter swtch s n poston 0. The left tal lamp s malfunctonng. A substtute bulb s beng used. The rght tal lamp s malfunctonng. A substtute bulb s beng used. Vst an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possble. Swtch off the headlghts. Vst an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possble. Vst an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possble. 369

371 Practcal hnts What to do f Dsplay symbol Dsplay messages Possble cause Possble soluton. Turn sg., left rear Substtute bulb on The left rear turn sgnal lamp s malfunctonng. A substtute bulb s beng used. Replace the bulb as soon as possble. Turn sg., rght rear Substtute bulb on Turn sg., left front Turn sg., rght front Turn sgnal, left mrror Turn sgnal, rght mrror The rght rear turn sgnal lamp s malfunctonng. A substtute bulb s beng used. The left front turn sgnal lamp s malfunctonng. The rght front turn sgnal lamp s malfunctonng. The left turn sgnal n the sde mrror s malfunctonng. Ths message wll only appear f all lght emttng dodes have stopped workng. The rght turn sgnal n the sde mrror s malfunctonng. Ths message wll only appear f all lght emttng dodes have stopped workng. Replace the bulb as soon as possble. Replace the bulb as soon as possble. Replace the bulb as soon as possble. Have the LEDs replaced as soon as possble. Have the LEDs replaced as soon as possble. 370

372 Practcal hnts What to do f Dsplay symbol Dsplay messages Possble cause Possble soluton < Seat belt system Drve to workshop The seat belt system s malfunctonng. Vst an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possble. 9 Servce memory full See Operator s Manual K J Close Sunroof Close Sunroof The mantenance servce system memory cannot save any more data. You have opened the drver s door wth the SmartKey removed from the starter swtch and the sldng porton of the tlt/sldng sunroof open. You have opened the drver s door wth the SmartKey removed from the starter swtch and the tltng porton of the tlt/sldng sunroof open. Have the servce memory checked by an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Close the tlt/sldng sunroof ( page 209). Close the tlt/sldng sunroof ( page 209). 371

373 Practcal hnts What to do f Dsplay symbol Dsplay messages Possble cause Possble soluton L Tele Ad malfuncton Drve to workshop Tele Ad battery Drve to workshop 1 Restrant system malfuncton Drve to workshop One or more man functons of the Tele Ad system are malfunctonng. The emergency power battery for the Tele Ad system s malfunctonng. If the vehcle battery s also dead, Tele Ad wll not be operatonal. Have the Tele Ad system checked by an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Have the Tele Ad system checked by an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. The system s malfunctonng. Drve wth added cauton to the nearest authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. In the event a malfuncton of the SRS s ndcated as outlned above, the SRS may not be operatonal. For your safety, we strongly recommend that you vst an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center mmedately to have the system checked; otherwse the SRS may not be actvated when needed n an accdent, whch could result n serous or fatal njury, or t mght deploy unexpectedly and unnecessarly whch could also result n njury. 372

374 Practcal hnts What to do f Dsplay symbol Dsplay messages Possble cause Possble soluton t Functon unavalable Ths dsplay appears f button t or s on the multfuncton steerng wheel s pressed and the vehcle s not equpped wth a telephone. Ê Trunk open Ths message wll appear whenever the trunk ld s open. W Washer flud, please refll The flud level has dropped to about 1 / 3 of total reservor capacty. Close the trunk ld. Add washer flud ( page 286). 373

375 Practcal hnts What to do f Dsplay symbol Dsplay messages Possble cause Possble Vehcle rsng Your vehcle s adjustng to your level selecton. Levelng cancelled The Rased level settng s canceled at vehcle speeds of over 75 mph (120 km/h). Reactvate the Rased level settng. Stop, car too low Vst workshop The vehcle level control s malfunctonng. The system s functonal only to a lmted extent. The system dsplay or the system s malfunctonng. Avod excessve steerng nput. The fender or tres could otherwse be damaged. Lsten for scrapng noses. Do not drve faster than 50 mph (80 km/h). Drve to the sde of the road and select a hgher vehcle level. Dependng on the type of malfuncton, ths may rase the vehcle s level. There s otherwse danger of an accdent. Do not drve faster than 50 mph (80 km/h). Have the vehcle checked at an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. 374

376 Where wll I fnd...? Frst ad kt The frst ad kt s n the storage compartment at the front edge of the front passenger seat. 1 Tab Pull tab 1 upward. Fold the coverng forward. Remove the frst ad kt. Check expraton dates and contents for completeness at least once a year and replace mssng/expred tems. Spare wheel The spare wheel s located under the trunk floor. Lft the trunk floor and engage the handle n the upper edge of trunk. Remove the luggage box ( page 378). 1 Vehcle tool kt Wheel bolt wrench and Jack 2 Spare wheel 3 Luggage bowl Removng the spare wheel Practcal hnts Where wll I fnd...? Turn luggage bowl counterclockwse. Remove spare wheel 2. Storng the spare wheel Place spare wheel 2 n wheel well. Turn luggage bowl clockwse to ts stop to secure the spare wheel.! Always lower trunk floor before closng trunk ld. Vehcles wth collapsble tre: The electrcal ar pump s located under luggage bowl

377 Practcal hnts Where wll I fnd...? Mnspare wheel The dmensons of the spare wheel (Mnspare wheel or collapsble tre) are dfferent from those of the road wheels. As a result, the vehcle handlng characterstcs change when drvng wth a spare wheel mounted. The spare wheel should only be used temporarly, and replaced wth a regular road wheel as quckly as possble. In case of a flat tre, you may temporarly use the spare wheel when observng the followng restrctons: Do not exceed a vehcle speed of 50 mph (80 km/h). Drve to the nearest tre repar faclty to have the flat tre repared or replaced as approprate. Do not operate vehcle wth more than one spare wheel mounted. For more nformaton, see Spare wheel ( page 425). Vehcle tool kt The vehcle tool kt s stored n the compartment underneath the trunk floor ( page 375). The vehcle tool kt ncludes: One par of unversal plers One towng eye bolt One wheel wrench One algnment bolt One fuse extractor Spare fuses Collapsble wheel chock 376

378 Practcal hnts Where wll I fnd...? Vehcle jack The vehcle jack s located n the storage compartment underneath the trunk floor. The jack s desgned exclusvely for jackng up the vehcle at the jack take-up brackets bult nto both sdes of the vehcle. To help avod personal njury, use the jack only to lft the vehcle durng a wheel change. Never get beneath the vehcle whle t s supported by the jack. Keep hands and feet away from the area under the lfted vehcle. Always frmly set parkng brake and block wheels before rasng vehcle wth jack. Do not dsengage parkng brake whle the vehcle s rased. Be certan that the jack s always vertcal (plumb lne) when n use, especally on hlls. Always try to use the jack on a level surface. Make sure the jack arm s fully seated n the jack take-up bracket. Always lower the vehcle onto suffcent capacty jackstands before workng under the vehcle. Storage poston Remove vehcle jack from ts compartment. Push crank handle up. Operatonal poston Turn the crank handle clockwse untl t engages (operatonal poston). Before storng the vehcle jack n ts compartment: It should be fully collapsed The handle must be folded n (storage poston) 377

379 Practcal hnts Where wll I fnd...? Settng up the collapsble wheel chock The collapsble wheel chock serves to addtonally secure the vehcle, e.g. whle changng the wheel. Tlt both plates upward 1. Fold the lower plate outward 2. ude the tabs of the lower plate all the way nto the openngs of the base plate 3. Luggage box Turn fastenng clps 1 to the left upwards from fastenng bolts. Lft luggage box n the area of the fastenng bolts and remove t from trunk. Install luggage box Remove luggage box 1 Tlt the plate upward 2 Fold the lower plate outward 3 Insert the plate 1 Fastenng clp 2 Luggage box Insert luggage box nto trunk so that fastenng clps are n lne wth fastenng bolts. Push front edge of luggage box n drecton of arrow under cover of trunk sll. Press fastenng clps onto fastenng bolts untl they lock nto place. 378

380 Unlockng/lockng n an emergency Unlockng the vehcle Practcal hnts Unlockng/lockng n an emergency Unlockng the drver s door If you are unable to unlock the vehcle wth the SmartKey, open the drver s door and the trunk usng the mechancal key. Unlockng drver s door and/or the trunk wth the mechancal key wll trgger the ant-theft alarm system. To cancel the alarm, nsert the SmartKey or the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* n the starter swtch. 1 Mechancal key lockng tab 2 Mechancal key Move lockng tab 1 n the drecton of the arrow and slde mechancal key 2 out of the housng. 1 Unlockng Insert the mechancal key nto the drver s door lock untl t stops. Turn the mechancal key counterclockwse to poston 1. The drver s door s unlocked. 379

381 Practcal hnts Unlockng/lockng n an emergency Unlockng the trunk A mnmum heght clearance of 5.90 ft (1.80 m) s requred to open the trunk ld. If you are unable to unlock the trunk wth the SmartKey or KEYLESS-O*, open the trunk wth the mechancal key. The handle s located above the rear lcense plate recess. Insert the mechancal key nto the trunk ld lock. Turn the mechancal key counterclockwse to poston 2 and hold t n ths poston. Pull trunk ld handle and lft the trunk ld. Turn the mechancal key clockwse to poston 1 and remove t.! Always make sure there s suffcent overhead clearance. Lockng the vehcle If you cannot lock the vehcle wth the SmartKey or the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O*, do the followng: Close the passenger doors and the trunk ld. Press the central lockng swtch n the cockpt ( page 116). Check to see whether the lockng knobs on the passenger doors have moved down. If necessary push them down manually. Except for the drver's door, the vehcle should now be locked. 1 Lockng 2 Unlockng 380

382 Practcal hnts Unlockng/lockng n an emergency Fuel fller flap emergency release In case the central lockng system does not release the fuel fller flap, you can open t manually. Manually unlockng the transmsson selector lever In case of power falure, the transmsson selector lever can be manually unlocked, e.g. to tow the vehcle. 1 Lockng Remove the mechancal key 2 out of the SmartKey ( page 379). Insert the mechancal key nto the drver s door lock untl t stops. Turn the mechancal key clockwse to poston 1. The drver s door s locked. 1 Release knob Open trunk ld. Remove rght-sde tal trm. Pull release knob 1 n the drecton of arrow. The fuel fller flap can know be opened. 1 Selector lever cover 2 Release Depress parkng brake frmly. Push selector lever cover 1 to the rght and remove by pullng t upward. 381

383 Practcal hnts Unlockng/lockng n an emergency Press release catch 2 downward whle movng gear selector lever out of poston P at the same tme. The gear selector lever can now be freely moved untl t s placed n poston P agan. 382

384 Openng/closng n an emergency Power tlt/sldng sunroof You can open or close the tlt/sldng sunroof manually should an electrcal malfuncton occur. The tlt/sldng sunroof drve s located behnd lens 1 of the nteror overhead lght. Practcal hnts Openng/closng n an emergency Turn crank 3 slowly and smoothly. The tlt/sldng sunroof must be synchronzed after beng operated manually ( page 210). 1 Cover Remove the SmartKey from the starter swtch. Press on cover 1 n drecton of the arrow to release t. 2 Hole 3 Crank Take crank 3 out of the glove box. Insert crank 3 through hole 2. Turn crank 3 clockwse to: slde roof panel/sunroof closed rase roof panel/sunroof at the rear Turn crank 3 counterclockwse to: slde roof panel/sunroof open lower roof panel/sunroof at the rear 383

385 Practcal hnts Replacng SmartKey batteres If the batteres n the SmartKey are dscharged, the vehcle can no longer be locked or unlocked. It s recommended to have the batteres replaced at an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Keep the batteres out of reach of chldren. If a battery s swallowed, seek medcal help mmedately. When nsertng the batteres, make sure they are clean and free of lnt. When replacng batteres, always replace both batteres. The requred replacement batteres are avalable at any Mercedes-Benz Center. SmartKey Replacement batteres: Lthum, type CR 2025 or equvalent. Remove the mechancal key 1 ( page 379). Batteres contan materals that can harm the envronment f dsposed of mproperly. Recyclng of batteres s the preferred method of dsposal. Many states requre sellers of batteres to accept old batteres for recyclng. 1 Mechancal key 2 Slde 3 Battery compartment 384

386 Practcal hnts Replacng SmartKey batteres Insert the mechancal key 1 n drecton of arrow n sde openng. Usng mechancal key 1 push gray slde 2 to unlatch battery compartment 3. Pull the battery compartment 3 out of the housng n drecton of arrow. Remove the batteres 4 n drecton of arrow. Usng a lnt-free cloth, nsert new batteres 4 under the contact sprng 5 wth the plus (+) sde facng up. Return battery compartment 3 nto housng untl t locks nto place. Slde mechancal key 1 back nto the SmartKey. Check the operaton of the SmartKey. SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* Replacement batteres: Lthum, type CR 2025 or equvalent. Remove mechancal key ( page 379). Insert the mechancal key 3 n sde openng and push grey slde ( page 384). Battery compartment s unlatched. Pull battery compartment out of the housng n drecton of arrow ( page 384). 4 Battery 5 Contact sprng 385

387 Practcal hnts Replacng SmartKey batteres 1 Battery 2 Tlt battery up 3 Mechancal key Usng mechancal key 3 apply pressure to poston 2. Battery 1 tlts up slghtly. Pull out batteres 1 n drecton of arrow. Usng a lnt-free cloth, nsert new batteres 1 wth the plus (+) sde facng up. Return battery compartment nto housng untl t locks nto place. Slde mechancal key 1 back nto the SmartKey. Check the operaton of the SmartKey and the KEYLESS-O*. 386

388 Replacng bulbs Bulbs Safe vehcle operaton depends on proper exteror lghtng and sgnalng. It s therefore essental that all bulbs and lamp assembles are n good workng order at all tmes. Correct headlamp adjustment s extremely mportant. Have headlamps checked and readjusted at regular ntervals and when a bulb has been replaced. See your authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center for headlamp adjustment. If the headlamps or front fog lamps are fogged up on the nsde as a result of hgh humdty, drvng the vehcle a dstance wth the lghts on should clear up the foggng. Practcal hnts Replacng bulbs Substtute bulbs wll be brought nto use when lamps malfuncton. Observe the messages n the multfuncton dsplay ( page 366). 387

389 Practcal hnts Replacng bulbs Front lamps Lamp 1 Addtonal turn sgnal lamps Type LED 2 Turn sgnal lamp PY (21 W) 3 Halogen headlamps: Low beam H7 (55 W) B-Xenon* headlamps: Low and hgh beam 1 D2S-35 W 4 Sde marker lamp W 5 W 5 Halogen headlamps: Hgh beam/hgh beam flasher H7 (55 W) B-Xenon* headlamps: Hgh beam flasher H7 (55 W) Parkng and standng W 5 W lamps 6 Front fog lamp H11 (55 W) 1 Vehcles wth B-Xenon* headlamps: Low beam and hgh beam use the same D2S-35W lamp. Do not replace the B-Xenon bulbs yourself. See your authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Rear lamps Lamp 7 Hgh mounted brake lamp 8 Brake, tal, parkng, standng, backup lamps and turn sgnal lamps. Rear fog lamp Type LED HP LED* 9 Lcense plate lamps C5W 388

390 Practcal hnts Replacng bulbs Bulbs and bulb sockets can be very hot. Allow the lamp to cool down before changng a bulb. Keep bulbs out of reach of chldren. Halogen lamps contan pressurzed gas. A bulb can explode f you: touch or move t when hot drop the bulb scratch the bulb Wear eye and hand protecton. Because of hgh voltage n Xenon lamps, t s dangerous to replace the bulb or repar the lamp and ts components. We recommend that you have such work done by a qualfed techncan. Notes on bulb replacement Use only 12 volt bulbs of the same type and wth the specfed watt ratng. Swtch lghts off before changng a bulb to prevent short crcuts. Always use a clean lnt-free cloth when handlng bulbs. Your hands should be dry and free of ol and grease. If the newly nstalled bulb does not lght up, vst an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Have the LEDs and bulbs for the followng lamps replaced by an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center: Addtonal turn sgnals n the exteror rear vew mrrors Hgh mounted brake lamp Xenon* lamps Front fog lamps Rear lamps (except lcense plate lamps) Have the headlamp adjustment checked regularly. 389

391 Practcal hnts Replacng bulbs Replacng bulbs for front lamps 1 Housng cover for low beam halogen or B-Xenon* headlamp 2 Housng cover for hgh beam headlamp/hgh beam flasher bulb and for parkng and standng lamp bulb Do not remove the cover 1 for the B-Xenon* headlamp. Because of hgh voltage n Xenon* lamps, t s dangerous to replace the bulb or repar the lamp and ts components. We recommend that you have such work done by a qualfed techncan. 3 Bulb socket for turn sgnal lamp bulb 4 Bulb holder of hgh beam bulb 5 Bulb socket for parkng and standng lamp bulb 6 Bulb holder of low beam bulb Before you start to replace a bulb for a front lamp, do the followng frst: Turn the exteror lamp swtch to poston M ( page 130). Open the hood ( page 279) (except for sde marker lamps). Low beam bulb (halogen headlamps only) Turn housng cover 1 counterclockwse and remove t. Turn bulb holder 6 wth the bulb counterclockwse and remove t. Pull the bulb at ts socket out of bulb holder 6. Insert the new bulb so that ts socket locates n the recess of bulb holder 6 and s level to t. Rensert bulb holder 6 wth the bulb n the lamp and turn clockwse. Algn housng cover 1 and turn t clockwse. 390

392 Practcal hnts Replacng bulbs Hgh beam bulb/hgh beam flasher bulb (halogen headlamps)/hgh beam flasher bulb (B-Xenon* headlamps) Turn housng cover 2 counterclockwse and remove t. Turn bulb holder 4 wth the bulb counterclockwse and remove t. Pull the bulb at ts socket out of bulb holder 4. Insert the new bulb so that ts socket locates n the recess of bulb holder 4 and s level to t. Rensert bulb holder 4 wth the bulb n the lamp and turn clockwse. Algn housng cover 2 and turn t clockwse. Front turn sgnal lamp bulb Turn bulb socket 3 wth the bulb counterclockwse and remove t. Press gently onto the bulb and turn counterclockwse out of bulb socket 3. Press the new bulb gently nto bulb socket 3 and turn clockwse untl t engages. Place bulb socket 3 back nto the lamp and turn t clockwse. Parkng and standng lamp bulb Turn housng cover 2 counterclockwse and remove t. Pull out bulb socket 5 wth the bulb. Pull the bulb out of the bulb socket 5. Press the new bulb nto bulb socket 5. Press bulb socket 5 back nto the lamp. Algn housng cover 2 and turn t clockwse. 391

393 Practcal hnts Replacng bulbs Sde marker lamp bulb Replacng bulbs for rear lamps Lcense plate lamp Tal lamp unt The tal lamps are equpped wth HP bulbs. Carefully slde the lamp towards the front n drecton of arrows. Remove the rear end frst. Turn the bulb socket wth the bulb counterclockwse and remove t. Pull the bulb out of the bulb socket. Insert the new bulb nto the bulb socket. Place the bulb socket back nto the lamp and turn t clockwse. The bulbs n the tal lamps cannot be replaced ndvdually. The tal lamp bulbs are under pressure and could explode durng an attempt to replace them. If the tal lamps are malfunctonng, have them exchanged at an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. 1 Screw Turn the exteror lamp swtch to poston M ( page 130). Loosen both screws 1. Remove the lcense plate lamp. Replace the bulb. Renstall the lcense plate lamp. Retghten screws 1. To renstall the lamp, set the front end n the bumper and let the rear end engage. 392

394 Practcal hnts Replacng wper blades Replacng wper blades! The wndsheld wpers must be n a vertcal poston before foldng them away from the wndsheld. They could otherwse damage the hood. Removng wper blades For safety reasons, swtch off wpers and remove SmartKey from starter swtch (vehcles wth KEYLESS-O*: make sure the vehcle's on-board electroncs have status 0) before replacng a wper blade. Otherwse, the wper motor could suddenly turn on and cause njury. Turn the wper blade at a rght angle to wper arm. Turn SmartKey n starter swtch to poston 1. Slde the wper blade sdeways out of the retaner. Turn combnaton swtch to wper settng II ( page 51). Wth wper arm n the vertcal poston, turn SmartKey n starter swtch to poston 0. Fold the wper arm forward untl t snaps nto place. 393

395 Practcal hnts Replacng wper blades Installng wper blades Slde wper blade onto wper arm untl t locks n place. Rotate wper blade nto poston parallel to wper arm. Fold the wper arm backward to rest on the wndsheld. Make sure you hold on to the wper when foldng the wper arm back.! Never open the hood when the wper arm s folded forward. Hold on to the wper when foldng the wper arm back. If released, the force of the mpact from the tensonng sprng could crack the wndsheld. Do not allow the wper arms to contact the wndsheld glass wthout a wper blade nserted. Make certan that the wper blades are properly nstalled. Improperly nstalled wper blades may cause wndsheld damage. For your convenence, we recommend that you have ths work carred out by an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. 394

396 Flat tre In case of a flat tre, you may temporarly use the spare wheel when observng the followng restrctons: Do not exceed a vehcle speed of 50 mph (80 km/h). The dmensons of the Mnspare wheel and the collapsble tre are dfferent from those of the road wheels. As a result, the vehcle handlng characterstcs change when drvng wth a spare wheel mounted. The spare wheel should only be used temporarly, and replaced wth a regular road wheel as quckly as possble. Drve to the nearest tre repar faclty to have the flat tre repared or replaced as approprate. Do not operate vehcle wth more than one spare wheel mounted. Preparng the vehcle Park the vehcle as far as possble from movng traffc on a hard surface. Turn on the hazard warnng flashers. Engage the steerng wheel lock n the straght-ahead poston and set the parkng brake. Move the selector lever to P. Have any passenger ext the vehcle at a safe dstance from the roadway. Mountng the spare wheel Practcal hnts Flat tre Preparng the vehcle Prepare the vehcle as descrbed under Preparng the vehcle on ths page. Take the spare wheel out of the trunk ( page 375). Take the wheel wrench and the jack out of the trunk ( page 375). Lftng the vehcle Prevent the vehcle from rollng away by blockng wheels wth wheel chocks (not ncluded) or other szable objects. When changng wheel on a level surface: Place one chock n front of and one behnd the wheel that s dagonally opposte to the wheel beng changed. 395

397 Practcal hnts Flat tre When changng wheel on a hll: 396 Place wheel chocks on the downhll sde blockng both wheels of the axle not beng worked on. The jack s desgned exclusvely for jackng up the vehcle at the jack take-up brackets bult nto ether sde of the vehcle. To help avod personal njury, use the jack only to lft the vehcle durng a wheel change. Never get beneath the vehcle whle t s supported by the jack. Keep hands and feet away from the area under the lfted vehcle. Always frmly set parkng brake and block wheels before rasng vehcle wth jack. 1 Wheel wrench Do not dsengage parkng brake whle the vehcle s rased. Be certan that the jack s always vertcal (plumb lne) when n use, especally on hlls. Always try to use the jack on level surface. Be sure that the jack arm s fully seated n the jack take-up bracket. Always lower the vehcle onto suffcent capacty jackstands before workng under the vehcle. On wheel to be changed, loosen but do not yet remove the wheel bolts (approxmately one full turn wth wrench 1). The jack take-up brackets are located drectly behnd the front wheel housngs and n front of the rear wheel housngs. 1 Jack take-up bracket 3 Jack Place jack 2 on frm ground. Poston jack 2 under take-up bracket 1 so that t s always vertcal (plumb-lne) as seen from the sde, even f the vehcle s parked on an nclne.

398 Practcal hnts Flat tre Removng the wheel The jack s ntended only for lftng the vehcle brefly for wheel changes. It s not suted for performng mantenance work under the vehcle. Never start the engne when the vehcle s rased. Jack up the vehcle untl the wheel s a maxmum of 1.2 n (3 cm) from the ground. Never start engne whle vehcle s rased. Never le down under the rased vehcle. 1 Algnment bolt Unscrew the upper-most wheel bolt and remove. Replace ths wheel bolt wth algnment bolt 1 suppled n the tool kt. Remove the remanng bolts.! Do not place wheel bolts n sand or drt. Ths could result n damage to the bolt and wheel hub threads. Remove the wheel. 397

399 Practcal hnts Flat tre Mountng the spare wheel Vehcles wth collapsble tre: Inflate collapsble tre only after the wheel s properly mounted. Inflate the collapsble tre usng the electrc pump ( page 399) before lowerng the vehcle. Clean contact surfaces of wheel and wheel hub. ude the spare wheel onto the algnment bolt and push t on. Insert wheel bolts and tghten them slghtly. Always replace wheel bolts that are damaged or rusted. Never apply ol or grease to wheel bolts. Damaged wheel hub threads should be repared mmedately. Do not contnue to drve under these crcumstances! Contact an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center or call Roadsde Assstance. Incorrect wheel bolts or mproperly tghtened wheel bolts can cause the wheel to come off. Ths could cause an accdent. Be sure to use the correct wheel bolts. Use only genune equpment Mercedes-Benz wheel bolts. Other wheel bolts may come loose. Do not tghten the wheel bolts when the vehcle s rased. Otherwse the vehcle could tp over.! To avod pant damage, place wheel flat aganst hub and hold t there whle nstallng frst wheel bolt. Unscrew the algnment bolt, nstall last wheel bolt and tghten slghtly. 398

400 Practcal hnts Flat tre In case of a flat tre, you may temporarly use the Mnspare wheel when observng the followng restrctons: Do not exceed a vehcle speed of 50 mph (80 km/h). The dmensons of the Mnspare wheel and the collapsble tre are dfferent from those of the road wheels. As a result, the vehcle handlng characterstcs change when drvng wth a Mnspare wheel mounted. The spare wheel should only be used temporarly, and replaced wth a regular road wheel as quckly as possble. Drve to the nearest tre repar faclty to have the flat tre repared or replaced as approprate. Do not operate vehcle wth more than one spare wheel mounted. Vehcles wth Mnspare wheel: Contnue the procedure by followng the nstructons under Lowerng the vehcle ( page 401). Vehcles wth collapsble tre: Contnue the procedure by followng the nstructons under Inflatng the collapsble tre and then Lowerng the vehcle ( page 401). Inflatng the collapsble tre! Do not lower the vehcle before nflatng the collapsble tre. Otherwse the rm may be damaged. Take the electrc ar pump out of the trunk ( page 375). Observe nstructons on ar pump label. 1 Flap 2 Ar pump swtch 3 Electrcal plug 4 Ar hose wth pressure gauge and vent screw 5 Unon nut Open flap 1 on the ar pump. Pull out electrcal plug 3 and ar hose wth pressure gauge 4. Make sure the vent screw on ar hose s closed. Remove the valve cap from the tre valve. 399

401 Practcal hnts Flat tre Screw ar hose 4 onto the tre valve. Insert electrcal plug 3 nto vehcle cgar lghter socket. Turn the SmartKey n the gnton to poston 1. or Press the KEYLESS-O* start/stop button on the gear selector lever once wthout depressng the brake pedal. Press I on electrc ar pump swtch 2. The electrc ar pump should now swtch on and nflate the tre. Inflate the tre to approx. 51 ps (3.5 bar). Ths takes about fve mnutes for the collapsble tre. Ar hose 4 and unon nut 5 can become hot duraton nflaton. Exercse proper cauton to avod burnng yourself when usng the equpment. Press 0 on electrc ar pump swtch 2.! Do not operate the ar pump longer than sx mnutes wthout nterrupton. Otherwse t may overheat. You may operate the ar pump agan after t has cooled off. Turn the SmartKey n the gnton to poston 0. or Press KEYLESS-O* start/stop button on the gear selector lever twce wthout depressng the brake pedal. The electrc ar pump should now be swtched off. If the tre nflaton pressure s above 51 ps (3.5 bar), release excess tre nflaton pressure usng the vent screw. Detach the electrc ar pump. Follow recommend nflaton pressures. Do not overnflate tres. Overnflatng tres can result n sudden deflaton (blowout) because they are more lkely to become punctured or damaged by road debrs, potholes, etc. Do not undernflate tres. Undernflated tres wear unevenly, adversely affect handlng and fuel economy, and are more lkely to fal from beng overheated. Stow electrcal plug 3 and ar hose 4 behnd flap 1 and place the ar pump back n the trunk. 400

402 Practcal hnts Flat tre Lowerng the vehcle Lower vehcle by turnng crank counterclockwse untl vehcle s restng fully on ts own weght. Remove the jack. Have the tghtenng torque checked after changng a wheel. The wheels could come loose f they are not tghtened to a torque of 96 lb-ft (130 Nm). Before storng the jack n the trunk, t should be fully collapsed. Wrap the damaged wheel n the protectve flm that comes wth the spare wheel and put the wheel n the trunk. You can also place the damaged wheel down nto the spare wheel well. In ths case, you must stow the holder from the spare wheel well n the trunk. Do not actvate the tre pressure montorng system* untl the depressurzed tre s no longer n the vehcle. 1-5 Wheel bolts Tghten the fve wheel bolts evenly, followng the dagonal sequence llustrated (1 to 5), untl all bolts are tght. Observe a tghtenng torque of 96 lb-ft (130 Nm). 401

403 Practcal hnts Battery Your vehcle s equpped wth two batteres: Auxlary battery (back-up battery; stablzes the electrcal system f the man battery s dscharged; located n engne compartment). Man battery (starter and electrcal consumers; located n the trunk under the luggage box). Remove the luggage box ( page 378). 1 Postve termnal cover 2 Negatve termnal Jump startng must only be done usng the man battery n the trunk. Falure to follow these nstructons can result n severe njury or death. Observe all safety nstructons and precautons when handlng automotve batteres ( page 285). Never lean over batteres whle connectng, you mght get njured. Battery flud contans sulfurc acd. Do not allow ths flud to come n contact wth eyes, skn or clothng. In case t does, mmedately flush affected area wth water and seek medcal help f necessary. A battery wll also produce hydrogen gas, whch s flammable and explosve. Keep flames or sparks away from battery, avod mproper connecton of jumper cables, smokng etc.! Never loosen or detach battery termnal clamps whle the engne s runnng or the SmartKey s n the starter swtch. Otherwse the alternator and other electronc components could be severely damaged. Have the battery checked regularly by an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Refer to Mantenance Booklet for mantenance ntervals or contact your authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center for further nformaton. 402

404 Practcal hnts Battery Do not place metal objects on the battery as ths could result n a short crcut. Use leak-proof battery only to avod the rsk of acd burns n the event of an accdent. The SBC brake system requres electrcal power to operate. A malfuncton n the vehcle s power supply or electrcal system may mpar brake system operaton and swtch t nto ts emergency operaton mode. The same apples f battery s dsconnected. To brake, the drver must then apply sgnfcantly greater brake pedal pressure and depress the pedal much further to obtan the expected brakng effect. If necessary, apply full pressure to the brake pedal. Brakes may only be appled to the front wheels. Stoppng dstance s ncreased! Adjust your drvng style accordngly. For more nformaton, refer to SBC brake system ( page 84). Dsconnectng the battery Wth a dsconnected battery Depress parkng brake frmly or move gear selector lever to poston P. Turn off all electrcal consumers. Remove SmartKey from starter swtch. Vehcles wth KEYLESS-O*: Press the start/stop button untl the engne shuts off. Open the drver s door. you wll no longer be able to turn the SmartKey n the starter swtch and pressng the KEYLESS-O* start/stop button on the gear selector lever wll have no effect the gear selector lever wll reman locked n poston P 403

405 Practcal hnts Battery Open the trunk. Read and observe safety nstructons and precautons ( page 402). Remove the luggage box ( page 378). Dsconnect battery negatve lead 2. Remove cover 1 from the postve termnal. Dsconnect the battery postve lead. Removng the battery Remove the screw-nuts securng the battery. Remove the battery bracket. Take out the battery. Chargng and renstallng the battery Never charge a battery whle stll nstalled n the vehcle unless the accessory battery charge unt* approved by Mercedes-Benz s beng used. ases may escape durng chargng and cause explosons that may result n pant damage, corroson or personal njury. An accessory battery charge unt* specally adapted for Mercedes-Benz vehcles and tested and approved by Mercedes-Benz s avalable, permttng the chargng of the battery n ts nstalled poston. Contact an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center for nformaton and avalablty. Charge battery n accordance wth the separate nstructons for the accessory battery charger*. 404

406 Practcal hnts Battery Charge battery n accordance wth the nstructons of the battery charger manufacturer. Renstall the charged battery. Follow the prevously descrbed steps n reverse order. Reconnectng the battery Turn off all electrcal consumers. Connect the postve lead and fasten ts cover. Connect the negatve lead.! Never nvert the termnal connectons! Install the luggage box ( page 378).! The battery, ts fller caps and the vent tube must always be securely nstalled when the vehcle s n operaton. The followng procedures must be carred out followng any nterrupton of battery power (e.g. due to reconnecton): Set the clock ( page 157) (see COMAND operator s manual). Resynchronze the ESP ( page 349). Resynchronze the sde wndows ( page 205). Resynchronze the tlt/sldng sunroof ( page 210). Batteres contan materals that can harm the envronment f dsposed of mproperly. Large 12 volt storage batteres contan lead. Recyclng of batteres s the preferred method of dsposal. Many states requre sellers of batteres to accept old batteres for recyclng. 405

407 Practcal hnts Jump startng Falure to follow these drectons wll cause damage to the electronc components, and can lead to a battery exploson and severe njury or death. Never lean over batteres whle connectng or jump startng, you mght get njured. Battery flud contans sulfurc acd. Do not allow ths flud to come n contact wth eyes, skn or clothng. In case t does, mmedately flush affected area wth water, and seek medcal help f necessary. A battery wll also produce hydrogen gas, whch s flammable and very explosve. Keep flames or sparks away from battery, avod mproper connecton of jumper cables, smokng, etc. Attemptng to jump start a frozen battery can result n t explodng, causng personal njury. Read all nstructons before proceedng. If the battery s dscharged, the engne can be started wth jumper cables and the battery of another vehcle. Observe the followng: Jump startng should only be performed when the engne and catalytc converter are cold. Do not start the engne f the battery s frozen. Let the battery thaw out frst. Only jump start from batteres wth the same voltage ratng (12 V). Jump startng wth a more powerful battery could damage the vehcle s electrcal system, whch wll not be covered by the Mercedes-Benz Lmted Warranty. Use only jumper cables wth suffcent cross-secton and nsulated termnal clamps. Always make sure the jumper cables are not on or near pulleys, fans or other parts that move when the engne s started or runnng.! Jump startng must only be performed on the man battery nstalled n the trunk. Avod repeated and lengthy startng attempts. Do not attempt to start the engne usng a battery quck charge unt. If the engne does not run after several unsuccessful startng attempts, have t checked at the nearest authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Excessve unburned fuel generated by repeated faled startng attempts may damage the catalytc converter1. Make sure the jumper cables do not have loose or mssng nsulaton. Make sure the cable clamps do not touch any other metal part whle the other end s stll attached to a battery. 406

408 Practcal hnts Jump startng The man battery s located n the trunk underneath the luggage box ( page 378). Make sure the two vehcles do not touch. Turn off all electrcal consumers. Apply parkng brake. Keep flames or sparks away from battery. Do not smoke. Observe all safety nstructons and precautons when handlng automotve batteres ( page 285). Shft gear selector lever to poston P. Connect postve termnals 1 and 3 of the batteres wth the jumper cable. Clamp cable to charged battery 3 frst.! Never nvert the termnal connectons! 1 Postve termnal of dscharged battery 2 Negatve termnal of dscharged battery 3 Postve termnal of charged battery 4 Negatve termnal of charged battery Start engne of the vehcle wth the charged battery and run at dle speed. Connect negatve termnals 4 and 2 of the batteres wth the jumper cable. Clamp cable to charged battery 4 frst. Start the engne of the dsabled vehcle. The message Malfuncton - electrc consumers swtched off may appear n the nstrument cluster. It wll dsappear as soon as the battery s suffcently charged. Now you can agan turn on the electrcal consumers. Do not turn on the lghts under any crcumstances. Remove the jumper cables frst from negatve termnals 2 and 4 and then from postve termnals 1 and 3. Now you can turn on the lghts. Have the battery checked at the nearest authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center.! Do not tow-start the vehcle. 407

409 Practcal hnts Towng the vehcle Mercedes-Benz recommends that the vehcle be transported wth all wheels off the ground usng flatbed or approprate wheel lft/dolly equpment. Ths method s preferable to other types of towng.! Use flatbed or wheel lft/dolly equpment wth SmartKey n starter swtch turned to poston 0. Do not tow wth slng-type equpment. Towng wth slng-type equpment over bumpy roads wll damage radator and supports. To prevent damage durng transport, do not te down vehcle by ts chasss or suspenson parts. Swtch off the tow-away alarm and the automatc central lockng Do not tow-start the vehcle. When crcumstances do not permt the recommended towng methods, the vehcle may be towed wth all wheels on the ground or front wheels rased only so far as necessary to have the vehcle moved to a safe locaton where the recommended towng methods can be employed.! If the vehcle s towed wth the front axle rased, the engne must be shut off (SmartKey n starter swtch poston 0 or 1). Otherwse the ESP wll mmedately be engaged and wll apply the rear wheel brakes. When towng the vehcle wth all wheels on the ground, the selector lever must be n poston N and the SmartKey must be n starter swtch poston 2. When towng the vehcle wth all wheels on the ground or the front axle rased, the vehcle may be towed only for dstances up to 30 mles (50 km) and at a speed not to exceed 30 mph (50 km/h).! To be certan to avod a possblty of damage to the drve tran, however, we recommend the drve shaft be dsconnected at the rear axle drve flange for any towng beyond a short tow to a nearby garage. 408

410 Practcal hnts Towng the vehcle If crcumstances requre towng the vehcle wth all wheels on the ground, always tow wth a tow bar f: the engne wll not run there s a malfuncton n the SBC brake system there s a malfuncton n the power supply or n the vehcle s electrcal system as that wll be necessary to adequately control the towed vehcle. Pror to towng the vehcle wth all wheels on the ground, make certan that the SmartKey s n starter swtch poston 2. If the SmartKey s left n the starter swtch poston 0 for an extended perod of tme, t can no longer be turned n the swtch. In ths case, the steerng s locked. To unlock, remove SmartKey from starter swtch and rensert. The brake system requres electrcal power to operate. A malfuncton n the vehcle s power supply or electrcal system may mpar brake system operaton and swtch t nto ts emergency operaton mode. To brake, the drver must then apply sgnfcantly greater brake pedal pressure and depress the pedal much further to obtan the expected brakng effect. If necessary, apply full pressure to the brake pedal. Brakes may only be appled to the front wheels. Stoppng dstance s ncreased! Adapt your drvng style accordngly. For more nformaton, refer to SBC brake system ( page 84). Wth the engne not runnng, there s no power assstance for the steerng system. In ths case, t s mportant to keep n mnd that a consderably hgher degree of effort s necessary to steer the vehcle. Adapt your drvng accordngly. To sgnal turns whle beng towed wth the hazard warnng flasher n use, turn SmartKey n starter swtch to poston 2 and actvate the combnaton swtch for the left or rght turn sgnal n the usual manner only the selected turn sgnal wll operate. Upon cancelng the turn sgnal, the hazard warnng flasher wll operate agan. 409

411 Practcal hnts Towng the vehcle! When towng the vehcle wth all wheels on the ground, please note the followng: Wth the automatc central lockng actvated and the SmartKey n starter swtch poston 2, or KEYLESS-O* start/stop button n poston 2, the vehcle doors lock f the left front wheel as well as the rght rear wheel are turnng at vehcle speeds of approxmately 9 mph (15 km/h) or more. Swtch off the tow-away alarm ( page 88). To prevent the vehcle door locks from lockng, deactvate the automatc central lockng ( page 115). Towng of the vehcle should only be done usng the properly nstalled towng eye bolt. Never attach tow cable, tow rope or tow rod to the vehcle chasss, frame or suspenson parts. The selector lever wll reman locked n poston P and the SmartKey wll not turn n the starter swtch f the battery s dsconnected or dscharged. For more nformaton see Battery ( page 402) or Jump startng ( page 406). Manual unlockng of the transmsson selector lever ( page 381). Installng towng eye bolt Front of vehcle 1 Cover on rght sde of front bumper To remove cover: Press mark on cover n drecton of arrow. Lft cover off to reveal threaded hole for towng eye bolt. 410

412 Practcal hnts Towng the vehcle The towng eye bolt s suppled wth the tool kt (located n the storage compartment under the trunk floor). Screw towng eye bolt n to ts stop and tghten wth lug wrench. To renstall cover: Ft cover and snap nto place. Rear of vehcle To remove cover: Press mark on cover n the drecton of the arrow. Fold cover down to reveal threaded hole for the towng eye bolt. The towng eye bolt s suppled wth the tool kt (located n the storage compartment under the trunk floor). Screw towng eye bolt n to ts stop and tghten wth lug wrench. To renstall cover: Ft cover and snap nto place. 2 Cover on rght sde of rear bumper 411

413 Practcal hnts Fuses Fuses are desgned to protect the electrcal crcuts n your vehcle from a short crcut. If a fuse s blown, the component(s) and systems controlled by that fuse wll stop workng. The followng ads are avalable to help you replace fuses ( page 412): 412 Fuse chart Spare fuses Specal fuse extractor Only use fuses approved by Mercedes-Benz and whch have the specfed amperage. Usng other fuses may cause an overload and lead to a fre, or cause damage to electrcal components and/or systems. Your vehcle s electrcal fuses are located n varous fuse boxes:! Never attempt to repar or brdge a blown fuse. Have the cause determned and remeded by an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. In the dashboard on the passenger sde ( page 413) On the left sde of the cargo compartment ( page 413) In the engne compartment on the drver s sde ( page 414) Only nstall fuses that have been tested and approved by Mercedes-Benz and that have the specfed amperage ratng. Never attempt to repar or brdge a blown fuse. Have the cause determned and remeded by an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Ads for replacng fuses Fuse chart The fuse chart s found n the fuse box n the passenger compartment. The amperages of the fuses are also gven there. Spare fuses Spare fuses are found n the vehcle tool kt n the trunk. Fuse extractor The fuse extractor s found n the vehcle tool kt n the trunk.

414 Practcal hnts Fuses Fuse box n passenger compartment 1 Cover! Do not use sharp objects such as a screw drver to open the fuse box cover 1 n the dashboard, as ths could damage t. Openng Open the front passenger door. Insert flat, blunt object as a lever n nto on the edge of cover 1 at the poston ndcated by the arrow. Loosen cover 1 from the dashboard usng lever. Usng your hands, pull cover 1 n the drecton of the arrow and remove. Closng Hook cover 1 nto the openng at the front. Press cover 1 back on untl t engages. Auxlary fuse box n cargo compartment 2 Cover 3 Catches Turn catches 3 counter-clockwse and remove cover

415 Practcal hnts Fuses Fuse box n engne compartment The fuse box s located n the engne compartment on the drver s sde. Closng Replace cover 1 and press t down by hand. Push both sldes 2 to the symbol.! The cover must ft properly and the slde must be postoned at the symbol, as mosture or drt may mpar the functonalty of the fuses. 1 Fuse box cover 2 Slde Openng Push both sldes 2 to the Πsymbol. Remove cover

416 Techncal data Parts servce Warranty coverage Identfcaton labels Layout of poly-v-belt drve Engne Rms and tres Electrcal system Man dmensons Weghts Fuels, coolants, lubrcants etc. 415

417 Techncal data Parts servce The Techncal data secton provdes the necessary techncal data for your vehcle. All authorzed Mercedes-Benz Centers mantan a stock of genune Mercedes-Benz parts requred for mantenance and repar work. In addton, strategcally located parts dstrbuton centers provde quck and relable parts servce. More than dfferent parts for Mercedes-Benz models are avalable. enune Mercedes-Benz parts are subjected to strngent qualty nspectons. Each part has been specfcally developed, manufactured or selected for and adapted to Mercedes-Benz vehcles. Therefore, genune Mercedes-Benz parts should be nstalled.! The use of non-genune Mercedes-Benz parts and accessores not authorzed by Mercedes-Benz could damage the vehcle, whch s not covered by the Mercedes-Benz Lmted Warranty, or could compromse the vehcle s durablty or safety. 416

418 Warranty coverage Your vehcle s covered under the terms of the warrantes prnted n the Servce and Warranty Informaton Booklet. Your authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center wll exchange or repar any defectve parts orgnally nstalled n the vehcle n accordance wth the terms of the followng warrantes: New Car Lmted Warranty Emsson System Warranty Emsson Performance Warranty Calforna, Mane, Massachusetts, and Vermont Emsson Control System Warranty Replacement parts and accessores are covered by the Mercedes-Benz Parts and Accessores Warrantes, copes of whch are avalable at any authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Techncal data Warranty coverage Loss of Servce and Warranty Informaton Booklet Should you lose your Servce and Warranty Informaton Booklet, have your authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center arrange for a replacement. It wll be maled to you. 417

419 Techncal data Identfcaton labels 1 Certfcaton label (ncludes Pantwork code) 2 Vehcle Identfcaton Number (VIN) 3 Emsson control nformaton label, ncludes both federal and Calforna certfcaton exhaust emsson standards 4 Vacuum lne routng dagram label 5 Vehcle Identfcaton Number (VIN) (lower edge of wndsheld) 6 Engne number (engraved on engne) When orderng parts, please specfy vehcle dentfcaton and engne numbers. 418

420 Layout of poly-v-belt drve CLS 500 CLS 55 AM Techncal data Layout of poly-v-belt drve 1 Automatc belt tensoner 2 Power steerng pump 3 Ar condtonng compressor 4 Crankshaft 5 Coolant pump 6 enerator (alternator) 7 Idler pulley The CLS 55 AM has two poly-v-belts (belt one shown n purple/belt two shown n black). 1 Idler pulley 2 Automatc belt tensoner 3 Power steerng pump 4 Ar condtonng compressor 5 Crankshaft 6 Coolant pump 7 enerator (alternator) 8 Idler pulley 9 Automatc belt tensoner a Super charger 419